Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2093 | Obavezan | 1 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | What is medicine - introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Basic medical vocabulary – prefixes and suffixes |
| II week lectures | Preparing for a lecture |
| II week exercises | Predicting lecture content |
| III week lectures | Lecture organization |
| III week exercises | Choosing the best form of notes |
| IV week lectures | Achievements in medicine |
| IV week exercises | Achievements in medicine |
| V week lectures | Using research questions |
| V week exercises | Using research questions |
| VI week lectures | Topic sentences and summarizing |
| VI week exercises | Topic sentences and summarizing |
| VII week lectures | Basic principles in medicine |
| VII week exercises | Basic principles in medicine |
| VIII week lectures | Using information sources and reporting research findings |
| VIII week exercises | Using information sources and reporting research findings |
| IX week lectures | Asking for information and reporting information |
| IX week exercises | Asking for information and reporting information |
| X week lectures | Computers in medicine |
| X week exercises | Computers in medicine – abbreviations and acronyms |
| XI week lectures | Preparation for reading research – topic development |
| XI week exercises | Preparation for reading research – topic development |
| XII week lectures | Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings |
| XII week exercises | Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings |
| XIII week lectures | Causes and effects of disease – describing trends |
| XIII week exercises | Causes and effects of disease – describing trends |
| XIV week lectures | Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language |
| XIV week exercises | Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language |
| XV week lectures | Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| XV week exercises | Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | 15 lectures + 15 seminars |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | -Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 1–5). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. - S |
| Examination methods | - Presentations: 30 points; - Activity in class: 5 points; - Final exam: 65 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are in English. |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2093 | Obavezan | 1 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | What is medicine - introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Basic medical vocabulary – prefixes and suffixes |
| II week lectures | Preparing for a lecture |
| II week exercises | Predicting lecture content |
| III week lectures | Lecture organization |
| III week exercises | Choosing the best form of notes |
| IV week lectures | Achievements in medicine |
| IV week exercises | Achievements in medicine |
| V week lectures | Using research questions |
| V week exercises | Using research questions |
| VI week lectures | Topic sentences and summarizing |
| VI week exercises | Topic sentences and summarizing |
| VII week lectures | Basic principles in medicine |
| VII week exercises | Basic principles in medicine |
| VIII week lectures | Using information sources and reporting research findings |
| VIII week exercises | Using information sources and reporting research findings |
| IX week lectures | Asking for information and reporting information |
| IX week exercises | Asking for information and reporting information |
| X week lectures | Computers in medicine |
| X week exercises | Computers in medicine – abbreviations and acronyms |
| XI week lectures | Preparation for reading research – topic development |
| XI week exercises | Preparation for reading research – topic development |
| XII week lectures | Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings |
| XII week exercises | Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings |
| XIII week lectures | Causes and effects of disease – describing trends |
| XIII week exercises | Causes and effects of disease – describing trends |
| XIV week lectures | Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language |
| XIV week exercises | Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language |
| XV week lectures | Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| XV week exercises | Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | 15 lectures + 15 seminars |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | -Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 1–5). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. - S |
| Examination methods | - Presentations: 30 points; - Activity in class: 5 points; - Final exam: 65 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are in English. |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOPHYSICS
| Course: | BIOPHYSICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 639 | Obavezan | 1 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Physics instruction enables students to acquire methods used in the study of physical phenomena and familiarizes them with the main concepts and theories of the material world, including biological processes and the structure of biological systems at the molecular level. In studying metabolic processes and the interactions of the organism with its environment, simple models are used based on the principles of energy and matter transfer within biological systems and the effects of external energy sources on the biological system. Students are introduced to the physical principles of diagnostic methods and therapeutic procedures in dental practice. Through practical exercises, students become familiar with the general principles of conducting physical experiments, the limits of measurement accuracy, basic concepts of statistical processing of measurement results, the system of measurement units, the principles of operation and basic handling of measuring instruments, and the presentation of measurement results. |
| Learning outcomes | understands the logic of cause-and-effect relationships in biophysical interactions; describes mechanical phenomena in the oral cavity using force diagrams; is able to describe electrical phenomena in the oral cavity; classifies the physical characteristics of dental materials; has knowledge of the physical principles of diagnostic devices; handles simple measuring instruments, graphically represents, and evaluates the accuracy of measurement results; applies acquired knowledge from mechanics, thermodynamics, hydrodynamics, and optics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar papers, laboratory exercises, consultations, group presentations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Structure of matter: force and energy, vector and scalar fields; fundamental forces in nature. |
| I week exercises | Basic mathematical functions – analytical and graphical representation. |
| II week lectures | Atomic structure, energy states; ways atoms bond into molecules; energy states of molecules. |
| II week exercises | Theory of errors. |
| III week lectures | Osnove mehanike: struktura čvrstih tijela i polimera; defekti u materijalima. |
| III week exercises | Force diagram; moment of force; graph plotting; lever and bridge; application in dentistry. |
| IV week lectures | Fundamentals of mechanics: elastic and plastic deformations; viscoelastic properties of tissues and materials; mechanical models. Harmonic, damped, and forced oscillations. |
| IV week exercises | ChatGPT said: Deformation of a solid body, dislocations, plastic deformations. |
| V week lectures | Fluid mechanics: flow of ideal and real fluids; properties of plastic dental materials. |
| V week exercises | Viscosity of fluids. |
| VI week lectures | Basic concepts of thermodynamics; first and second laws of thermodynamics. |
| VI week exercises | Surface tension of liquids. |
| VII week lectures | First colloquium |
| VII week exercises | Determination of the focal length of a lens. |
| VIII week lectures | ChatGPT said: Thermodynamics – transport of energy and particles. |
| VIII week exercises | Measurement of electromotive force. Series and parallel connection of resistors. |
| IX week lectures | Transport of molecules and ions through biological membranes; Nernst potential. |
| IX week exercises | Fundamental laws of electromagnetism. |
| X week lectures | Oscillations and sound waves; Doppler effect; interaction of sound waves with tissue; ultrasound. |
| X week exercises | Oscillations and sound waves; Doppler effect; interaction of sound waves with tissue; ultrasound. |
| XI week lectures | Matter in electric and magnetic fields; conductive properties of biological tissue. |
| XI week exercises | Contact phenomena between two metals. |
| XII week lectures | Fundamentals of optics: laws of geometric optics; mirror; lens; microscope: resolution and contrast. |
| XII week exercises | Basic principles of lasers; application of lasers in dentistry. |
| XIII week lectures | Radioactivity. |
| XIII week exercises | Interaction of electromagnetic waves with tissue; dosimetry. |
| XIV week lectures | Second colloquium |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises: X-rays in diagnostics. |
| XV week lectures | Seminar paper |
| XV week exercises | Exercises: Magnetic resonance in diagnostics. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to attend lectures and laboratory exercises, complete both colloquia, and present a seminar paper. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. R.Cotterill: Biophysics: An introduction, John Willey and Sons, 2003; 2. G. Ronto, I. Tarjan: An Introduction to Biophysics with medical orientation, Akademiai Kaido, Budapest 1994; 3. J.D. Cutnell, K.W. Johnson: Physics, Volume I, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1997; 4. Brnjas-Kraljević, D. Krilov: Stomatološka fizika, Medicinska naklada, Zagreb, 2006; 5. M. Balarin, D. Broz: Vježbe iz fizike, udžbenik, Medicinski fakultet Zagreb, 1999. |
| Examination methods | Laboratory exercises 5, seminar paper 5, two colloquia worth 20 points each; final exam (written) up to 50 points. Passing the exam requires a cumulative total of 50 points or more. |
| Special remarks | The course is conducted for a group of approximately 20 students. If necessary, instruction can also be delivered in English. |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CHEMISTRY
| Course: | CHEMISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 645 | Obavezan | 1 | 5 | 3+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There are no conditions for registering and listening to the subject |
| Aims | Introduction to the basics of general chemistry, inorganic and organic chemistry. Acquiring knowledge that is necessary for understanding chemical processes at the cell level. One of the aims is to encourage students to take a studious approach to the problems of modern chemistry and to understand its laws and principles. |
| Learning outcomes | -The student is familiar with the basics of general, inorganic and organic chemistry. - He knows basic types of reactions and chemical phenomena, laws and principles -He understands chemical elements of PSE and their important compounds and properties -Use the acquired knowledge for the classification of compounds important for dentistry -He understands relationship: structure-properties-application |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dr Milica Kosović - teacher |
| Methodology | Lectures, laboratory and arithmetic exercises, independent homework assignments. Additional, preparatory terms for taking exams and colloquiums. Consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Ceremonial reception of students. Introduction to the student with teaching, homework, colloquiums, final exam. Sharing Information for students and work plans. |
| I week exercises | Getting acquainted with the chemical laboratory, laboratory work rules, safety measures and first aid. |
| II week lectures | Structure of the atom. Chemical laws. Chemical bonds, intermolecular forces. |
| II week exercises | Basic laboratory equipment and operations. Separating the components of the mixture. |
| III week lectures | Types of inorganic compounds (oxides, hydrides, hydroxides, acids, salts) |
| III week exercises | Basic stoichiometric calculations. 1. Homework |
| IV week lectures | Electrolytic dissociation. Arrhenius, proteolytic and Luiss theory of acids and bases. Solutions |
| IV week exercises | Preparation of a solution of certain concentrations. 2. Homework |
| V week lectures | Chemical balance in low electrolyte solution. pH ionic reaction. Neutralization |
| V week exercises | Quantitative determination of electrolytes. Volumetric method. |
| VI week lectures | Salt hydrolysis. Buffers. Colligative properties of the solution. |
| VI week exercises | Determination of the pH of the solution and the buffer. |
| VII week lectures | Oxidation–reduction reactions. Oxidation and reduction in biological systems |
| VII week exercises | Oxidation–reduction reactions. 3. Homework |
| VIII week lectures | Energy of chemical reactions. Chemical kinetics. Chemical equilibrium. |
| VIII week exercises | Chemical kinetics |
| IX week lectures | Coordination compounds, chelates and chelate ligands. |
| IX week exercises | Coordination compounds |
| X week lectures | Introduction to Organic Chemistry. Hydrocarbons. Test 1. |
| X week exercises | Hydrocarbon derivatives. 4. Homework |
| XI week lectures | Oxygen organic compounds. |
| XI week exercises | Reactions of biologically important functional groups of organic compounds. |
| XII week lectures | Carbohydrates (structure and properties) |
| XII week exercises | Reactions of monosaccharides, disaccharides and polysaccharides. |
| XIII week lectures | Organic compounds with nitrogen. Amines, amino acids. Proteins. TEST II |
| XIII week exercises | Color reactions of amino acids and proteins. |
| XIV week lectures | Lipids, free fatty, phospho- and sphingolipids, steroids. |
| XIV week exercises | Colloquium |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises | Correction colloquium |
| Student workload | in the semester Teaching and final exam: (6,6) x16 = 105,6 Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification) 2 x (6.6) = 13.2 Total load for subject 5x30 = 150 hours Supplementary work for the preparation of the exam in the corrective test period, including the passing of the examination exam from 0 - 31,2 h Structure of load: 105.6 (teaching) + 13.2 (preparation) + 31.2 (supplementary work): |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are required to complete all program of the foreseen exercises |
| Consultations | Monday 10 am - 12 pm |
| Literature | - Arsenijevic ,, General and Inorganic Chemistry, Scientific Paper-Belgrade 1998 - P. Đurđević, M. Đuran, General and Inorganic Chemistry, PMF Kragujevac 2002 - J. Bojanović, M. Čorbić, General Chemistry for Medical Students, Medical Book, Belgrade - R |
| Examination methods | - 4 homework: 0-4 points - Activity on exercises and submit reports: 0-4 points, - Activity during lectures: 0-4 - Tests: 2x4 - Colloquium: 0-30 points, , - Final exam: 0-50 points, |
| Special remarks | / |
| Comment | Laboratory exercises are performed in groups of 12 students |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOLOGY WITH HUMAN GENETICS
| Course: | BIOLOGY WITH HUMAN GENETICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 647 | Obavezan | 1 | 6 | 3+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | By studying Biology with a focus on Human Genetics, dental students will become familiar with the fundamental principles of modern biology and genetics, whose achievements are essential for understanding, diagnosing, and treating human diseases. Students will learn the basics of cell biology, molecular biology, developmental biology, and genetics, with a focus on important molecular mechanisms that are relevant to human health. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing a semester of instruction and passing the exam in the subject of Human Genetics, a medical student will be able to: 1. Describe the structure and function of the human genetic basis, including nucleic acids, replication mechanisms, translation and transcription, basic enzyme regulatory systems, the genetic code, chromosome organization, gene expression control, and the genetic basis of reproduction. 2. Define the mechanisms of mutation formation and their impact on human health, as well as the mechanisms of repairing errors in hereditary material. 3. Define the rules of inheritance and describe various groups of inherited diseases (chromosomal, monogenic, polygenic) and their impact on human health and offspring. 4. Define basic cytogenetic cell culture methods, karyotype preparation, and analyze the human karyotype using a light microscope. 5. Describe basic molecular genetics methods, including DNA isolation, PCR, endonuclease restriction, and gel electrophoresis. 6. Describe the application of modern cytogenetic and molecular-genetic techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of inherited disorders. 7. Demonstrate a high level of expertise in using relevant literature, websites, and databases for Human Genetics research and utilizing these sources to evaluate, develop, and test hypotheses in the field of Human Genetics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | prof. Dr. Andrej Perović, prof. Dr Svetlana Perović, Mr. Borislav Ivanović |
| Methodology | Lectures, laboratory exercises, consultations, and independent work on seminar topics. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the history and influence of genetics on medicine. Basic structure and organization of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. |
| I week exercises | Theoretical teaching. |
| II week lectures | Structure of DNA and RNA. Genetic code. Principles and molecular basis of genetic information flow. |
| II week exercises | Prokaryotes. Preparation and analysis of microscopic slides: Bacterial cells. |
| III week lectures | Regulation of gene expression. Lac operon. Molecular basis and significance of epigenetic mechanisms. |
| III week exercises | Cell division in Eukaryotes. Mitosis: Analysis of microscopic slides of plant and animal cells. |
| IV week lectures | Molecular mechanisms of gene mutations. Mutagens and carcinogens. Mutagenesis and mutation-related diseases. |
| IV week exercises | Meiosis and gametogenesis: Analysis of microscopic slides of stages of spermatogenesis and stages of folliculogenesis. |
| V week lectures | Molecular mechanisms of DNA repair. Gene recombination. Genetic maps. |
| V week exercises | Inheritance of a single trait. Monohybrid cross. |
| VI week lectures | Techniques for diagnosing gene mutations. Isolation of genomic DNA, PCR, and gel electrophoresis. |
| VI week exercises | Inheritance of two traits. Dihybrid cross. |
| VII week lectures | Teory Test 1. |
| VII week exercises | Sex-linked inheritance. |
| VIII week lectures | Chromosome structure and human karyotype. Genetic control of the cell cycle. Disorders. |
| VIII week exercises | Practic Test1. |
| IX week lectures | Principles and types of inheritance, Gametogenesis. |
| IX week exercises | Sex chromatin. Preparation and analysis of microscopic slides: Barr body (X-chromatin). |
| X week lectures | Structural chromosomal aberrations. Numerical chromosomal aberrations. |
| X week exercises | Analysis of human karyotype. Analysis of microscopic slides: Human chromosomes. |
| XI week lectures | Sex determination and differentiation. Developmental genetics. |
| XI week exercises | Preparation of human karyogram. Analysis of microphotographs of human chromosomes. |
| XII week lectures | Common inherited diseases in humans. Genetic testing and ethical issues. Prenatal diagnosis. Clinical genetics and counseling. Population genetics. |
| XII week exercises | Inheritance of multiple alleles. |
| XIII week lectures | Immune genetics. Carcinogenesis. |
| XIII week exercises | Inheritance of blood groups in humans. |
| XIV week lectures | Genetics of Aging. Recombinant DNA and its application in medicine. Gene engineering. Gene therapy. |
| XIV week exercises | Population genetics. Calculation of allele frequencies and genotype frequencies in human populations. |
| XV week lectures | Teory Test 2. |
| XV week exercises | Practic Test2. |
| Student workload | Teaching and final exam: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, validation): (8 hours) x 2 = 16 hours Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30 = 180 hours Structure of workload: 128 hours (teaching and final exam) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance of lectures and exercises, preparation of seminar work, taking quizzes, tests, and final exams. |
| Consultations | Consultations take place by arrangement with students and are tailored to their needs. |
| Literature | 1. Guć-Šćekić i D. Radivojević: Priručnik iz Medicinske genetike. Biološki fakultet, Univerzitet u Beogradu 2009. 2. V. Diklić, M. Kosanović, J. Nikoliš, S. Dukić: Biologija sa humanom genetikom. Medicinska knjiga. 2009. 3. G.M. Cooper i R.E. Hausman: Stanica, molekularni pristup, Medicinska naklada 2010. 4. Cox TM, Sinclair J. Molekularna biologija u medicini. Medicinska naklada Zagreb,2000 (prevod). |
| Examination methods | Two Teory Test worth 15 points each, one seminar paper worth 4 points, two Exercises Tests worth 6 points each, class and exercise participation worth 4 points, and an oral final exam worth 50 points. The passing grade is achieved if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL AND ORAL HISTOLOGY AND EMBRIOLOGY
| Course: | GENERAL AND ORAL HISTOLOGY AND EMBRIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4828 | Obavezan | 1,2 | 8 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Aims | To learn microscopic techniques, prepare histological slides, to get familiar with the structure of human tissues and organs, especially oral cavity. |
| Learning outcomes | Having finnished the two-semester course and passed the exam in the course General and oral histology and embryology, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Recognizes the morphological characteristics of the cells and tissues of the human organism and connects them to their function. 2. Knows the mechanisms and modalities of the integration of same and different kinds of cellsinto larger morphological structures , as well as specific organization of the extracellular matrix. 3. Analyzes the histological preparations by the method of light microscopy, describes the methodology of making histological preparations. 4. The capability of recognizing and defining the histological characteristics of tissues of the human organism. 5. The capability of describing the basic principles of osteogenesis and organogenesis and knows the regulatory mechanisms involved in embryonic and fetal development. 6. Ability to recognize and describe all microscopic structures of the cells and tissue of the oral cavity and knows the principles of their embryonic development. 7. The capability of using acquired knowledge in histology and embryology to understand the function of the human organism and the etiology and pathogenesis of the disease of the orofacial region at the cellular level. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Associate Professor Ljiljana Vučković, MD and Teaching assistants |
| Methodology | Lecturers, exercises, seminars, tests, pre exam exercise |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Histology. Methodology of histological slide preparation. |
| I week exercises | MIcroscopic techniques. Methodology of histological slide preparation. |
| II week lectures | Cytology |
| II week exercises | Cytology |
| III week lectures | Epithelial tissues |
| III week exercises | Epithelial tissues |
| IV week lectures | Epithelial tissues |
| IV week exercises | Epithelial tissues |
| V week lectures | Connective tissues (embrional and adult connective tissues) |
| V week exercises | Connective tissues (embrional and adult connective tissues) |
| VI week lectures | Connective tissue (Cartilage) |
| VI week exercises | Connective tissue (Cartilage) |
| VII week lectures | Connective tissue (Bone) |
| VII week exercises | Connective tissue (Bone) |
| VIII week lectures | Bone marrow, hematopoesis and blood |
| VIII week exercises | Bone marrow, hematopoesis and blood |
| IX week lectures | Muscle tissues |
| IX week exercises | Muscle tissues |
| X week lectures | Nervous tissue |
| X week exercises | Nervous tissue |
| XI week lectures | Embriology |
| XI week exercises | Embriology |
| XII week lectures | Male and female reproductive system |
| XII week exercises | Male and female reproductive system |
| XIII week lectures | Circulatory systema and development |
| XIII week exercises | Circulatory system |
| XIV week lectures | Respiratory system and development |
| XIV week exercises | Respiratory system |
| XV week lectures | Urinary system and development |
| XV week exercises | Urinary system |
| XVI week lectures | Endocrine system and development |
| XVI week exercises | Endocrine system |
| XVII week lectures | Skin, senses and development |
| XVII week exercises | Skin and senses |
| XVIII week lectures | Nervous system and development |
| XVIII week exercises | Nervous system |
| XIX week lectures | Digestive system and development |
| XIX week exercises | Digestive system |
| XX week lectures | Immune system, lymphatic organs and development |
| XX week exercises | Lymphatic organs |
| XXI week lectures | Development of the face and oral cavity |
| XXI week exercises | Development of the face and oral cavity (seminar) |
| XXII week lectures | Development and growth of teeth |
| XXII week exercises | Development of teeth |
| XXIII week lectures | Development of tooth root |
| XXIII week exercises | Tooth root |
| XXIV week lectures | Salivary glands |
| XXIV week exercises | Salivary glands |
| XXV week lectures | Dentin and dental pulp |
| XXV week exercises | Dentin and dental pulp |
| XXVI week lectures | Enamel |
| XXVI week exercises | Enamel |
| XXVII week lectures | Cementum and periodontium |
| XXVII week exercises | Cementum and periodontium |
| XXVIII week lectures | Alveolar bone, gingiva |
| XXVIII week exercises | Alveolar bone, gingiva |
| XXIX week lectures | Oral mucosa, temporomandibular joint, maxillary sinus |
| XXIX week exercises | Oral mucosa |
| XXX week lectures | Nadokanada |
| XXX week exercises | Additional lectures |
| Student workload | Weekly: 4 credits x40/30 = 5.33 hours, structure of load: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercises, 1.33 hours individual work |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obligated to attend theorethical and practical trainings, prepare seminar, pass tests and final exam |
| Consultations | Lecturer and Teaching assistents will organise consultations with students once a week, in the period which will be defined at the beginning of the academic year |
| Literature | Lačković V, Nikolić I, Todorović V. Osnovna i oralna histologija i embriologija. 3rd ed. Data status: Belgrade; 2019. Danilović V, Radujković Kuburović G. Oralna histologija i embriologija. Zavod za udžbenike: Belgrade; 2012. Nikolić I. Embriologija čoveka. Data status: Belgrade; 2018. |
| Examination methods | Tests: 4x10 points; Seminar= 5 points, Attendance=5 points, Final exam=50 points. Passed exam means cumulatively 50 points and more |
| Special remarks | None |
| Comment | None |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL MORPHOLOGY
| Course: | DENTAL MORPHOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10273 | Obavezan | 1,2 | 9 | 1.5+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No conditionality |
| Aims | Introducing students with the basics of the morphology of primary teeth |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam in the Dental Anatomy, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows general oral and dental anatomy and special morphology of primary dentition; 2. Student knows how to describe the chronology of tooth development, tooth structure, dental nomenclature and topographic-anatomical marks on the teeth; 3. Knows odontogenesis and types of inherited and acquired dental anomalies; 4. Knows the arrangement and mutual relationship of dental arches. He knows the basics of occlusion, movement, and mandibular positions; 5. It is capable of recognizing dentition, class, dental arch on which the tooth belongs and identifies tooth based on type attributes and topographic-anatomical characteristics; 6. Is able to shape the crown of teeth in a suitable material (wax); 7. Integrates acquired knowledge and skills and is trained for further education from preclinical dental subjects. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis Prof. Jasminka Anđelić Dr Aleksa Đuričković |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, seminar work, colloquium, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Primary dentition. Attributes of human dentition. |
| I week exercises | Primary dentition - demonstrative exercise |
| II week lectures | Anatomy of the dental cavity |
| II week exercises | Anatomy of the dental cavity - demonstration exercise |
| III week lectures | The supporting tissue of teeth |
| III week exercises | The supporting tissue of teeth - demonstration on the model |
| IV week lectures | Central and lateral upper primary sequences |
| IV week exercises | Central and lateral upper primary sequences - demonstration of modeling teeth in wax |
| V week lectures | Central and lateral lower primary sequences |
| V week exercises | Central and lateral lower primary sequences - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| VI week lectures | The upper and lower primary canine |
| VI week exercises | The upper and lower primary canines - demonstrate the modeling of teeth in wax |
| VII week lectures | Upper first and second primary molar |
| VII week exercises | Upper first and second primary molar - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| VIII week lectures | Lower first and second primary molar |
| VIII week exercises | Lower first and second primary molar - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| IX week lectures | Stomatognate system |
| IX week exercises | Demonstration on the model |
| X week lectures | Formation of dentition |
| X week exercises | Demonstration on the model |
| XI week lectures | Dental organization |
| XI week exercises | Dental organization - demonstration on the model |
| XII week lectures | Definition, classification and importance of dental cusps |
| XII week exercises | Analysis of primary tooth models made in wax |
| XIII week lectures | Relationship between dental arches |
| XIII week exercises | Model analysis |
| XIV week lectures | Comparative dental anatomy |
| XIV week exercises | Observing similarities and differences on the displayed tooth models |
| XV week lectures | Tooth anomalies |
| XV week exercises | Model analysis and anomaly recognition |
| XVI week lectures | Primary dentition. Attributes of human dentition. |
| XVI week exercises | Primary dentition - demonstration class |
| XVII week lectures | Anatomy of the dental cavity |
| XVII week exercises | Anatomy of the dental cavity - demonstration class |
| XVIII week lectures | Supporting tissues of teeth |
| XVIII week exercises | Supporting tissues of teeth - demonstration on a model |
| XIX week lectures | Central and lateral upper deciduous incisors |
| XIX week exercises | Central and lateral upper deciduous incisors - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| XX week lectures | Central and lateral lower deciduous incisors |
| XX week exercises | Central and lateral lower deciduous incisors - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| XXI week lectures | Upper and lower primary canine |
| XXI week exercises | Upper and lower deciduous canines - demonstrating the modeling of teeth in wax |
| XXII week lectures | Upper first and second primary molar |
| XXII week exercises | Upper first and second milk molars - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| XXIII week lectures | Lower first and second primary molar |
| XXIII week exercises | Lower first and second primary molars - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax |
| XXIV week lectures | Stomatognathic system |
| XXIV week exercises | Demonstration on the model |
| XXV week lectures | Formation of dentition |
| XXV week exercises | Demonstration on the model |
| XXVI week lectures | Organization of teeth |
| XXVI week exercises | Organization of teeth - demonstration on a model |
| XXVII week lectures | Definition, division and role of dental cusps |
| XXVII week exercises | Analysis of models of crowns of primary teeth made in wax |
| XXVIII week lectures | Interrelationship of dental arches |
| XXVIII week exercises | Model analysis |
| XXIX week lectures | Comparative dental anatomy |
| XXIX week exercises | Observing similarities and differences on the presented tooth models |
| XXX week lectures | Analiza modela i prepoznavanje anomalija |
| XXX week exercises | Model analysis and anomaly detection |
| Student workload | Student load (per week): 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.33 hours. Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises, 1.33 hours of independent work including consultations. Student load (in semester): Teaching and final exam (5.33 h x 16 = 85.28h). Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (enrollment, validation ...): 2h x 5.33 = 10.66h. Total load: 4 x 30 = 120h. Supplementary working: 24.06 h. Load structure: 85.28 h + 10.66 h + 24.06 h = 120 h. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 7 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Modeling in wax 7 different teeth of primary dentition |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided to the professor if necessary |
| Literature | Martinović Ž. Basics of dental morphology, second edition. Color pres Lapovo Martinović Ž. , Živkovic R. Basics of dental morphology. Official Gazette, Belgrade 2001. Riquieri HY, Riquieri RH. Dental Anatomy and Morphology. 1st ed. Chicago: Quintessence Pub Co; 2019. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium = 1 x 20 points 2 Practical Exercise Test = 10 + 10 = 20 Seminar Work = 10 points Final Exam = 50 points. An overrun rating is obtained if you accumulate a minimum of 50 points cumulatively |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | Additional information on the subject can be obtained from the subject teacher, the head of the study program and the teaching staff |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ANATOMY
| Course: | ANATOMY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 1043 | Obavezan | 1,2 | 13 | 3+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There is no requirement for applying. |
| Aims | Subject aims to familiarize students with the structure of a healthy human body. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semestral course and passing the exam in Anatomy, Dental students should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows the complete anatomical terminology and masters all relevant concepts in anatomy. 2. Knows the morphology and topography of all organs and regions of the human body. 3. Knows the detailed morphology and topography of the head and neck. 4. Applies anatomical principles and concepts with anatomic sections and in the description of topographic units 5. He/she is qualified to recognize and describe all physical structures on the model (cadaver): bones, muscles, organs, major blood vessels and nerves. 6. He/she is qualified to recognize and describe the detailed morphology and topography of the head and neck on the model (cadaver). 7. He/she is capable to apply the knowledge of the morphology of organs and systems in mastering teaching units in clinical and dental medicine (in the following years of study). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor Miroslav Radunović, MD, Professor Aleksandra Vuksanović Božarić, MD, and assistants. |
| Methodology | Lectures, practical classes, colloquia, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anatomy – introduction, osteologia – introduction, clavicula, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna. |
| I week exercises | Osteologia – introduction, clavicula, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna - osteological characteristics, attachment of muscles. |
| II week lectures | Ossa manus – osteological characteristics, carpal canal, arthrologia – introduction, joints of upper extremity, myologia – introduction, regions of upper extremity. |
| II week exercises | Ossa manus – osteological characteristics, carpal canal. Division and types of joints. Joints of upper extremity. Division and types of muscles. Regions of upper extremity. |
| III week lectures | Muscles of upper extremity. |
| III week exercises | Muscles of upper extremity. |
| IV week lectures | Blood vessels and nerves of upper extremity. |
| IV week exercises | Division and types of blood vessels. Arteries and veins of upper extremity. Division and types of nerves. Plexus brachialis – lateral and final branches. |
| V week lectures | Walls of thorax (bones, joints, muscles, orientation lines and points, blood vessels and nerves). |
| V week exercises | Walls of thorax (bones, joints, muscles, orientation lines and points, blood vessels and nerves). |
| VI week lectures | Thoracic cavity – division, trachea, bronchus, radix pulmonis, pulmo, pleura, cor – external and internal morphology, structure. |
| VI week exercises | Thoracic cavity – division, trachea, bronchus, radix pulmonis, pulmo, pleura, cor – external and internal morphology. |
| VII week lectures | Blood vessels and nerves of the heart, projections, pericardium, mediastinum – division and content. |
| VII week exercises | Blood vessels and nerves of the heart, projections, pericardium, mediastinum – division and content. |
| VIII week lectures | Vertebrae lumbales, os sacrum, os coxae, femur, patella, tibia, fibula. Colloquium I |
| VIII week exercises | Vertebrae lumbales, os sacrum, os coxae, femur, patella, tibia, fibula - osteological characteristics, attachment of muscles. Colloquium I |
| IX week lectures | Ossa pedis, joints of lower extremity, muscles of lower extremity – anterior side. |
| IX week exercises | Ossa pedis, joints of lower extremity, muscles of lower extremity – anterior side. |
| X week lectures | Muscles of lower extremity – posterior side, blood vessels and nerves of lower extremity. |
| X week exercises | Muscles of lower extremity – posterior side, blood vessels and nerves of lower extremity. |
| XI week lectures | Abdomen: borders, regions, musles of abdominal walls, inguinal canal, division of abdominal cavity, peritoneum, gaster, intestinum tenue et crassum, mesenterium, mesocolon. |
| XI week exercises | Abdomen: borders, regions, musles of abdominal walls, inguinal canal, division of abdominal cavity, peritoneum, gaster, intestinum tenue et crassum, mesenterium, mesocolon. |
| XII week lectures | Hepar, bile ducts, v. portae hepatis, spatium retroperitoneale, ren, glandula suprarenalis, ureter. |
| XII week exercises | Hepar, bile ducts, v. portae hepatis, spatium retroperitoneale, ren, glandula suprarenalis, ureter. |
| XIII week lectures | Pancreas, splen, pars abdominalis aortae, v. cava inferior, plexus coeliacus, pelvis, perineum. |
| XIII week exercises | Pancreas, splen, pars abdominalis aortae, v. cava inferior, plexus coeliacus, pelvis, perineum. |
| XIV week lectures | Blood vessels and nerves of pelvis, pelvic cavity - division, vesica urinaria, rectum, organa genitalia masculina. |
| XIV week exercises | Blood vessels and nerves of pelvis, pelvic cavity - division, vesica urinaria, rectum, organa genitalia masculina. |
| XV week lectures | Organa genitalia feminina. Colloquium II |
| XV week exercises | Organa genitalia feminina. Colloquium II |
| XVI week lectures | Os frontale, os occipitale, os sphenoidale, os ethmoidale. |
| XVI week exercises | Os frontale, os occipitale, os sphenoidale, os ethmoidale – osteological characteristics, attachment of muscles. |
| XVII week lectures | Os parietale, os temporale, mandibula, vomer, os hyoideum, vertebrae cervicales. |
| XVII week exercises | Os parietale, os temporale, mandibula, vomer, os hyoideum, vertebrae cervicales - osteological characteristics. |
| XVIII week lectures | Even facial bones, craniofacial cavities, scull of a newborn, joints of head and neck, regio cervicalis anterior. |
| XVIII week exercises | Even facial bones, craniofacial cavities, scull of a newborn, joints of head and neck, regio cervicalis anterior. |
| XIX week lectures | Regio cervicalis lateralis et posterior (plexus cervicalis, a. subclavia), regio retromandibularis (n. facialis, a. carotis externa, v. jugularis externa). |
| XIX week exercises | Regio cervicalis lateralis et posterior (plexus cervicalis, a. subclavia), regio retromandibularis (n. facialis, a. carotis externa, v. jugularis externa). |
| XX week lectures | Regio infratemporalis (mm. masticatorii, a. maxillaris, n. trigeminus), spatium peripharyngeum (division and content). |
| XX week exercises | Regio infratemporalis (mm. masticatorii, a. maxillaris, n. trigeminus), spatium peripharyngeum (division and content). |
| XXI week lectures | Cavitas nasi, sinus paranasales, pharynx, cavitas oris. |
| XXI week exercises | Cavitas nasi, sinus paranasales, pharynx, cavitas oris - morphological characteristics. |
| XXII week lectures | Larynx, nervus II, III, IV, VI, bulbus oculi. |
| XXII week exercises | Larynx - morphological characteristics. Nervus II, III, IV, VI, bulbus oculi. |
| XXIII week lectures | Organa oculi accessoria, auris externa, auris media. |
| XXIII week exercises | Organa oculi accessoria, auris externa, auris media. |
| XXIV week lectures | Auris interna, n. VIII, neurologia – introduction, division of central nervous system, medulla spinalis – external and internal morphology. |
| XXIV week exercises | Auris interna, n. VIII. Division of central nervous system, medulla spinalis – external and internal morphology. |
| XXV week lectures | Medulla oblongata, pons, cerebellum (external and internal morphology), ventriculus IV. |
| XXV week exercises | Medulla oblongata, pons, cerebellum (external and internal morphology), ventriculus IV. |
| XXVI week lectures | Mesencephalon, diencephalon (external and internal morphology), ventriculus III. |
| XXVI week exercises | Mesencephalon, diencephalon (external and internal morphology), ventriculus III. |
| XXVII week lectures | Telencephalon, commissures of forbrain (external and internal morphology). |
| XXVII week exercises | Telencephalon, commissures of forbrain (external and internal morphology) - parts, morphological characteristics, functional significance. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Olfactory brain (external morphology), ventriculus lateralis, limbic system. Motor pathways. |
| XXVIII week exercises | Olfactory brain, ventriculus lateralis, limbic system - parts, morphological characteristics, functional significance. Motor pathways - division, description, functional significance. |
| XXIX week lectures | Extrapyramidal motor system, sensitive and sensory pathways. |
| XXIX week exercises | Extrapyramidal motor system - parts, morphological characteristics, functional significance. Sensitive and sensory pathways - division, description, functional significance. |
| XXX week lectures | Moždanice, međumoždanični prostori, liquor cerebrospinalis, arterije i vene CNS-a. |
| XXX week exercises | Meninx, intercerebral spaces, liquor cerebrospinalis, arteries and veins of centtral nervous system. |
| Student workload | I semester: Weekly: 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours; Structure: 3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of practical classes, 2 hours of independent work. During the semester: Classes and final exam: 8 hours x 16 = 128 hours; Necessary preparations before the beginning of semester (enrollment, certification...) 8 hours x 2 = 16 hours; Overall workload: 6 x 30 = 180 hours Supplementary work from 36 hours Structure of workload: 128 hours (classes and final exam) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (supplementary work) = 180 hours II semester: Weekly: 7 credits x 40/30 = 9 hours and 20 minutes; Structure: 3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of practical classes, 3 hours and 20 minutes of independent work. During the semester: Classes and final exam: 9 hours and 20 minutes x 16 = 149 hours and 20 minutes; Necessary preparations before the beginning of semester (enrollment, certification...) 9 hours and 20 minutes x 2 = 18 hours and 40 minutes; Overall workload: 7 x 30 = 210 hours; Supplementary work from 42 hours; Structure of workload: 149 hours and 20 minutes (classes and final exam) + 18 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 42 hours (supplementary work) = 210 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 13 credits x 40/30=17 hours and 20 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =277 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =34 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 13 x 30=390 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 277 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 34 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | It is compulsory to the students theoretical and practical teaching. |
| Consultations | Consultations once a week for two academic hours for all teachers and staff. |
| Literature | Basic literature: Antić S, Čukuranović R, Stefanović N, Pavlović S, Vasović LJ, Arsić S. Anatomija čoveka – za studente stomatologije (ruka, grudni koš, trbuh, karlica, noga). Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2009. Stefanović N, Antić S. Anatomija gornjeg ekstremiteta. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 1998. Stefanović N, Vlajković S, Bjelaković Daković M, Ugrenović S, Jovanović I. Anatomija čoveka - grudni koš. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2008. Čukuranović R. Anatomija čoveka – abdomen. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2000. Marjanović S, Stefanović N, Bakić V, Čukuranović R. Anatomija čoveka – mala karlica. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 1997. Stefanović N, Antić S, Pavlović S. Anatomija donjeg ekstremiteta. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2002. Stefanović N, Pavlović S, Vasović LJ, Antić S, Čukuranović R, Arsić S. Anatomija čoveka – glava i vrat. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2006. Pavlović S, Stefanović N, Vučetić R, Antić S, Čukuranović R, Arsić S. Anatomija centralnog nervnog sistema i čula. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2004. Netter F. Atlas anatomije čoveka, Beograd: Data Status; 2011. Additional literature: Drake R, Vogel W, Mitchell A. Grays anatomy for students. Philadelphia: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone; 2005. |
| Examination methods | I semester: Forms of knowledge assessment and evaluation: The presence on lectures and practical classes: 5 points; Colloquium I – Upper extremity and thorax – 9 do 20 points; Colloquium II – Lower extremity, abdomen and pelvis – 9 do 20 points; II semester: The presence on lectures and practical classes: 5 points; Final exam – 50 points; A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is collected; Marks formation: the presence + results of C I + the results of C II + final exam |
| Special remarks | ECTS CURRICULA FOR THE INTERNATIONALIZATION OF THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE, UoM https://www.ucg.ac.me/objava/blog/623259/objava/199342-ects-curricula-for-the-internationalization-of-the-faculty-of-medicine-uom |
| Comment | Colloquia and consultations will be held according to an agreement with students. Exercises follow the schedule of lectures. Additional information about the subject can be obtained from the subject teacher, the head of the study program and the vice dean for teaching. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / URGENT CONDITIONS IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | URGENT CONDITIONS IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6834 | Obavezan | 10 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There is no conditionality. |
| Aims | During school hours, students should see and recognize individual differential diagnostic dental emergency. During exercises, students will demonstrate first aid techniques that they should overcome. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the one-semester course and passing the exam in Urgent Dental Conditions, the dental student should be able to: Demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and medical staff. Recognize the majority of urgent conditions in dentistry. Independently conduct a patient examination, collect all relevant health and disease-related data (dental and general medical history), and perform necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish a diagnosis. Actively participate in assisting during the provision of first aid administered by the physician. Possess the skills to independently provide first aid for most urgent dental conditions, including syncope, hysterical attacks, epileptic loss of consciousness, anaphylactic shock, and independently manage first aid for simpler disturbances of consciousness. Demonstrate the ability to formulate clinically relevant questions, search for and evaluate scientific evidence and clinical guidelines, and apply evidence-based approaches in the management of dental emergencies. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis prof Mirjana Đuričković Assis prof Mirko Mikić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises,colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the Course. General Patient Guidelines. Principles of Evidence-Based Emergency Dentistry. Maxillofacial Injuries: Emergency Management at the Injury Site and First Aid in Hospital Settings. |
| I week exercises | Emergency Conditions in Dentistry (General Characteristics) Introduction to Simulation Practice and Safety in the Simulation Room – Familiarization with equipment, protocols, and basic rules for working with mannequins and simulators. |
| II week lectures | Bleeding as a Result of Soft and Hard Tissue Injuries of the Face and Jaws |
| II week exercises | Recognition and Management of Syncope and Collapse Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models |
| III week lectures | Infections of the Soft and Hard Tissues of the Face and Jaws |
| III week exercises | Epileptic and Hysterical Seizures – Team Response. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| IV week lectures | Unconscious States |
| IV week exercises | Anaphylactic Reaction and Anaphylactic Shock. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| V week lectures | Bleeding as a Consequence of Surgical Procedures in the Oral Cavity |
| V week exercises | Hypoglycemic Shock – Recognition and Emergency Measures. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| VI week lectures | Allergic Reactions – Local and Systemic |
| VI week exercises | Acute Adrenaline Crisis – Urgent Management. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| VII week lectures | Emergency Cardiovascular and Respiratory Conditions, Hypoglycemic Shock, Acute Adrenal Crisis – Resuscitation |
| VII week exercises | Cardiovascular Emergency Conditions. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| VIII week lectures | Emergency Situations During Dental Treatment – Urgent Conditions During Tooth Extraction |
| VIII week exercises | Respiratory Failure and Emergency Intervention. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| IX week lectures | Emergency Conditions in Periodontology and Oral Medicine |
| IX week exercises | Basic Principles of Resuscitation. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| X week lectures | Emergency Conditions in Prosthodontics |
| X week exercises | Techniques of Artificial Respiration and Ventilation. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| XI week lectures | Emergency Conditions in Endodontics |
| XI week exercises | Simulation of Complete Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| XII week lectures | Dental and Periodontal Injuries in Pediatric Patients |
| XII week exercises | Bleeding During and After Dental Procedures. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| XIII week lectures | Emergency Conditions in Pediatric Dentistry and Orthodontics |
| XIII week exercises | Bandaging Techniques for the Head and Face. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| XIV week lectures | Emergency Conditions in Endodontics |
| XIV week exercises | Injuries to Teeth and Jaws in Children and Adults – Emergency Measures. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| XV week lectures | Deontological Principles of Dental Practice in Emergency Situations |
| XV week exercises | Final Simulation – Teamwork in a Complex Emergency Scenario. Exercises in the simulation room using mannequins or phantom models. |
| Student workload | Students (weekly): 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.66sati Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour exercise 0.66sati individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (2.66 hx 16 = 42.56h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2.66hx 2 = 5:32 h Total load: 2 x 30 = 60 h Additional work 12.12h Structure Load 42.56 h + h + 5:32 12:12 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the term that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Konstantinović V. Emergency situations in dentistry, Faculty of Dentistry, Belgrade; 2016. Ogle OE, Dym H, Weinstock RJ, editors. Medical Emergencies in Dental Practice. 1st ed. London: Quintessence Publishing; 2016. Malamed SF, Orr DL II, Orr TM. Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office. 8th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier; 2022. |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquia, 20 points each Practical exercises – 10 points Final exam 50 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points |
| Special remarks | Compulsory subject narrowly professional |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLINICAL ORTHOPEDICS JAWS
| Course: | PRECLINICAL ORTHOPEDICS JAWS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13248 | Obavezan | 10 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There are no conditions |
| Aims | The goal of the Preclinical Orthopedics of the Jaw course is to educate students about the growth and development of the craniofacial system and dentition, preclinical orthodontic procedures, and the design and construction of mobile and fixed orthodontic appliances. |
| Learning outcomes | Acquired knowledge: definition and field of orthodontics, materials and procedures for taking impressions in orthodontics, materials and procedures for making orthodontic models, anomalies of tooth position, monomaxillary device: active plate according to Schwartz, fixator as an auxiliary device, bimaxillary appliance: Bionator according to Balters, preventive and interceptive orthodontics, basic elements of fixed appliances. Acquired skills: taking orthodontic impressions, taking a record of habitual occlusion in wax, casting the model and processing it according to orthodontic rules, recognizing anomalies in the position of the teeth on the model, making a teardrop hook for the active plate, making a labial arch for the active plate, making and processing the base of the active plate using the technique spraying (cold polymerization), making a bite template in wax, taking a construction bite, control of the made bimaxillary appliance, making a retainer using the pressing technique (Biostar) |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis Prof Jasminka Anđelić Dr Snežana Ražnatović Dr Jelena Pipović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to orthodontics. Classification of malocclusions |
| I week exercises | Printing processes and models |
| II week lectures | Etiology of malocclusion |
| II week exercises | Etiology of malocclusion |
| III week lectures | Concepts of growth and development |
| III week exercises | Analysis of plaster models in three dimensions |
| IV week lectures | Prenatal growth and development of the craniofacial system |
| IV week exercises | Basics of X-ray cephalometry |
| V week lectures | Postnatal growth and development of the craniofacial system |
| V week exercises | Cephalometric monitoring of growth |
| VI week lectures | Assessment of craniofacial typology |
| VI week exercises | Growth and development of mixed and permanent dentition |
| VII week lectures | Differences between deciduous and permanent teeth on models |
| VII week exercises | Orthodontic appliances |
| VIII week lectures | Assessment of dental and skeletal age |
| VIII week exercises | Plate appliances |
| IX week lectures | Plate devices - production techniques and recognition |
| IX week exercises | Functional appliances |
| X week lectures | Functional devices - Recognition and creation of bite wall and construction bite |
| X week exercises | Functional devices - Recognition and creation of bite wall and construction bite |
| XI week lectures | Fixed appliances |
| XI week exercises | Devices made by soldering and welding - demonstration, recognition of devices |
| XII week lectures | Keys to ideal occlusion |
| XII week exercises | Vacuum-made thermoplastic appliances - demonstration, recognition of the appliance |
| XIII week lectures | Edgewise appliances |
| XIII week exercises | Edgewise appliances - appliance setting |
| XIV week lectures | Preventive devices and procedures |
| XIV week exercises | Preventive devices |
| XV week lectures | Interceptive devices and procedures |
| XV week exercises | Interceptive devices |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Analysis of plaster models |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | Jakšić N., Šćepan I., Glišić B.: Orthodontic diagnostics - practical for basic studies, II edition, Belgrade, 2004. Marković M. (editor): Orthodontics, medical book, Belgrade - Zagreb, 1989. William R. Proffit, David M. Sarver, Henry W. Fields Jr. Ortodoncija, naklada slap, 2024. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium = 1 x 20 points 2 control tests from practical exercises = 10 + 10 = 20 Seminar work = 10 points Final exam = 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FORENSIC MEDICINE AND MEDICAL LEGISLATION
| Course: | FORENSIC MEDICINE AND MEDICAL LEGISLATION/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7501 | Obavezan | 10 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | After attended courses and passing the exam, the student should be able to assess the expertise diagnosis, evaluation of physical injuries at all, especially injuries in the maxillofacial region, evaluation of intoxication, malpractice and negligent treatment of patients from the scope of dentistry, identification of unknown living persons and unidentified human cadavers, particularly in the disaster, evaluation of issuing false medical records, diagnosis of craniocerebral injuries. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing forensic medicine course, the student of dentistry should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Describe body injuries in living people, with a special focus on injuries of the maxillofacial region, diagnose their type and adequately fill in and preserve dental records. 2. Determine the relationship between diseases and injuries; know the difference between complications and consequences; he is familiar with the principles of qualification of injuries. 3. Differ death in origin and significance of performing autopsies; especially in "death in the dental chair". 4. Correctly fulfill Certificate of death. 5. He is familiar with the procedures of identification of the living and the dead persons, especially in massive disasters, with special emphasis on the importance of dental status in identification procedure. 6. He is familiar with the methodology of establishing drunkenness, drug intoxication, doping, poisoning. 7. He is familiar with the importance of DNA technology to establish paternity, identification, biological traces. 8. Cognizant of the importance of traffic accidents and injuries caused by fall from a height. 9. He is familiar with the procedures in cases of family violence and torture, especially with injuries in the maxillofacial region. 10. He obtains the knowledge of medicolegal framework in criminal responsibility related to medical practise, iatrogenic injuries in dentistry, as well as the patients' rights. 11. He is familiar with the procedures of informing the patient and his or her consent to the dental. intervention; familiar with the ethical and criminal aspect in stomatological experiments. 12. He is familiar with importance of homicidal, suicidal and accidental deaths, and how to proceed in every individual case. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dragana Cukic, MD PhD Miodrag Soc, MD PhD |
| Methodology | teaching classes (lectures), practical classes (exercises), seminars, colloqia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Forensic medicine - dentistry as a separate medical discipline. Introduction to the legal regulations. |
| I week exercises | Following the theme of first lecture. |
| II week lectures | Forensic examination and forensic expert. |
| II week exercises | Passing through the prosecutor's and trial data sheets. |
| III week lectures | Criminal liability of medical professionals. |
| III week exercises | Case reports of medical malpractice and negligence. |
| IV week lectures | Natural impairment of health. |
| IV week exercises | Autopsy I |
| V week lectures | Expertise tools. Violent health damages. Mechanical injury in general. |
| V week exercises | Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. |
| VI week lectures | Physical injuries: thermal injuries. Injuries electricity. Injuries ionizing radiation. |
| VI week exercises | Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. |
| VII week lectures | Asphyxiation injuries in general |
| VII week exercises | Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. |
| VIII week lectures | Nutrition, bacterial and mental injuries. Iatrogenic damage to health. Death in the dental chair. |
| VIII week exercises | Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. |
| IX week lectures | Chemical injuries, poisoning. Alcohol. Drugs. |
| IX week exercises | Autopsy II. |
| X week lectures | Expert testimony of injuries with special attention to injuries of the maxillofacial region. |
| X week exercises | Passing through the prosecutors's and trial data sheets. |
| XI week lectures | End of life and death. |
| XI week exercises | Theoretical exercise. |
| XII week lectures | Identification: identification of living persons, the identification of unidentified corpses, identification in massive disasters. |
| XII week exercises | Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. Anthropology. |
| XIII week lectures | Homicide, suicide and accident. |
| XIII week exercises | Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. |
| XIV week lectures | Informing and patient's consent to medical intervention. |
| XIV week exercises | Ethical principles of informative consent forms. |
| XV week lectures | Legal aspect of medical experiments. The patient's consent. |
| XV week exercises | Case reports through prosecutor's and trial data sheets. |
| Student workload | Course and final exam (4 h x 16 =64 h). Obligatory before beginning of the course 4h x 2 = 8h Total load: 4 x 30= 120 h Additional work: 18 h Load structure: 64 h + 8 h + 18h = 120 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Presence to the lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | Pre-exam exercises. |
| Literature | 1. SUDSKA MEDICINA, Dragana Čukić, Medicinski fakultet u Podgorici, 2012., basic textbook for students 2. KLINIČKI I FORENZIČKI ASPEKT POVREDA MAKSILOFACIJALNE REGIJE, Konstantinović V., Puzović D., Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd, 2011. 3. SUDSKA MEDICINA, |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquia - each 20 pts Seminar work 10 pts Final exam 50 pts Exam passed if minimal cumulative pts are at least 50. 50-59 pts - mark E; 60-69 pts - mark D; 70-79 pts - mark C; 80-89 pts - mark B, 90-100 pts - mark A |
| Special remarks | None. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOETHICS AND ETHICS IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | BIOETHICS AND ETHICS IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13980 | Obavezan | 11 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | Introducing students to the development of ethics in medicine, basic ethical principles and an innovative bioethical approach to moral issues imposed by the implementation of modern scientific and technical achievements in the field of biomedicine, primarily in the domain of the application of genetic testing, medically assisted human reproduction, gene editing, cloning, transplantation of human organs and tissues; artificial intelligence, animal and human experimental medicine. Acquaintance with the activities of national and international institutions engaged in the protection of human rights and dignity in the field of bioethics. |
| Learning outcomes | After the one-semester course, the student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Understands and is ready to apply professional bioethical guidelines in medical practice 2. Is able to recognize certain bioethical challenges and dilemmas related to the application of contemporary achievements and technologies in the field of biomedicine. 3. Knows and can describe the fields of biomedicine within which bioethical principles and protocols are defined. 4. Knows and can describe the activities of European institutions regarding the protection of human rights and the dignity of human beings in the application of biomedicine. 5. Knows and states the legal bioethical framework in Montenegro. 6. Is capable of making independent judgments in making responsible decisions in accordance with bioethical principles |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD, Full professor Aneta Bošković, MD, PhD, Assist. Professor Novak Lakićević, MD, PhD and teaching associates. |
| Methodology | Lectures, workshops, simulations, seminars and consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Scientific progress in biomedicine and the promotion of the protection of human rights i dignity. |
| I week exercises | Introduction to the principles of practical work |
| II week lectures | Sociological genesis of morality. Positive and negative moral traits personality. |
| II week exercises | Distribution of topics from medical ethics and instructions for seminar preparation |
| III week lectures | Ethics in medicine - moral obligations of healthcare workers |
| III week exercises | Review of collected literature and seminar preparation |
| IV week lectures | Ethical problems in certain medical disciplines. |
| IV week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers |
| V week lectures | Great and eternal ethical dilemmas. |
| V week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers |
| VI week lectures | Analysis of the presented ethical topics |
| VI week exercises | Presentation of seminar paper |
| VII week lectures | Biomedicine and human genome research. Genetic data protection. The right to "know/not know" the result of genetic testing. |
| VII week exercises | Distribution of topics in biomedicine and bioethics and instruction for seminar preparation |
| VIII week lectures | Ethics of biomedical research. Clinical studies, informed consent to research. Experiments on humans, animals and corpses. Bioethical code of experimental animals. |
| VIII week exercises | Review of collected literature and seminar preparation |
| IX week lectures | Medically assisted human reproduction and bioethical principles. Preimplantation and prenatal diagnosis, abortion, prenatal sex selection and gender imbalances at birth. "Surrogate" motherhood |
| IX week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: HeLa cells and their biomedical and bioethical significance |
| X week lectures | Bioethical principles of organ, tissue and cell donation and transplantation. Prevention of organs, tissues and cells."trafficking". |
| X week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical principles of organ transplantation.. |
| XI week lectures | Cloning, stem cells, gene editing, eugenics – bioethical challenges. |
| XI week exercises | Review of collected literature and seminar preparation |
| XII week lectures | Bioethics of new technologies, artificial intelligence, clinical bioethics. |
| XII week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Reproductive cloning and chimerism |
| XIII week lectures | Bioethical institutionalization: significance and action of international bioethics organizations in the field of human rights protection and dignities: Helsinki Declaration, UNESCO, WHO. |
| XIII week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical aspects of prenatal diagnostics. |
| XIV week lectures | Bioethics in Europe:Committee for Bioethics of the Council of Europe - Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Dignity of the Human Being with regard to the Application of Biology and Medicine (Oviedo Convention) and its additional protocols. Application of bioethical principles in Montenegro. |
| XIV week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical aspects of medically assisted fertilization and surrogate motherhood. |
| XV week lectures | Review of material and discussion with teachers |
| XV week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Solidarity and cooperation in bioethics. |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,53 hours (classes and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attending classes, actively participating in seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group. |
| Consultations | After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant. |
| Literature | Turza K. Medicina i društvo – Uvod u medicinsku etiku. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2015. www.coe.int/en/web/bioethics/home http://www.who.int/ethics/en/ http://www.unesco.org/new/en/social-and-human-sciences/themes/bioethics/ https://ec.europa.eu/research/ege/index.cfm Poseban materijal koji su predmetni nastavnici pripremili za sve studente. |
| Examination methods | Class attendance - 10 points Two seminar papers of 15 points each - a total of 30 Final written exam 60 points Grade: Passed / passed or not passed / passed Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points |
| Special remarks | None |
| Comment | None |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOETHICS AND ETHICS IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | BIOETHICS AND ETHICS IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13980 | Obavezan | 11 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | Introducing students to the development of ethics in medicine, basic ethical principles and an innovative bioethical approach to moral issues imposed by the implementation of modern scientific and technical achievements in the field of biomedicine, primarily in the domain of the application of genetic testing, medically assisted human reproduction, gene editing, cloning, transplantation of human organs and tissues; artificial intelligence, animal and human experimental medicine. Acquaintance with the activities of national and international institutions engaged in the protection of human rights and dignity in the field of bioethics. |
| Learning outcomes | After the one-semester course, the student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Understands and is ready to apply professional bioethical guidelines in medical practice 2. Is able to recognize certain bioethical challenges and dilemmas related to the application of contemporary achievements and technologies in the field of biomedicine. 3. Knows and can describe the fields of biomedicine within which bioethical principles and protocols are defined. 4. Knows and can describe the activities of European institutions regarding the protection of human rights and the dignity of human beings in the application of biomedicine. 5. Knows and states the legal bioethical framework in Montenegro. 6. Is capable of making independent judgments in making responsible decisions in accordance with bioethical principles |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD, Full professor Aneta Bošković, MD, PhD, Assist. Professor Novak Lakićević, MD, PhD and teaching associates. |
| Methodology | Lectures, workshops, simulations, seminars and consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Scientific progress in biomedicine and the promotion of the protection of human rights i dignity. |
| I week exercises | Introduction to the principles of practical work |
| II week lectures | Sociological genesis of morality. Positive and negative moral traits personality. |
| II week exercises | Distribution of topics from medical ethics and instructions for seminar preparation |
| III week lectures | Ethics in medicine - moral obligations of healthcare workers |
| III week exercises | Review of collected literature and seminar preparation |
| IV week lectures | Ethical problems in certain medical disciplines. |
| IV week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers |
| V week lectures | Great and eternal ethical dilemmas. |
| V week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers |
| VI week lectures | Analysis of the presented ethical topics |
| VI week exercises | Presentation of seminar paper |
| VII week lectures | Biomedicine and human genome research. Genetic data protection. The right to "know/not know" the result of genetic testing. |
| VII week exercises | Distribution of topics in biomedicine and bioethics and instruction for seminar preparation |
| VIII week lectures | Ethics of biomedical research. Clinical studies, informed consent to research. Experiments on humans, animals and corpses. Bioethical code of experimental animals. |
| VIII week exercises | Review of collected literature and seminar preparation |
| IX week lectures | Medically assisted human reproduction and bioethical principles. Preimplantation and prenatal diagnosis, abortion, prenatal sex selection and gender imbalances at birth. "Surrogate" motherhood |
| IX week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: HeLa cells and their biomedical and bioethical significance |
| X week lectures | Bioethical principles of organ, tissue and cell donation and transplantation. Prevention of organs, tissues and cells."trafficking". |
| X week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical principles of organ transplantation.. |
| XI week lectures | Cloning, stem cells, gene editing, eugenics – bioethical challenges. |
| XI week exercises | Review of collected literature and seminar preparation |
| XII week lectures | Bioethics of new technologies, artificial intelligence, clinical bioethics. |
| XII week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Reproductive cloning and chimerism |
| XIII week lectures | Bioethical institutionalization: significance and action of international bioethics organizations in the field of human rights protection and dignities: Helsinki Declaration, UNESCO, WHO. |
| XIII week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical aspects of prenatal diagnostics. |
| XIV week lectures | Bioethics in Europe:Committee for Bioethics of the Council of Europe - Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Dignity of the Human Being with regard to the Application of Biology and Medicine (Oviedo Convention) and its additional protocols. Application of bioethical principles in Montenegro. |
| XIV week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical aspects of medically assisted fertilization and surrogate motherhood. |
| XV week lectures | Review of material and discussion with teachers |
| XV week exercises | Presentation of seminar papers: Solidarity and cooperation in bioethics. |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,53 hours (classes and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attending classes, actively participating in seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group. |
| Consultations | After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant. |
| Literature | Turza K. Medicina i društvo – Uvod u medicinsku etiku. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2015. www.coe.int/en/web/bioethics/home http://www.who.int/ethics/en/ http://www.unesco.org/new/en/social-and-human-sciences/themes/bioethics/ https://ec.europa.eu/research/ege/index.cfm Poseban materijal koji su predmetni nastavnici pripremili za sve studente. |
| Examination methods | Class attendance - 10 points Two seminar papers of 15 points each - a total of 30 Final written exam 60 points Grade: Passed / passed or not passed / passed Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points |
| Special remarks | None |
| Comment | None |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FORENSIC MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND MEDICAL LAW
| Course: | FORENSIC MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND MEDICAL LAW/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13983 | Obavezan | 11 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | After completing classes and passing the exam, the student should be qualified for independent expert identification of physical injuries in general, especially injuries of the maxillofacial region, alcohol expertise, expertise of malpractice and malpractice of patients from the framework of dentistry, identification of unknown living persons and unknown human cadavers, especially in mass accidents, expert identification of issuing false medical records, diagnostics |
| Learning outcomes | A student of the Faculty of Dentistry, after completing the forensic course, possesses the following Learning outcomes: 1. Describes physical injuries in living persons, with special reference to injuries maxillofacial regions, diagnoses their type and adequately fills and guides the dental Documentation. 2. It can establish a relationship between illness and injury; There is a difference between complications and Consequences; Familiar with the principles of injury qualification. 3. Distinguishes death by origin and significance of performing autopsies; |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | prof. dr Miodrag Soc |
| Methodology | lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Forensic medicine – dentistry as a special medical discipline. Getting acquainted with the provisions legal regulations |
| I week exercises | Follow the topic of the first lecture. |
| II week lectures | Forensic medical expertise and forensic expert |
| II week exercises | Practicing through prosecutorial and judicial records. |
| III week lectures | Criminal liability of health care workers. |
| III week exercises | Cases of criminal liability of the doctor. |
| IV week lectures | Natural damage to health. |
| IV week exercises | Autopsy |
| V week lectures | Expert diagnotics. Violent damage to health. Mechanical injuries at all. |
| V week exercises | Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs |
| VI week lectures | Physical injuries: thermal injuries. Injuries by electricity. Ionizing radiation injuries. |
| VI week exercises | Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs |
| VII week lectures | Asphyxia no injuries at all. |
| VII week exercises | Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs |
| VIII week lectures | Nutritional, bacterial and psychological injuries. Iatrogenic damage to health. Death in the dental chair |
| VIII week exercises | Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs |
| IX week lectures | Chemical injuries. Alcohol. Drugs |
| IX week exercises | Autopsy II |
| X week lectures | Injury expertise with special reference to injuries of the maxillofacial region |
| X week exercises | Case reports through prosecutorial and judicial records. |
| XI week lectures | Dying and death |
| XI week exercises | Theoretical exercise |
| XII week lectures | Identification: identification of living persons, identification of unknown corpses, identification. in the mass accidents |
| XII week exercises | Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs. Anthropology |
| XIII week lectures | Descent, suicide, murder |
| XIII week exercises | Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs |
| XIV week lectures | Information of the patient and his consent to medical intervention |
| XIV week exercises | Ethical principles of informed consent. |
| XV week lectures | Criminal legal aspect of medical experiments. Consent of the patient |
| XV week exercises | Case presentation through prosecutorial and judicial records |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. FORENSIC MEDICINE, Dragana Čukić, Faculty of Medicine in Podgorica, 2012, Basic textbook of Forensic Medicine for Students of Medicine and Dentistry Faculty of Medicine in Podgorica. 2. CLINICAL AND FORENSIC ASPECTS INJURY OF MAXILLOFACIAL REGION, Konstantinović V., Puzović D., Institute for textbooks, Belgrade, 2011. 3. FORENSIC MEDICINE, V. Popović and T. Atanasijević, Faculty of Medicine in Belgrade, 2010 |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquiums of 20 points Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points. A passing score is obtained if a minimum of 50 points are collected cumulatively. 50-59 points – grade E; 60-69 points – grade D; 70-79 points – grade C; 80-89 points – grade B, 90-100 points - rating A. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN
| Course: | DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7504 | Izborni | 11 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to acquaint students with characteristics, frequency and importance of craniofacial injuries, epidemiology of mouth and dental injuries, etiology of craniofacial injuries, injuries treatment protocol, diagnostic methods, treatment of soft tissue injuries, injuries of hard tissues of teeth, supporting tissues and complications of dental injuries |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of one-semester course and passing the mouth and dental injuries in children exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Have knowledge of characteristics, frequency and importance of craniofacial region injuries 2. Have knowledge of injuries treatment protocol 3. Have knowledge of injury classification 4. Have knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic methods for the treatment of soft tissue injuries, injuries of hard tissue of teeth, supporting tissues and complications of dental injuries 5. Can provide first aid for craniofacial injuries independently and prescribe appropriate therapy |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Snezana Matijevic DDS, MSc, PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Craniofacial injuries. Characteristics, frequency, importance. Mouth and dental injuries. Characteristics and importance |
| I week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| II week lectures | Epidemiology of mouth and dental injuries |
| II week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| III week lectures | Etiology of mouth and dental injuries |
| III week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| IV week lectures | Injuries treatment protocol |
| IV week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| V week lectures | Injuries treatment protocol |
| V week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| VI week lectures | Classification and diagnosis of injuries in children. Diagnostic methods |
| VI week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| VII week lectures | Classification and diagnosis of injuries in children. Diagnostic methods |
| VII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| VIII week lectures | Mouth soft tissue injuries. Treatment |
| VIII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| IX week lectures | Mouth soft tissue injuries. Treatment |
| IX week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| X week lectures | Injuries of hard tissue of teeth. Treatment |
| X week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XI week lectures | Injuries of hard tissue of teeth. Treatment |
| XI week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XII week lectures | Injuries of periodontal tissues of teeth. Treatment |
| XII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XIII week lectures | Injuries of periodontal tissues of teeth. Treatment |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Complication of dental injuries |
| XIV week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XV week lectures | Complication of dental injuries |
| XV week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| Student workload | 1 hour of lecture per week 2 hours of exercise per week |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | First aid and treatment of injuries of the hard tissue of teeth and luxation of deciduous and permanent teeth |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request |
| Literature | Beloica D, Vulović M, Duggal M, Dimitrijević B. Tooth Injuries. Belgrade: University of Belgrade, Faculty of Dentistry; 2007. Andreasen JO. Traumatic Dental Injuries: A Manual. 3rd ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell; 2011. Andreasen JO, Andersson L, Day P, Heithersay G, Trope M, DiAngelis AJ. Dental Trauma Guide: A Practical Guide to the Treatment of Traumatic Dental Injuries. Copenhagen: Dental Trauma Guide; 2023. Available from: https://www.dentaltraumaguide.org |
| Examination methods | 2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points |
| Special remarks | Minimum passing score is 50 points |
| Comment | Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL PROTECTION
| Course: | DENTAL PROTECTION/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13984 | Izborni | 11 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There are no strings attached |
| Aims | Course objectives: The aim of the course should ensure that the student, after completing the course from this optional module, improves his knowledge of the public health aspects of oral diseases, and based on that, plans the needs for preserving and improving oral health in all members of a certain community and proposes a preventive program. |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of the one-semester course and successful passing of the exam, the dental student will be able to: Understand, explain, and apply the principles of oral health promotion. Know and apply oral health indicators. Analyze and assess the state of oral health in individuals and populations. Understand and explain the principles of evidence-based dentistry and their application at the individual, group, and population levels. Be able to develop a plan of preventive, prophylactic, and therapeutic measures, and propose a preventive program appropriate for an individual, a specific population group, or the entire community. Be capable of organizing and implementing a prevention program within the local community. Be able to formulate a scientific question, search for relevant evidence and guidelines, and critically appraise the available literature. Be competent in applying evidence-based methods, both at the individual and population levels. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. dr Mirjana Đuričkovic |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, colloquiums, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the subject, definition and importance of the subject.General recommendations for patients.Principles of evidence-based dentistry |
| I week exercises | Indicators of oral health. Methods of epidemiological research and monitoring of oral diseases. Determining the needs for oral health. Socio-medical aspects of oral diseases. |
| II week lectures | Social and medical importance of oral health. |
| II week exercises | Strategies in the prevention of oral diseases. Program protection in dentistry. Selection of topics for the seminar work |
| III week lectures | Planning needs to preserve oral health. |
| III week exercises | Promotion of oral health; Health education; Motivation of the individual and society. Literature review for the final seminar paper. |
| IV week lectures | Methods of epidemiological research. |
| IV week exercises | Organization and implementation of dental health care in the local community. Program protection evaluation. National program of preventive dental health care |
| V week lectures | Oral health indicators. |
| V week exercises | Preparation of going to the field (written notification, permission to enter the institution and consent of the research participants) for the needs of the preparation of the seminar paper |
| VI week lectures | The role of the environment in preserving oral health. |
| VI week exercises | Preparation of the plan and program of going to the field |
| VII week lectures | Program prenatal prevention of oral diseases. |
| VII week exercises | Forming a research report, survey, questionnaire |
| VIII week lectures | Programmatic postnatal prevention of oral diseases. |
| VIII week exercises | Communication with members of the community for the purposes of developing a plan and program for going to the field |
| IX week lectures | School dental care. |
| IX week exercises | Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper |
| X week lectures | Preventive program - the role of the community. |
| X week exercises | Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper |
| XI week lectures | Promotion of oral health. |
| XI week exercises | Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper |
| XII week lectures | Health education - methods and means. |
| XII week exercises | Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper |
| XIII week lectures | Dental care for certain categories of the population (special needs, elderly). |
| XIII week exercises | Processing of data obtained from research in the field for the preparation of a seminar paper |
| XIV week lectures | Organization of dental health care in the community, quality, evaluation. |
| XIV week exercises | Processing of data obtained through research for the preparation of a seminar paper |
| XV week lectures | Strategies in preserving oral health. |
| XV week exercises | Presentation of the obtained results and defense of the seminar paper |
| Student workload | Teaching and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (teaching and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at theoretical and practical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1.Vulović M, et al. Preventive dentistry [in Serbian]. Belgrade: Draslar Partner; 2005. p. 13–34, 343–369, 381–407. 2.Bajrić E. Fundamentals of preventive dentistry with clinical application in practice[in Bosnian]. Sarajevo: University of Sarajevo, Faculty of Dental Medicine with Clinics; 2024. 3.Chestnutt IG. Dental public health at a glance. 2nd ed. Hoboken (NJ): Wiley-Blackwell; 2024. |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquiums of 15 points each; Practical teaching 15 points. Activity during lectures 5 points. Final exam max up to 50 points (Preparation of the final seminar paper 20 points. Defense of the final seminar paper 30 points) A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL ENDODONTICS II
| Course: | CLINICAL ENDODONTICS II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7500 | Obavezan | 11,12 | 5 | +6+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Pass the exam Clinical endodontics |
| Aims | fter completion of theoretical lectures and practical exercises the student should: be individually and precisely to take a detailed medical history (general and dental) that properly implemented clinical examination, to adequately apply additional tests necessary for final diagnosis, he knew the indications and contraindications for taking endodontic treatment, it may propose an orientation plan endodontic treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the tools, materials and medications used in endodontics, he knows the basic principles of endodontic treatment in teeth with inflamed and infected teeth with pulp, he knows the basic dental treatment, and expands with periapical lesions, that has mastered the basic techniques of preparation and channels that they can be applied in clinical Praxis to be properly applied to different root canal obturation tejnike in practice and knows the side effects medikations used in endodontics |
| Learning outcomes | After completing one semester subjects in Clinical endodontics II, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with the patient and the Medical staff. 2. Ability to independently examine the patient and take all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conduct the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis. 3. Ability to independently propose a tentative treatment plan diseased teeth. 4. Skills for self- treatment of teeth with inflamed , necrotic pulp and treatment of teeth with periapical process. 5. Analyzes the flow of reparations in the apical periodontal tissue after endodontic treatment of teeth with periapical lesions. 6. Prevents and performs therapy emergencies in endodontics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Barnislav Karadžić, dr Aleksandra Žuža |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXX week lectures | Klinički rad sa pacijentima |
| XXX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| Student workload | Load students (week): 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 4 hours of exercises 2.6 hours of independent work, including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6.6 hx 16 h = 105.6). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 6.6 hx 2 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work 31.2 h Structure of load 105.6h + 13.2h + 31.2h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Mahmoud Torabinejad, Ashraf F. Fouad, Shahrokh Shabahang. Endodontics: Principles and Practice. 6th Edition, Elsevier, 2021; ISBN: 9780323624367 Lars Bjørndal, Lise-Lotte Kirkevang, John Whitworth. Textbook of Endodontology. 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2018; ISBN: 1119057310, 9781119057314 Slavoljub Živković. Praktikum endodontske terapije. 2 izdanje, Data Status, Beograd, 2017; ISBN: 9788674784891 Louis H. Berman, Kenneth M. Hargreaves. Cohens Pathways of the Pulp. 12th Edition, Elsevier, 2021; ISBN: 9780323749671, eBook ISBN: 9780323673044 |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY II
| Course: | PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13981 | Obavezan | 11,12 | 6 | 1+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exam Paediatric Dentistry I |
| Aims | Getting to know the specifics of dental work in children and adolescent patients, as well as the peculiarities of treatment during deciduous, mixed and young permanent dentition. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course and passing the exam in Pediatric Dentistry II, the dental student should be able to: Understand the growth and development of the orofacial system, the anatomical, histological, and morphological characteristics of primary and permanent teeth, and the chronology of eruption of primary and permanent teeth. Know the diseases and treatment of soft tissues in children, oral manifestations of infectious diseases and systemic conditions in children, as well as types and treatment of injuries in primary and permanent dentition. Understand psychological types of children, principles of planning dental treatment for children, and possess communication skills with children, parents, and medical staff. Be capable of independently examining a child and collecting all relevant health and disease-related information (dental and general medical history) from parents or guardians, and conducting necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish a dental diagnosis. Know and correctly apply preventive and prophylactic dental methods for primary, mixed, and permanent dentition. Possess the skills to independently perform restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed, and permanent dentition. Prevent and manage urgent conditions in pediatric dentistry. Demonstrate competence in formulating scientific questions, identifying relevant evidence and clinical guidelines, and critically appraising the available literature. Demonstrate the ability to apply evidence-based methods and protocols in pediatric dental practice. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Mirjana Đuričković Dr Danijela Subotić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | S-1. Introduction lesson. General recommendations for patients. Principles of evidence-based dentistry. Behavior of the child in the dental office. |
| I week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| II week lectures | S-2. Evidence-based protocols and preventive strategies in the diagnosis, treatment, and management of oral conditions in children. Local anesthesia. Sedation and work under general anesthesia in handicapped children |
| II week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| III week lectures | S-3.The importance of evidence-based dentistry for improving clinical outcomes and promoting oral health in children. |
| III week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| IV week lectures | S-4. Rehabilitation priorities in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition |
| IV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| V week lectures | S-5. Diagnosis of oral diseases in children |
| V week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VI week lectures | S-6. Teething and chronology |
| VI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VII week lectures | S-7. Dental examinations and documentation in paediatric dentistry |
| VII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | S-8. Specificities of dental caries |
| VIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IX week lectures | S-9. Early childhood caries therapy |
| IX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| X week lectures | S-10. Therapy of deep caries of young permanent teeth |
| X week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XI week lectures | S-11. Minimally invasive methods of caries treatment |
| XI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XII week lectures | S-12. X-ray diagnostics in children |
| XII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | S-13. General principles for the application of antibiotic therapy in paediatric dentistry |
| XIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | S-14. Psychological types of children |
| XIV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XV week lectures | S-15.Epidemiological research in paediatric dentistry |
| XV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | S-1. Indications and contraindications for the treatment of diseased pulp in pediatric stomatology |
| XVI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | S-2. Methods of treating diseased pulp in primary teeth |
| XVII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | S-3. Endodontic treatment of teeth with incomplete root development |
| XVIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIX week lectures | S-4. Endodontic treatment of permanent teeth with completed root development affected by apical periodontitis |
| XIX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XX week lectures | S-5. Surgical therapy of permanent teeth with completed root development |
| XX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | S-6. Gingivitis in children |
| XXI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXII week lectures | S-7. The Dental Trauma Guide: An evidence-based treatment guide Procedure for treating patients with injuries |
| XXII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | S-8. Class I fracture of a permanent tooth – case presentation |
| XXIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | S-9. Class II fracture of a permanent tooth – case presentation |
| XXIV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | S-10. Tooth Avulsion – case presentation |
| XXV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | S-11. Basic principles of prosthetic treatment in primary dentition |
| XXVI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | S-12. Therapy of odontogenic infections in pediatric dentistry |
| XXVII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | S-13. Preparation of the child for oral surgical intervention |
| XXVIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIX week lectures | S-14. Minimally invasive prosthetic procedures in pediatric dentistry |
| XXIX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXX week lectures | Praktični rad sa pacijentima |
| XXX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| Student workload | In the 1st semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 5 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at theoretical and practical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded. In all clinical exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm stipulated in the plan and program. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam. |
| Consultations | With the agreement of the subject teacher |
| Literature | Beloica D, editor. Pediatric Dentistry. Belgrade: Draslar Partner; 2005. Beloica D, Vulićević ZR, editors. Pediatric Dentistry: Practical Manual. 2nd rev. ed. Belgrade: School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade; 2010. Vulićević ZR, Radović I, editors. Endodontic Treatment of Young Permanent Teeth: Practical Manual. Belgrade: School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade; 2019. Vulićević ZR, editor. Clinical Application of Materials in Pediatric Dentistry. Belgrade: Beobook; 2010. Kobašliya S, et al. Minimally Invasive Therapy. Sarajevo: Dobra Knjiga; 2012. Marković D, editor. Dental Trauma: A Guide for Daily Clinical Practice. Belgrade: School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade; 2012. Poulsen S, Espelid I, Koch G, Haubek D, editors. Pediatric dentistry: a clinical approach. 3rd ed. Chichester (UK): Wiley‑Blackwell; 2017. Dean JA, editor. McDonald and Averys Dentistry for the Child and Adolescent. 11th ed. St. Louis: Elsevier; 2021. Duggal MS, Nazzal H, Robertson AJ, urednici. Restorative Techniques in Paediatric Dentistry: An Illustrated Guide to Conventional and Contemporary Approaches. 3. izd. Boca Raton: CRC Press; 2024. Andreasen JO, Andersson L, Day P, Heithersay G, Trope M, DiAngelis AJ. Dental Trauma Guide: A Practical Guide to the Treatment of Traumatic Dental Injuries. Copenhagen: Dental Trauma Guide; 2023. Available from: https://www.dentaltraumaguide.org Nowak AJ, Christensen JR, Mabry TR, Townsend JA, Wells MH. Pediatric Dentistry: Infancy through Adolescence. 6th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier Health; 2024. |
| Examination methods | By fulfilling pre-exam obligations (2 cloquiums of 10 points each is 20 points, practical teaching 30 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test -10 points, practical exam 20 points and oral exam 20 points - total 50 points) the student can achieve the maximum 100 points, whereby pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | Mandatory, clinical, narrowly professional; Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students. |
| Comment | Students will perform clinical work with patients in all practical exercises under supervision. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
| Course: | MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7498 | Obavezan | 11,12 | 8 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Training for independent collection of all relevant anamnestic data, conducting the necessary methods of clinical examination in order to establish a working diagnosis of the most important pathologies of maxillofacial region. Furthermore, to present a preliminary treatment plan, aware the basic principles of treatment of fractures of facial bones (provisional and definitive immobilization of fractures), to know the basic principles of surgical treatment of odontogenic infections in the maxillofacial region and early diagnosis of malignant diseases of the oral cavity. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Maxillofacial Surgery, Dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.The student is able to take independently all the relevant anamnestic data of the patient regarding to his health and disease,to implement necessary methods of clinical examination and additional diagnostic procedures in order to establish the preliminary diagnosis of the most important pathological changes of maxillofacial region. 2.Knows the basic differential diagnostic aspects of the disease in the maxillofacial region. 3. Introduces a preliminary treatment plan. 4.Knows the basic treatment principles of the fractures of facial bones (temporary and definitive immobilization of fractures), and is competent to provide first aid and medical aid for injuries of maxillofacial region. 5. Knows the basic principles of anti-shock therapy. 6.Knows the basic principles of surgical treatment of odontogenic infections in the maxillofacial region (intraoral and extraoral incision, drainage of abscesses and phlegmonae) as well as the principles of its antibiotic therapy. 7.Applies actively the principles of asepsis and antisepsis. 8.Knows the early diagnosis of malignant diseases of the oral cavity |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis Prof Tanja Boljević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Bimaxillary deformities of the jaws |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| II week lectures | Traumatology of the maxillofacial region |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| III week lectures | Treatment of the facial bones and jaw fractures |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| IV week lectures | Fractures of the middle part of the face. Fractures of the zygomatic bone and the zygomatic arch, orbital floor |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| V week lectures | Fractures of the alveolar process. Jaw fractures in children |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| VI week lectures | Injuries of teeth |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| VII week lectures | Basics of plastic and reconstructive surgery in maxillofacial surgery |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| VIII week lectures | Cleft of the lip, palate and cheeks. Oronasal fistula |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| IX week lectures | Tumors of the maxillofacial region |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| X week lectures | Benign tumors |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XI week lectures | Congenital, developmental and acquired deformities of the jaw. The mandibular prognatismus |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XII week lectures | Giganto-cellular lesions of the jaw. Precancerous lesions of the oral mucous tissue |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XIII week lectures | Malignant tumors of the oral mucous tissue. Malignant tumors of the facial skin. Sarcomas |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XIV week lectures | Treatment of patients in oncological surgery of the maxillofacial region |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XV week lectures | Prosthetic reconstruction of the face and jaw |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XVI week lectures | Bimaxillary jaw deformities |
| XVI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XVII week lectures | Traumatology of the maskofacial region |
| XVII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XVIII week lectures | Treatment of facial and jaw bone fractures |
| XVIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XIX week lectures | Fractures of the middle massif of the face. Fractures of the zygomatic bone and zygomatic arch, orbital floor fractures |
| XIX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XX week lectures | Fractures of the alveolar process. Jaw fractures in children |
| XX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXI week lectures | Tooth injuries |
| XXI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXII week lectures | Basics of plastic and reconstructive surgery in the maxillofacial region |
| XXII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXIII week lectures | Cleft lip, palate and face. Oronasal fistulas |
| XXIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXIV week lectures | Tumors of the maxillofacial region |
| XXIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXV week lectures | Benign tumors |
| XXV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXVI week lectures | Congenital, developmental and acquired jaw deformities. Mandibular prognathism |
| XXVI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXVII week lectures | Giant cellular lesions of the jaws. Precancerous mucous oral cavity |
| XXVII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXVIII week lectures | Malignant tumors of the mucous membrane of the oral cavity. Malignant tumors of the skin of the face. Sarcomas |
| XXVIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXIX week lectures | Treatment of patients in oncological surgery of the maxillofacial region |
| XXIX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| XXX week lectures | Vježbe prate predavanja |
| XXX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures |
| Student workload | In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) 4 credits x 40/30=5,3 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercises 1 hour of individual work including consultations During the semester Teaching and the final exam (5.3 h x 16 =84.8 h). Preparations for the start of the semester: 5.3h x 2 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30= 120 h Aditional work: 24.6 h Structure of the load: 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Gavric M., A. Piscevic Sjerobabin I. Maxillofacial Surgery, Belgrade, 1995. Dimitrijevic B., P. Srtevanoivć. Traumatology in maxillofacial surgery, Belgrade, 1992. Petrovic V, Todorovic Lj., Gavric M., Z. Stajčić. Maxillary sinus surgery in the orofac |
| Examination methods | 3 test = 3x10 points Eliminatorz test 10 points Seminar = 9 points Oral exam. Passing grade gets if the student collects minimum 50 points A 90-100 B 80-89 C 70-79 D 60-69 E 50-59 |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / JAW ORTHOPAEDICS
| Course: | JAW ORTHOPAEDICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7496 | Obavezan | 11,12 | 10 | 2+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed the examination in PRECLINICAL ORTHOPEDICS JAWS |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the etiology, prevention, diagnosis and treatment of orthodontic anomalies |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of two-semester course and passing the orthodontics exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Explain definition and importance of orthodontics and have knowledge of prenatal and post-natal development of orofacial region 2. Recognize the characteristics of deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition 3. Have knowledge of etiology and pathogenesis of orthodontic anomalies 4. Recognize orthodontic anomaly and perform clinical examination of the patient 5. Have knowledge of the principles of biomechanics and types of forces and their effect 6. Describe treatment with removable and fixed orthodontic appliances 7. Apply preventive and interceptive measures, measurers of oral hygiene in orthodontic patients 8. Assist the orthodontist during check-ups of patients with orthodontic appliances. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Jasminka Andjelic DDS MSc PhD Dr Snežana Komatina Ražnatović Dr Jelena Pipović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Classification of malocclusion |
| I week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| II week lectures | Classification of malocclusion |
| II week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| III week lectures | Facial cleft, cleft lip and palate. Craniofacial syndromes |
| III week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| IV week lectures | Etiology of malocclusion: Specific causes of malocclusion (disturbances in embryonic development, skeletal growth disorders) |
| IV week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| V week lectures | Biological basis of orthodontic treatment |
| V week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| VI week lectures | Biomechanics |
| VI week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| VII week lectures | Principles of treatment planning |
| VII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| VIII week lectures | Removable orthodontic appliances |
| VIII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| IX week lectures | Functional orthodontic appliances |
| IX week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| X week lectures | Fixed Appliances |
| X week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XI week lectures | Preventive and interceptive procedures in orthodontics - treatment of irregularities in primary dentition |
| XI week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XII week lectures | Treatment of irregularities in mixed dentition |
| XII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XIII week lectures | Treatment of irregularities in permanent dentition |
| XIII week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XIV week lectures | Treatment of patients with cleft lip and palate and craniofacial syndromes |
| XIV week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XV week lectures | Properties and selection of orthodontic materials |
| XV week exercises | The exercise follows the lecture |
| XVI week lectures | Classification of malocclusions |
| XVI week exercises | Development of the chewing organs under normal conditions |
| XVII week lectures | Classification of malocclusions |
| XVII week exercises | Trauma and impaired functions as an etiological factor of malocclusion |
| XVIII week lectures | Clefts of the face, lips and palate. Syndromes of the craniofacial region |
| XVIII week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with irregularities of individual teeth |
| XIX week lectures | Etiology of malocclusions: specific causes of malocclusions (disorders in embryonic development, skeletal growth disorders) |
| XIX week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with dental row irregularities |
| XX week lectures | Biological basis of orthodontic therapy |
| XX week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with class II malocclusion of the 1st department |
| XXI week lectures | Biomechanics |
| XXI week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with class III malocclusion of the 2nd class |
| XXII week lectures | Principles of therapy planning |
| XXII week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with class III malocclusion |
| XXIII week lectures | Movable orthodontic appliances |
| XXIII week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with crossbites |
| XXIV week lectures | Functional orthodontic appliances |
| XXIV week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with open bites |
| XXV week lectures | Fixed appliances |
| XXV week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with deep bite |
| XXVI week lectures | Preventive and interceptive methods in orthodontics - Therapy of irregularities in the period of milk dentition |
| XXVI week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with cleft lip and palate |
| XXVII week lectures | Therapy of irregularities in the age of mixed dentition |
| XXVII week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with preprosthetic orthodontic therapy |
| XXVIII week lectures | Therapy of irregularities in the age of permanent dentition |
| XXVIII week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with presurgical orthodontic therapy |
| XXIX week lectures | Therapy of patients with cleft lip and palate and craniofacial syndromes |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical presentation of patients with cleft lip and palate |
| XXX week lectures | Izrada aktivnih elemenata pokretnih ortodontskih aparata: pokazana vježba |
| XXX week exercises | Production of active elements of movable orthodontic appliances: a demonstrated exercise |
| Student workload | In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | 5 removable appliances 1 fixed appliance (case study) |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request |
| Literature | Jakšić N, Šćepan I, Glišić B. Orthodontic Diagnostics – Practicum for Undergraduate Studies. 2nd ed. Belgrade;2004. Marković M, editor. Orthodontics. Belgrade–Zagreb: Medicinska knjiga; 1989. Proffit WR, Sarver DM, Fields HW Jr. Orthodontics. Zagreb: Naklada Slap; 2024. |
| Examination methods | 2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points |
| Special remarks | Minimum passing score is 51 points |
| Comment | Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL DENTISTRY - PRACTICE
| Course: | CLINICAL DENTISTRY - PRACTICE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13982 | Obavezan | 11,12 | 14 | 0+16.66+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | no |
| Aims | The goal is to acquaint the student with the tasks, organization and working conditions in a dental office, as well as with the specifics of dental work with patients of all age and socio-economic groups. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing Clinical Dental Practice, a student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the organization of work in a dental practice. 2. Know and explain organizational levels and methods of financing in dental practice. 3. Know, explain and analyze the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. 4. Knows the principles of planning dental work with patients of all ages and has communication skills with them and the medical staff. 5. He is able to independently examine the patient and take all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history), and conduct the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. 6. He is capable of managing dental documentation independently. 7. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods 8. Has the skills to independently perform simple dental procedures in various dental branches 9. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in dentistry 10. Assists in dental work with patients under general anesthesia. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis prof Mirjana Đuričković Assis prof Biljana Milošević Dr Kemal Šahmanović Dr Aleksandra Žuža Dr Ognjen Kovačević dr Božidar Đurović dr Vesna Kisić Dr Snežana Ražnatović |
| Methodology | Preparing students for a dental internship after obtaining a university degree. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia. |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia. |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia. |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia. |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia. |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia. |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment. |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment. |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment. |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment. |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment. |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment. |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Oral medicine - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and proposes an orientation treatment plan, prevents and implements the therapy of emergency conditions in oral medicine |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Oral medicine - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and proposes an orientation treatment plan, prevents and implements the therapy of emergency conditions in oral medicine |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Preventive counseling centers - health education work with children and parents. The student gets to know the organization of work in Counseling Centers for Pregnant Women and Pediatric Counseling Centers, performs health-educational dental work with pregnant women, parents and small children and promotes oral health. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis, during and after surgical interventions. |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations. |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations. |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations. |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations. |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations. |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | Periodontology--clinical work with patients. The student knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis and independently performs the causal therapy of periodontitis. |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | Periodontology--clinical work with patients. The student knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis and independently performs the causal therapy of periodontitis. |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | Periodontology--clinical work with patients. The student knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis and independently performs the causal therapy of periodontitis. |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | Dento-facial orthopedics – clinical work with patients. The student applies preventive and interceptive measures for orthodontic patients and assists the orthodontist during follow-up visits of patients wearing orthodontic appliances. |
| XXX week lectures | Nisu predviđena predavanja u ovoj sedmici. |
| XXX week exercises | Dento-facial orthopedics – clinical work with patients. The student applies preventive and interceptive measures for orthodontic patients and assists the orthodontist during follow-up visits of patients wearing orthodontic appliances. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 14 credits x 40/30=18 hours and 40 minuts
0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 16 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0.39999999999998 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =298 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =37 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 14 x 30=420 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 298 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 37 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance and clinical work with patients is mandatory. The teacher, responsible for professional practice, keeps records of regular attendance and student activities during professional practice. |
| Consultations | Professional staff engaged to perform professional practice in the aforementioned institutions hold consultations with students in the term that is defined at the beginning of professional practice. |
| Literature | All relevant literature used by the staff when performing dental work in the mentioned institutions is available for inspection students during their clinical dentistry. |
| Examination methods | Grades are given descriptively, pass or fail. |
| Special remarks | Clinical dentistry - practice must be carried out according to the established plan and program. |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GRADUATION PAPER
| Course: | GRADUATION PAPER/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2149 | Obavezan | 12 | 9 | 1++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | All exams successfully completed |
| Aims | The course aims to enable the student, with mentor support, to independently conduct research in the field of dentistry and prepare a final thesis applying the principles of evidence-based dentistry. The student is trained to master the methodology of writing scientific and professional papers, to systematize and apply knowledge from clinical dental, clinical medical, and basic sciences, as well as to use modern information systems to search relevant databases, process and present results, write the final thesis in accordance with professional and academic standards, and successfully present it before a committee. |
| Learning outcomes | After defending the final thesis, the student is able to: Formulate a research question, define objectives, and state hypotheses. Select and apply an appropriate research methodology while respecting ethical principles. Collect, analyze, and statistically process data. Critically evaluate the literature and integrate relevant sources. Write the thesis in accordance with academic and professional standards. Prepare and deliver a clear, structured presentation of the work. Interpret and discuss the results in a professional and responsible manner. Establish a foundation for further scientific research and professional development. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof dr Mirjana Đuričković |
| Methodology | Consultations and Thesis Supervision. The course content includes independent student work under the supervision of a mentor. Direct instruction is dedicated to the preparation and evaluation of the final version of the diploma thesis. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Students independently choose a thesis topic based on their interest, proposed by a mentor, from clinical dental, clinical medical, or basic science subjects. The thesis typically presents a clinical case accompanied by a relevant theoretical discussion of the related dental problem. Alternatively, the thesis can be based on an experiment, analysis of medical records, or data from current professional literature. Under the mentor’s supervision, the student is guided through: Defining the thesis topic Designing the research Conducting literature review Performing the research Assisting with statistical data analysis Interpreting results and discussion Preparing for independent thesis writing and defense The thesis submission process is regulated by the Rules on Thesis Preparation for undergraduate, academic undergraduate, and integrated studies at the Faculty of Medicine in Podgorica. Detailed instructions are available on the Faculty’s website. |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students collaborate with their mentor during scheduled syllabus hours to prepare the final thesis, maintaining continuous consultations throughout the process. |
| Consultations | In consultation with the mentor. |
| Literature | Literature is selected in accordance with the topic of the final thesis, with the aim of providing a relevant scientific, academic, and professional foundation for its preparation. |
| Examination methods | Defense of the final thesis: The quality of the final thesis and the public defense are evaluated. The quality of the thesis is graded from 0 to 50 points, and the public presentation of the thesis is graded from 0 to 50 points. A successful defense requires a cumulative total of 50 points or more. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE II
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2094 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | - |
| Aims | Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - use research questions to focus on relevant information - recognize the writer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - make effective contributions to a seminar - ask for clarification – formulating questions - report findings from other sources – avoiding plagiarism. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić |
| Methodology | Lectures and seminars. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology |
| I week exercises | Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology |
| II week lectures | Identifying subject-verb-object in long sentences |
| II week exercises | Subject-verb-object in long sentences and paraphrasing |
| III week lectures | Understanding and writing complex sentences |
| III week exercises | Understanding and writing complex sentences |
| IV week lectures | Clinical setting: acute care |
| IV week exercises | Clinical setting: acute care |
| V week lectures | Sequencing information in sentences |
| V week exercises | Sequencing information in sentences: fixed phrases |
| VI week lectures | Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| VI week exercises | Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| VII week lectures | Clinical setting: primary care |
| VII week exercises | Essay types; complex sentences within passives |
| VIII week lectures | Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans |
| VIII week exercises | Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans |
| IX week lectures | Writing complex sentences |
| IX week exercises | Writing essay plans and writing essays |
| X week lectures | Non-clinical setting: public health |
| X week exercises | Public health: medical terms |
| XI week lectures | Using the Cornell note-taking system |
| XI week exercises | Using the Cornell note-taking system |
| XII week lectures | Recognizing digression; writing source references |
| XII week exercises | Recognizing digression; writing source references |
| XIII week lectures | Evidence-based medicine |
| XIII week exercises | Evidence-based medicine |
| XIV week lectures | Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas |
| XIV week exercises | Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas |
| XV week lectures | Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays |
| XV week exercises | Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays |
| Student workload | 30 Lectures + 30 Seminars |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | -Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 6–10). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. - |
| Examination methods | - Presentations: 30 points; - Activity in class: 5 points; - Final exam: 65 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are in English. |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE II
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2094 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | - |
| Aims | Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - use research questions to focus on relevant information - recognize the writer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - make effective contributions to a seminar - ask for clarification – formulating questions - report findings from other sources – avoiding plagiarism. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić |
| Methodology | Lectures and seminars. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology |
| I week exercises | Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology |
| II week lectures | Identifying subject-verb-object in long sentences |
| II week exercises | Subject-verb-object in long sentences and paraphrasing |
| III week lectures | Understanding and writing complex sentences |
| III week exercises | Understanding and writing complex sentences |
| IV week lectures | Clinical setting: acute care |
| IV week exercises | Clinical setting: acute care |
| V week lectures | Sequencing information in sentences |
| V week exercises | Sequencing information in sentences: fixed phrases |
| VI week lectures | Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| VI week exercises | Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar |
| VII week lectures | Clinical setting: primary care |
| VII week exercises | Essay types; complex sentences within passives |
| VIII week lectures | Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans |
| VIII week exercises | Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans |
| IX week lectures | Writing complex sentences |
| IX week exercises | Writing essay plans and writing essays |
| X week lectures | Non-clinical setting: public health |
| X week exercises | Public health: medical terms |
| XI week lectures | Using the Cornell note-taking system |
| XI week exercises | Using the Cornell note-taking system |
| XII week lectures | Recognizing digression; writing source references |
| XII week exercises | Recognizing digression; writing source references |
| XIII week lectures | Evidence-based medicine |
| XIII week exercises | Evidence-based medicine |
| XIV week lectures | Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas |
| XIV week exercises | Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas |
| XV week lectures | Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays |
| XV week exercises | Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays |
| Student workload | 30 Lectures + 30 Seminars |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | -Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 6–10). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. - |
| Examination methods | - Presentations: 30 points; - Activity in class: 5 points; - Final exam: 65 points. |
| Special remarks | Lectures and seminars are in English. |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INTRODUCTION TO DENTISTRY AND HISTORY OF DENTISTRY
| Course: | INTRODUCTION TO DENTISTRY AND HISTORY OF DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10275 | Obavezan | 2 | 3 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No conditionality |
| Aims | The aim is to introduce a student with background and development of dentistry, organization and scope of his future profession and its position in the health system and in society. |
| Learning outcomes | After completion of one-semester teaching and passed the exam from Preface Introduction and History of Dentistry, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He knows and explains the evolution and treatment of the diseases of the dental system 2. Cognitions and explains the origin and development of the dental profession.3.Can Know and Explain organizational levels and method of financing in dental practice 4. Cites, explains and differentiates dental specialties. 5. Knowing, explaining and analyzing the content of dental services from compulsory health insurance 6. Knowing, explaining and analyzing the social aspects of dentistry |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc dr Mirjana Đuričković |
| Methodology | Lectures, colloquium, final examination |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to dentistry |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Dental medicine of prehistoric and ancient peoples |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Medieval dental medicine. Renaissance |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | 18th century, the independence of dental medicine |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Pierre Fauchard, founder of modern dental medicine |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Dental Medicine in the Industrial Age |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Dental medicine activities |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Organization and Levels of Dental Protection |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Health insurance |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Dental staff |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Dentistry Studies - Program |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Organization of dental service |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Specialist education in dentistry |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Continuous education and professional associations |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Organization of work in the clinic Ergonomics, Professional and Iathrogenic Diseases |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | tudent load (weekly): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours. Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 1 hour seminar work, 1 hour stand-alone work including consultations. Student load (in semester): Teaching and final exam (4 h x 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (enrollment, validation ...): 2h x 4 = 8h. Total load: 3 x 30 = 90h. Supplementary work: 18 h. Load structure: 64 h + 8 h + 18 h = 90 h. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of theoretical teaching is compulsory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the topic discussion is mandatory and evaluated. |
| Consultations | The subject teacher and expert associates will hold consultations with the students once a week, in the term defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Janković S. Uvod u stomatologiju. Medicinski fakultet Foča. Pintera. Istočno Sarajevo; 2019. Hraste J, Grzic R. Introduction to Dentistry. Faculty of Medicine Rijeka; 2008. |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquia at 20 points Seminar work 10 points Final exam up to 50 points An overrun rating is obtained if you accumulate a minimum of 50 points cumulatively |
| Special remarks | A compulsory, rather narrow subject. |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL AND ORAL BIOCHEMISTRY
| Course: | GENERAL AND ORAL BIOCHEMISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4116 | Obavezan | 2 | 6 | 4+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequsites. |
| Aims | Acquiring basic knowledge in metabolism of organic matters and regulatory mechanisms of these processes, cilinical and diagnostic importance of determining basic biochemical parametres in bodily fluids and secretions. Acquiring knowledge in biochamical composition of saliva, dental tissues, including biochemical basis of dental cavity and paradontopathy. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing one-semestral course and passing the final exam in General and Oral Biochemistry, a dental student should have the following learning outcomes : 1. General principles of metabolic processes in human body (metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and lipids). 2. Biochemical organization and biochemical processes of certain tissues and organs and their interrelatedness; molecular and biochemical mechanisms in maintaining homeostasis in human body . 3. The importance of understanding basic methods used in biochemical laboratory. 4. Clinical-diagnostic significance of defining certain biochemical parameters in bodily liquids and secretions (blood serum, saliva, urine). 5. Biochemical composition and mechanism of saliva secretion and development of dental plaque. 6. Biochemical mechanisms of development of mouth cavity diseases (dental caries and paradontopathy). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Snežana Pantović, PhD, Associate Professor Aleksandra Klisić, PHD, Assistant Professor |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar papers, consultations, colloquiums, discussion and e-learning. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction in Biochemistry. Enzymology - part 1. |
| I week exercises | / |
| II week lectures | Enzymology - part 2. |
| II week exercises | Being introduced to laboratory work; collecting and processing biological materials. |
| III week lectures | Biological oxidation and respiratory chain |
| III week exercises | Enzymology - Determination of amylase activity. |
| IV week lectures | Metabolism of carbohydrates - part 1 |
| IV week exercises | Enzymology - Determination of AST, ALT and CK activity. |
| V week lectures | Metabolism of carbohydrates - part 2 |
| V week exercises | Enzymology - Determination of LDH, GGT and ALP activity. |
| VI week lectures | Metabolism of lipids - part 1 |
| VI week exercises | Carbohydrates - Determination of serum glucose concentration. |
| VII week lectures | Metabolism of lipids - part 2 |
| VII week exercises | Lipids - Determination of serum total cholesterol, triglycerides and HDL concentrations. |
| VIII week lectures | Metabolism of proteins - part 1. Colloquium 1. |
| VIII week exercises | Proteins - Determination of total proteins and albumin concentration. Infection - Determination of fibrinogen and CRP concentration. |
| IX week lectures | Metabolism of proteins - part 2. Colloquium 1 - corrective. |
| IX week exercises | Non-protein nitrogen substances - Determination of urea, creatinine and uric acid concentration. |
| X week lectures | Biochemistry of hormones - part 1 |
| X week exercises | Bilirubin - Determination of total and direct bilirubin concentration. |
| XI week lectures | Biochemistry of hormones - part 2 |
| XI week exercises | Electrolytes - Determination of sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium and phosphorus concentration. |
| XII week lectures | Mechanism of secretion of saliva. Biochemical composition of saliva. |
| XII week exercises | Urine - Biochemical analysis |
| XIII week lectures | Biochemical composition of dental tissues. Colloquium 2. |
| XIII week exercises | Urine - Sediment |
| XIV week lectures | Biochemistry of dental plaque. Colloquium 2 - corrective. |
| XIV week exercises | Biochemical properties of saliva |
| XV week lectures | Biochemical basis of caries and paradontopathy |
| XV week exercises | Visit to laboratory of Clinical Center of Montenegro |
| Student workload | Per week: 6 points x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 3 hours lectures; 2 hours exercises; 1 hour paper; 2 hours self-study |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
4 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The student is obliged to regularly attend theoretical classes and exercises; to work colloquiums, to do seminar work and to take practical and final exams. |
| Consultations | Wednesday, 10-12h. |
| Literature | 1. T.Todorović, I.Dožić, Opšta i oralna biohemija,Čigoja,Beograd 2012; 2. S. Pantović, I. Dožić - Priručnik za laboratorijsku dijagnostiku, Podgorica, 2017. |
| Examination methods | Maximum 100 points in the course General and Oral Biochemistry is arranged so that the pre-examination obligations are 50 points and the final exam is 50 points, as follows: 1. Presence on theoretical lectures and activity - max. 5 points 2. Presence of |
| Special remarks | Pass mark is based on cummulatively collected 50 credits. |
| Comment | Students get their schedule of seminar papers at their first lecture. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY
| Course: | MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 664 | Obavezan | 3 | 2 | 1++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There is no mandatory |
| Aims | The aims are to provide students with knowledge of medical psychology |
| Learning outcomes | After passing this exam,the student will be able to : 1. Knows the theories about bio-psycho-social acceptable and unacceptable ways of behaviour. 2. Conducts working plans in relation to patients who suffer frorm psychological and/or psychomatic disorders. 3. Analyzes and compares tradicional and contemporary models of healthy and unhealthy behaviour. 4. Creates individual action plan for identifying health habits and suggests strategies for removal of unhealthy practices. 5. Knows psychological reactions of patients for disease,professional communication ( with patient, patient`s family ), basics of work in the team. 6. Plans changes in behaviour of individual in order to improve the quality of life. Specific competencies : 1. Knows and observes emotional interactions between the patient and health officer, solving problem techniques and making decisions as help in working with healthy and ill persons. 2. Knows to recognize students with psychological aspects of organic illnesses, the impact of stress on health of both patients and health officers. 3. Knows skills for improvement of communication with patient and his family, and professional communication within the team. 4. Builds attitudes about the nursing role in health system. 5. Distinguishes adaptive and maladptive forms of behaviour, identifies the causes of behaviour and pshychological estimates of individual`s capacity to change the behaviour. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor Lidija Injac Stevović |
| Methodology | Teaching and Studying Lectures, exercises, tests, final exam-test |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Subject and tasks of psychology |
| I week exercises | Psychological testing and psychometrics. Application of psychometric tests. IQ testing. Projective techniques. Organic brain tests |
| II week lectures | The principles of teamwork |
| II week exercises | Basic principles of teamwork. The role of individual team members, especially the role of psychologists. Organization of modern psychiatric and psychological care. |
| III week lectures | Subject and tasks of medical psychology. Psychological findings |
| III week exercises | Psychological principles of promoting changes in human attitudes, behavior and thinking in relation to health. Prevention of behavior harmful to health. Promotion of healthy behavior. |
| IV week lectures | Mental functions in human |
| IV week exercises | Processing of psychological functions: cognitive (cognitive): attention, perception, memory, thinking, intelligence - case reports |
| V week lectures | The development of mental functions |
| V week exercises | Development of mental functions, processing of psychological functions: instinctive-affective (conative): instinct, will and emotions - case reports |
| VI week lectures | The structure of personality |
| VI week exercises | Psychic function consciousness-case report Instances in personality structure. Healthy psyche, neurotic, psychotic and psychopathic psyche |
| VII week lectures | The relationship of patients to disease |
| VII week exercises | Basic characteristics of patients. The importance of the first interview, diagnostic and prognostic and therapeutic value |
| VIII week lectures | Patient-doctor-nurse relationship |
| VIII week exercises | Therapeutic setting, therapeutic relationship, specific techniques and method of application, adequate implementation within the framework of ethical principles. Getting to know the moral qualities of doctors. The importance and role of the nurse. Behavior of the patient in contact with the doctor and the nurse. Transfer relations |
| IX week lectures | Psychology of developmental age group |
| IX week exercises | Disorders of psychological development. Behavioral and emotional disorders that usually begin in childhood and adolescence. |
| X week lectures | Psychology of aging |
| X week exercises | Types of aging, agepsychology, physical cognitive and emotional development |
| XI week lectures | Basics of psychotherapy |
| XI week exercises | Therapeutic setting, therapeutic relationship, specific techniques and method of application |
| XII week lectures | Methods of psychotherapy |
| XII week exercises | Psychoanalysis, cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy, supportive, family education, sociotherapy |
| XIII week lectures | The art of communication |
| XIII week exercises | Elements of the communication process, aims, Interpersonal and communication at work |
| XIV week lectures | Verbal and nonverbal communication |
| XIV week exercises | Successful verbal communication, scheme of non-verbal communication and meaning, written communication |
| XV week lectures | Overcoming barriers to successful communication |
| XV week exercises | Communication styles |
| Student workload | for 1 hour lecture 1 hour for exercises 2 hours individual work including consultations |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical training is mandatory. |
| Consultations | The teacher held consultations with students once a week in the period which is defined at the beginning of academic year |
| Literature | Medical psychology, Milovanovic R (2005) |
| Examination methods | Attendance at lecture 0-3 points Homework from 0-3 points Seminar work 0-5 points Colloquiums from 0-20 points Final exam test 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected Final exam practical and oral -50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL PATHOLOGY
| Course: | GENERAL PATHOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4837 | Obavezan | 3 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No conditionality |
| Aims | Gaining knowledge about basic histopathological characteristics of various diseases |
| Learning outcomes | After finishing the course and passing the exam in General Pathology, the student of dentistry should acquire the following learning outcomes: 1. Recognizes the essential characteristics of the general pathological processes. 2. Recognizes the basic characteristics of certain pathological processes. 3. Discloses the morphological and functional disorders in the general context of pathological manifestations. 4. Differs morphological and functional disturbances of organs, organ systems and whole-body. 5. Has abilities that relate to sampling for histological processing, fixing samples, laboratory procedure, macroscopic and microscopic analysis, histopathological methods and autopsy techniques. 6. Possesses the ability to communicate between the physician-pathologist, pathologist - patient. 7. Correlates the pathological diagnosis with the resulting symptoms, prognostic and predictive factors. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Mileta Golubović, Prof. dr Filip Vukmirović , dr Mirjana Miladinović and dr Dragana Latić |
| Methodology | Lectures, microscopic and macroscopic exercises, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to pathology |
| I week exercises | Introduction to pathology |
| II week lectures | Inflammation and reparations |
| II week exercises | Inflammation and reparations |
| III week lectures | Inflammation and reparations |
| III week exercises | Inflammation and reparations |
| IV week lectures | Disorders of hemodynamics |
| IV week exercises | Disorders of hemodynamics |
| V week lectures | Neoplasia |
| V week exercises | Neoplasia |
| VI week lectures | Neoplasia |
| VI week exercises | Neoplasia |
| VII week lectures | Pathology of the cardiovascular system |
| VII week exercises | Pathology of the cardiovascular system |
| VIII week lectures | Pathology of the lungs |
| VIII week exercises | Pathology of the lungs |
| IX week lectures | Pathology of of the digestive system |
| IX week exercises | Pathology of of the digestive system |
| X week lectures | Pathology of of the digestive system |
| X week exercises | Pathology of of the digestive system |
| XI week lectures | Pathology of the hepatobiliary tract |
| XI week exercises | Pathology of the hepatobiliary tract |
| XII week lectures | Pathology of the urinary system |
| XII week exercises | Pathology of the urinary system |
| XIII week lectures | Pathology of the endocrine system |
| XIII week exercises | Pathology of the endocrine system |
| XIV week lectures | Pathology CNS and peripheral nerves |
| XIV week exercises | Pathology CNS and peripheral nerves |
| XV week lectures | Pathology of of the lymphatic system |
| XV week exercises | Pathology of of the lymphatic system |
| Student workload | Per semester Teaching and the final exam (2.6 hx 16 = 41.6 h). Necessary preparation before semester (enrollment,certification ...) 2h x 2.6 = 5.2 h. Total workload: 2 x 30 = 60 h.Additional work 13.2 h. Hours structure41.6 h + 5.2 h + 13.2 h = 60 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Weekly 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.6 hours. Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour exercise |
| Consultations | 1 hour and 33 min. individual work, including consultations |
| Literature | Robbins Basic Pathology, Vinay Kumar, Abul K. Abbas, Nelson Fausto, Richard N. Mitchell. Robbins and Cotran Atlas of Pathology, Edward C Klat. Histopathology: A Color Atlas and Textbook, Damjanov Ivan. Patologija za stomatologe, Budakov P. Patologija, Iva |
| Examination methods | 2 tests - each up to 20 points requirement for verification of the semester is 16 points for each test . Presence lectures to 5 points, the presence of exercises to 5 points. Final exam 51 points. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SOCIAL MEDICINE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY
| Course: | SOCIAL MEDICINE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10716 | Obavezan | 3 | 2 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There is no condition |
| Aims | After students listen all the lectures and pass the exam, they should distinguish basic concepts in field of social medicine and epidemiology which are important for performing dental practice. They should identify public health risk factors for mouth and tooth disease and methods for prevention of their effects. They also should know basic of health promotion and disease prevention, which will serve as a basis for improving public health knowledge and skills |
| Learning outcomes | 1. Explain basic concepts in field of public health, such as health, health care system, health services and parameters which determine it with special focus on analyzing role of health promotion in treatment of contemporary public health problems; 2. Explain connection between health and other social systems; point out on specific nature of health sector as social system; present a link between social inequalities and health, social capital and health, social pathology and health; 3. Systematically and critically review basic principles and essential constituent elements of dominant, official biomedical paradigm of health, disease and its treatment; 4. Identify and describe risk factors that affect on health in all groups of community, analyze and link relationship between them. Also, analyze effects of behaviors on health, as well as all aspects related to behavior and its modification with health education strategies; 5. Understands basic principles and concepts in epidemiology. Knows a difference in classifications in fields which are important in epidemiology; Knows epidemiological measures of disease frequency and disease burden 6. Knows measures for disease prevention and control |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | prof. dr Agima Ljaljević prof. dr Dragan Laušević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, tests, final exam-test |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Definition of social medicine. Concept and content of human health. Definition of health. Relationship between health and illness |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Social-medical illnesses |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Measurement of population health status |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Levels of health care of population |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Organization of health care of population |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Organization of dental health care |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Financing of health care of population |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Behavior and health |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Health education |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Health education strategies |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Epidemiology-definition. Principles and concepts of epidemiology |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Epidemiological measures of disease frequency and disease burden |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Measures to for disease prevention |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Measures for disease control |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Application of good medical practice in dentistry |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Student load (per week): 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.66 hours. Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 1 hour of exercises, 0.66 hours of independent work including consultations. Student load (in semester): Teaching and final exam (2.66 h x 16 = 42.56 h). Necessary preparation before beginning of semester (enrollment, certification...) 2.66h x 2 = 5.32 h. Total load: 2 x 30 = 60h Supplementary work 12.12h Structure of load 42.56 h + 5.32 h + 12.12 h = 60h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Creation and presentation of seminar papers. Design and defense of scientific papers. Homework |
| Consultations | Every working day |
| Literature | References: Special material prepared by teachers of this course |
| Examination methods | Passed colloquiums Done seminar work Passed exam In accordance with recommendations of the University |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11147 | Obavezan | 3 | 2 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Objectives of studying the course: Acquisition of new theoretical knowledge and improvement of communication skills as a professional skill in healthcare, Application of certain communication skills (assertiveness, empathy, active listening), Understanding of the ways and importance of communication within the healthcare team, Explanation of the specifics of communication with patients, Analyzing possible obstacles in communication and demonstration of ways to overcome them, Explanation of the specifics of communication with patients. |
| Learning outcomes | Knowledge of modern theoretical approaches in communication, knowledge of communication skills, improvement of communication skills, analyzing and removing obstacles in communication. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković Assist Prof Mirko Mikić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical student activities, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Research on communication between healthcare workers and patients |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Motivational interview |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | The latest communication information technologies and communication in medicine |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Communication skills with patients suffering from an incurable disease |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Communication with elderly people |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Obstacles in communication with people with sensory disorders |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Communication with people with mental disorders |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Specifics of communication with seriously ill patients and their family members |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Mandatory qualities of a healthcare worker and rules of good communication |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Tolerance as a prerequisite for successful communication |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Using empathy in communication with the patient |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Binding attitudes and communication of healthcare workers towards their colleagues |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Dental staff burnout |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Teamwork |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Defense of seminar papers |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam (2.6 hours x 16 = 41.6 hours). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...): 2h x 2.6 = 5.2h. Total workload: 2 x 30 = 60h. Additional work: 13.2h. Load structure: 41.6 h + 5.2 h + 13.2 h = 60 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures is mandatory. During the semester, the student is obliged to do one seminar paper. |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | Nenadović M. Communication Skills. Belgrade: University of Priština, Faculty of Medicine; 2010. Đorđević B, Braš M. Communication in Medicine: Man is a Remedy for Man. Zagreb: Medicinska naklada; 2011. Mandić T. Communicology: Psychology of Communication. 4th ed. Belgrade: Klio; 2003. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium = 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10714 | Obavezan | 3 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dragana Čarapić, PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Let’s examine your mouth; I can’t put up with the pain |
| II week lectures | Oral cancer; risk factors |
| II week exercises | How to brush your teeth; prevention |
| III week lectures | Personal protective equipment; Role play activities |
| III week exercises | Mind your mouth; preventing gum disease |
| IV week lectures | Ask your dental hygienist about understanding and eliminating bad breath |
| IV week exercises | White smile dental clinic |
| V week lectures | Three dentists, three different paths |
| V week exercises | Oral health (history and development) |
| VI week lectures | Anatomy of the oral cavity |
| VI week exercises | Prevention |
| VII week lectures | Presentations |
| VII week exercises | Presentations |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Mid-term exam |
| IX week lectures | Anatomy of the tooth |
| IX week exercises | The muscles of the face and oral cavity |
| X week lectures | Presentations |
| X week exercises | Presentations |
| XI week lectures | Chronoloy of the tooth development |
| XI week exercises | Examination of dental patients |
| XII week lectures | Systemic examination of patients |
| XII week exercises | Dental caries |
| XIII week lectures | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIII week exercises | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIV week lectures | Presentations |
| XIV week exercises | Presentations |
| XV week lectures | Pulpitis |
| XV week exercises | Gingivitis |
| Student workload | 30 P + 15V |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. V. Evans, J. Dooley, M. Caldwell, Career Paths: Dentistry, Express Publishing, 2017. 2. The Carter Center, Oral Health, project funded under USAID, 2006. 3. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za int |
| Examination methods | Presentations - 10 points; Activity in class - 5 points; Mid-term exam - 35 points; Final exam - 50 points. |
| Special remarks | The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin. |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10714 | Obavezan | 3 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dragana Čarapić, PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the course |
| I week exercises | Let’s examine your mouth; I can’t put up with the pain |
| II week lectures | Oral cancer; risk factors |
| II week exercises | How to brush your teeth; prevention |
| III week lectures | Personal protective equipment; Role play activities |
| III week exercises | Mind your mouth; preventing gum disease |
| IV week lectures | Ask your dental hygienist about understanding and eliminating bad breath |
| IV week exercises | White smile dental clinic |
| V week lectures | Three dentists, three different paths |
| V week exercises | Oral health (history and development) |
| VI week lectures | Anatomy of the oral cavity |
| VI week exercises | Prevention |
| VII week lectures | Presentations |
| VII week exercises | Presentations |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Mid-term exam |
| IX week lectures | Anatomy of the tooth |
| IX week exercises | The muscles of the face and oral cavity |
| X week lectures | Presentations |
| X week exercises | Presentations |
| XI week lectures | Chronoloy of the tooth development |
| XI week exercises | Examination of dental patients |
| XII week lectures | Systemic examination of patients |
| XII week exercises | Dental caries |
| XIII week lectures | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIII week exercises | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIV week lectures | Presentations |
| XIV week exercises | Presentations |
| XV week lectures | Pulpitis |
| XV week exercises | Gingivitis |
| Student workload | 30 P + 15V |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. V. Evans, J. Dooley, M. Caldwell, Career Paths: Dentistry, Express Publishing, 2017. 2. The Carter Center, Oral Health, project funded under USAID, 2006. 3. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za int |
| Examination methods | Presentations - 10 points; Activity in class - 5 points; Mid-term exam - 35 points; Final exam - 50 points. |
| Special remarks | The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin. |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY I
| Course: | PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4832 | Obavezan | 3 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No conditionality |
| Aims | Getting to know the causes of oral diseases and the means and methods for their prevention. Mastering the skills to be applied in the prevention of dental diseases. |
| Learning outcomes | Learning outcomes after completing the one-semester course and passing the exam in Preventive Dentistry I: Understands and explains the biological mechanisms of oral cavity protection. Understands and explains the etiopathogenesis of the most common oral diseases (caries, periodontal diseases, oral cancer, orthodontic irregularities, injuries). Understands and explains the complex interactions between oral and general health, as well as various common risk factors (nutrition, bad habits – smoking, alcohol, drugs, medication use). Understands and applies communication, motivation, and teaching methodologies in dental health education. Provides advice on controlling risk factors for oral diseases, analyzes nutrition, and offers recommendations for maintaining oral health. Applies the principles of evidence-based preventive dentistry at individual, group, and population levels. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis Prof Snežana Matijević Prof dr Mirjana Đuričković Dr Aleksandar Brajović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises,seminars, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Preventive Dentistry. Introduction to prevention. General recommendations for patients.Principles of evidence-based dentistry |
| I week exercises | Introduction to the organization and implementation methods of practical training. Familiarization with the dental workstation. |
| II week lectures | Social-medical aspects of oral diseases |
| II week exercises | Operator’s position relative to the patient. Direct and indirect intraoral work. Hand stabilization during procedures. Practical exercises performed on a phantom model. |
| III week lectures | Oral homeostasis (balance) |
| III week exercises | Diagnostic methods for caries detection. Tooth examination, instruments, and auxiliary diagnostic tools. Practical exercises performed on a phantom model. |
| IV week lectures | Dental biofilm |
| IV week exercises | Detection and professional removal of dental biofilm. Practical exercises performed on a phantom model. |
| V week lectures | Etiology of dental caries |
| V week exercises | Assessment of general and oral health status. |
| VI week lectures | Pathogenesis of early carious lesions of enamel - a white patch |
| VI week exercises | Diagnosis of early enamel caries lesions; preventive and therapeutic measures. |
| VII week lectures | Dental erosion |
| VII week exercises | Prevention of dental erosion through dietary counseling and oral hygiene education. |
| VIII week lectures | Preventing injuries of mouth and teeth |
| VIII week exercises | Diagnosis, indication, and clinical procedure for fabrication of intraoral mouthguards. |
| IX week lectures | Prevention of periodontal disease |
| IX week exercises | Assessment of oral hygiene status.Preventive examination of children and adults. |
| X week lectures | Prevention of Oral Cancer |
| X week exercises | Oral cancer risk assessment, soft tissue pathology and harmful habits – preventive strategies. |
| XI week lectures | Strategies in preventing oral diseases |
| XI week exercises | Saliva and oral health: role and significance. Saliva as a diagnostic medium. Risk assessment tests. |
| XII week lectures | Promotion of Oral Health |
| XII week exercises | Behavioral assessment in relation to general and oral health. |
| XIII week lectures | Health education in dentistry |
| XIII week exercises | Health education activities in preschool institutions. Fieldwork. |
| XIV week lectures | School dental care |
| XIV week exercises | Health education activities in school institutions. Fieldwork. |
| XV week lectures | Programme dental care |
| XV week exercises | Health education work: Methods and tools. Patient care in the clinic. |
| Student workload | Load students (week): 5 credits x 40/30 = 6.6 hours Structure: 2 hour lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6.6 hx 16 h = 105.6). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 6.6 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work 31.2h Structure of load 105.6 + 13.2 + 31.2 = 150 h 2.6 hours of independent work |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of lectures (1 hour per week) and exercises (2 hours) per week is required. During the semester, the student is required to do a research paper. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Vulović M. : Preventive dentistry, Elit Medica, Beograd 2002. Carević M, Ivanović M, Preventive dentistry, Faculty of Dentistry, Belgrade, 2016. Harris NO, Garcia-Godoy F. Primary preventive dentistry. 8th ed. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.; 2014. Splieth CH, editor. Innovations in Preventive Dentistry. 1st ed. London: Quintessence Publishing; 2021. |
| Examination methods | Colloquia= 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points |
| Special remarks | Compulsory subject, narrowly professional subject |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
| Course: | MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 3431 | Obavezan | 3 | 6 | 3+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exams in Anatomy, Histology with Embryology and Human Genetics. |
| Aims | Study of microorganisms and understanding their pathogenic activity. Studding immune system in humans. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing two semestral course and passing the exam in the subject Microbiology and Immunology, student of medicine should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Describing the normal micro flora of the human body and the normal functioning of the immune system, as well as their mutual relationship (microbe-host-immune system). 2. Describing the possible etiological microorganisms within certain infections and immune response of host as part of the infection. 3. Choosing a proper and acceptable sample for microbiological processing based on the analyzing the infection. 4. Sample collecting independently from different systems in patients, keeping them properly, transport to the microbiological laboratory and seeding. 5. Analyzing and interpreting the basic results of microbiological analysis. 6. Using acquired knowledge on timely application of antimicrobial therapy and the possible negative consequences of its application. 7. Analyzing the map of present bacteria in a given hospital setting, and proposing basic measures for prevention and control, using methods of sterilization and disinfection. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | prof. dr Vineta Vuksanović, dr Marijana Mimović, dipl bioh Vaid Frljićkić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, Seminar papers, tests, regular consultations, preparation for final exam. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Microbiology. Structure, biosynthesis and function of bacterial cells. |
| I week exercises | Organisation of bacterial laboratory.Microscope and visualization of morphological and functional structures in bacterial cell. |
| II week lectures | The genome of the bacteria. Pathogenicity, virulence factors and virulence of bacteria. |
| II week exercises | Sampling and transport of material for bacteriological analysis. Cultural exam and identification of bacteria. |
| III week lectures | The mechanisms of antibiotic activity and chemotherapeutics. Mechanisms of bacterial resistance. |
| III week exercises | Methods of exam in vitro bacterial sensitivity to antibiotics and chemiotherapeutics. |
| IV week lectures | Characteristics and significance of Streptococcus and Staphylococcus genus. |
| IV week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by Streptococcus i Staphylococcus genus. |
| V week lectures | Characteristics and significance of Neisseria genus and bacteria: Haemophilus influenzae, Bordetella pertussis, Legionella pneumophila. |
| V week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by genus Neisseria, Moraxella and species Haemophilus influenzae, Bordetella pertussis, Legionella pneumophila. |
| VI week lectures | Characteristics and significance of Mycobacterium genus. |
| VI week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by genus Mycobacterium. |
| VII week lectures | Characteristics and significance of Clostridium genus. |
| VII week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by anaerobes. |
| VIII week lectures | Characteristics and importance of Enterobacteriaceae family. Escherichia coli and patogen strains: EIEC, EPEC, ETEC, EHEC, EAggEC. |
| VIII week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by intestine bacteria, Escherichia coli and patogen strains: EIEC, EPEC, ETEC, EHEC, EAggEC. |
| IX week lectures | Primary pathogen intestin bacteria: Salmonella spp, Shigella spp, Yersinia enterocolitica. |
| IX week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by primary pathogen intestine bacteria: Salmonella spp, Shigella spp, Yersinia enterocolitica. |
| X week lectures | Gram negative afermentativ bacteria and curved bacteria: Vibro cholerae, Campylobacter spp, Helicobacter pylori. |
| X week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of non-fermentative bacteria and curved bacteria: Vibro cholerae, Campylobacter spp, Helicobacter pylori. |
| XI week lectures | Microbiological caracteristics and medical importance of spiral bacteria and genus Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Ureplasma. |
| XI week exercises | Bacteriological diagnostics of spiral bacteria and genus Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Ureplasma. |
| XII week lectures | Test and oral exam in bacteriology. |
| XII week exercises | Practical exam in bacteriology. |
| XIII week lectures | The morphology of the protozoa. Antiprotozoal agents. Protozoa of the digestive and urogenital tract. |
| XIII week exercises | The diagnostics of protozoa of the digestive and urogenital tract. |
| XIV week lectures | Blood and tissue protozoa. |
| XIV week exercises | The diagnostics of protozoa of the blood and tissue protozoa and helminthes. |
| XV week lectures | The morphology and biology of parasites. Nematode of bowel and tissues. Cestode of intestines and tissue. |
| XV week exercises | Consultations. |
| Student workload | Weekly: 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours and 40 minutes 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes Seminar papers 1 hour and 20 minutes Individual work In the semester: Lectures and final exam: (6h 40 min) x 16 = 106h 40 min Necessary preparations (administration, enrolment, verification): 2 x 6 h 40 min = 13 h 20 min Cumulative course load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work: preparation for correction exam period, including final exam up to 30h Load structure: 106h 40 min+ 13 h 20 min + 30 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 3 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance at lectures, exercises, presentations of seminars, passing tests, practical and oral exams. |
| Consultations | Tuesday from 13,00 to 14,00. |
| Literature | Basic literature: Smilja Kalenić et al. Medical microbiology. Medical edition 2013 Zagreb. Additional literrature: The basic immunology, Abul Abbas and Andrew Lichtman third ed. 2007. Editor Zorica Ramic. Medical Bacteriology, group of authors, editor |
| Examination methods | I. Before exams: 50 points. − Attendance at lectures/exercises: up to 5 points. − Seminar paper: up to 5 points. − Practical exam: 10 to 20 points. − Colloquiums: 10 to 20 points. II. Final exam: up to 50 points. Oral exam. Final exam provides poss |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | Additional information can be received by Chief of the Subject. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GNATHOLOGY
| Course: | GNATHOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5934 | Obavezan | 3,4 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Dental anatomy and other subjects with a year of study |
| Aims | The student should know and acquire basic notions in the field of occlusion. Anatomical and physiological determinants control jaw movement and the reference position of the mandible. To know the material, type, purpose and possibilities of the articulator and facial arches and the ability to work with them. To introduce disruption in jaw joints and meet the diagnosis and therapy of CMD (reversible and irreversible). Empower to perform clinical examination of the orofacial complex patient and functional analysis of the orofacial complex. Empower the analysis of intermaxillary relations and contact relation with the tooth positions and movements of the mandible. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing one semester in subjects Gnathology, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows the structure and function of the orofacial system with the emphasis on the structure and function TM joints. 2. Knows the anatomical determinants, physiological regulation of jaw movements, types of motion and the reference position of the mandible. 3. Know the characteristics of a physiologically optimal occlusion and knows the dysfunction of this system. Know the concepts of occlusion and the basis of reversible and irreversible therapy. 4. Know the structure, type, purpose and possibilities of the articulator and facial arches and is capable of working with the articulator of secondary value and transfer face-bow. 5. He is capable of taking a history and performing a clinical examination of the face and jaw of the patient. 6. Able to analyze the relationships between the jaws and analysis of the relationship of teeth in the basic positions of the mandible and in eccentric movements. 7. Integrate the acquired knowledge and skills which should enable monitoring of teaching and acquiring the necessary knowledge of clinical dental-prosthetic. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. dr Biljana Milošević, Associates dr Zorica Popović, dr Vesna Kisić |
| Methodology | Lectures,exercises, colloquia, seminars |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to gnatology and orofacial system. The connection between skulls and mandible – anatomical specificity. The connection between skulls and mandible - physiological specificity. The muscles of orofacial region. |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| II week lectures | Functional anatomy of the natural dentition. The movements of the lower jaw-core and marginal. |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| III week lectures | Functional movements of the lower jaw-chewing, swallowing. The reference position of the lower jaw. |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IV week lectures | Anatomical determinants of jaw movement. Physiological regulation of jaw movement. |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| V week lectures | Characteristics physiologically optimal occlusion. Articulators-able simulation of jaw movements |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VI week lectures | Transposition of models of the upper jaw in the articulator - simulation the hinge movement. Transposition of mandible model in the articulator. |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VII week lectures | Simulation of the eccentric motion in partially adjustable articulators. Simulation of the eccentric motion in high-adjustable articulators. |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VIII week lectures | Characteristics unphysiologic activities orofacial system. CMD. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IX week lectures | Functional analysis of the orofacial complex. Analysis interjaw relations- first lecture |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| X week lectures | Analysis interjaw relationship-second lecture. Evaluation of the state of occlusal complex |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XI week lectures | Analysis interjaw relationship-second lecture. Evaluation of the state of occlusal complex. |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XII week lectures | Analysis of the tooth contact relationship in the central relation position and intercuspal position and during eccentric movements of the lower jaw. Reversible the occlusal therapy . |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XIII week lectures | The concept balanced occlusion. The concept mutually protected occlusion |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XIV week lectures | Irreversible the occlusal therapy. Determinants of occlusal morphology and reconstruction of occlusion. |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XV week lectures | Etioligija, pathology and treatment of tooth abrasion. |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XVI week lectures | Upper and lower jaw prints with irritable hydrocolloids in selected patients with natural dentition spilling of working models |
| XVI week exercises | Craniomandibular dysfunctions |
| XVII week lectures | Transferring the model of the upper jaw to the articulator using a cheek arch, demonstrating on the patient |
| XVII week exercises | Anamnesis in dental practice, functional analysis of the orofacial complex , significance , methods |
| XVIII week lectures | Transferring the model of the upper jaw to the articulator using a cheek arch, the work of students on patients |
| XVIII week exercises | Evaluation of the state of the occlusal complex |
| XIX week lectures | Evluation of the condition of the occlusal complex in selected patients , the use of dental records |
| XIX week exercises | Analysis of the contact relationship of the nteeth in the intercuspal, central position and in eccentric movements of the lower jaw , occlusal markers |
| XX week lectures | Analysis of the contact relationship of teeth with the help of occlusal markers demonstration on the patient |
| XX week exercises | Analysis of inter-forked relationships, part I |
| XXI week lectures | Analysis of the contact relationship of teeth with the help of occlusal markers , independent work of students |
| XXI week exercises | Analysis of inter-forked relationships, Part II |
| XXII week lectures | Analysis and registration of interjacular relationships, demonstration on the patient Finding and registering the central position of the lower jaw by methods, demonstrating |
| XXII week exercises | Occlusal therapy, concept, modalities, Reversible OT, Irreversible OT |
| XXIII week lectures | Finding and registering the central position of the lower jaw by various methods, independent work of students on patients, awarding of seminar papers |
| XXIII week exercises | Choice of occlusion model during irreversible occlusal therapy - the concept of bilaterally balanced occlusion |
| XXIV week lectures | Finding the position of physiological rest of the mandible, determining the vertical dimension of the occlusion, demonstrating on the patient , analysis of the position of the orientation occlusion plane |
| XXIV week exercises | The concept of mutually spawned occlusion |
| XXV week lectures | Finding the position of physiological rest of the mandible, determination of the vertical dimension of the occlusion, analysis of the position of the occlusal plane., independent work of students on patients |
| XXV week exercises | Determinates of occlusal morphology in occlusal reconstruction – planning of contact relationship of teeth in the final occlusal position of the mandible |
| XXVI week lectures | Working with adjustable articulators, registering eccentric positions of the lower jaw, adjusting the leading elements on adjustable articulators, demonstrating, exhibiting seminar papers |
| XXVI week exercises | Determinants of occlusal morphology in lower jaw movements |
| XXVII week lectures | Working with adjustable articulators, registering eccentric positions of the lower jaw, adjusting the leading elements on adjustable articulators, independent work of students |
| XXVII week exercises | Irreversible occlusal therapy – selective grinding, indications, methods, instruments |
| XXVIII week lectures | Analysis of mandible guidance in eccentric movements, finding occlusal disturbances, demonstrating, presenting seminar papers |
| XXVIII week exercises | Other forms of irreversible occlusal therapy, conservative, prosthetic, orthodontic, orthognatic surgery, case report |
| XXIX week lectures | Preparation of stabilization Michigan splint , demonstration on the patient and in the articulator, presentation of seminar papers |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical significance of gnatological procedures in reconstructive dentistry |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | weekly 6 credits x 40/30 equal to 8 hours Structure: 3 lectures 3 exercises 1 hour seminar 1 hour of individual work In the course of the semester Teaching and the final exam (8h x 16 equals 128h) Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 8 equals 16 Total load: 6 x 30 equals 180h Additional work 36h The structure of the load 128 + 16 + 16 equals 180h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Stanišić Sinobad D. Basics of Gnathology. Belgrade: University of Belgrade, Faculty of Dentistry; 2001. Stanišić Sinobad D, Dodić S. Practicum of Basics of Gnathology. Belgrade: University of Belgrade, Faculty of Dentistry; 2003. Okeson JP. Management of Temporomandibular Disorders and Occlusion. 8th ed. St Louis: Elsevier; 2019. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium 1 - 1 x 15 points Colloquium 2 - 1 x 20 points Control tests of practical exercises 5 + 5 Total: 10 Seminar - 4 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLINICAL DENTAL PROTHETICS
| Course: | PRECLINICAL DENTAL PROTHETICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4839 | Obavezan | 3,4 | 9 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Mastering theoretical and practical knowledge necessary to produce complete dentures, partial plate dentures, partial dentures and skeleterine fixed restorations |
| Learning outcomes | After completing two semestral course and passing the exam in Dental prosthetics -Preclinic, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows and explains the laboratory phase in making total dentures. 2. Knows and explains the types and classification edentulousness, structural parts and laboratory phases in the development plate denture and partial dentures. 3. Knows types, importance and use of dental parallelometer and articulators. 4. Analyzes the models for studies in parallelometer and articulator. 5. Knows and explains the types of fixed dental restorations and phase in making complete cast crowns, facetted crowns, metal-ceramic crowns and dental bridges with a focus on laboratory phase in the making. 6. Integrates the acquired knowledge and has been educated for further education in the mobile and fixed dental prosthetics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof Ivica Stančić Dr Biljana Milošević Dr zorica Stanišić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars and colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | General terms of complete dentures |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| II week lectures | Anatomical imprint |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| III week lectures | Functional imprint |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IV week lectures | Preparation of working models |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| V week lectures | The formation of occlusal pattern |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VI week lectures | Determining the position of teeth in people with eugnathic jaw relations |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VII week lectures | Determining the position of the posterior teeth in persons with eugnathic jaw relations |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VIII week lectures | A preliminary set of artificial teeth |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IX week lectures | Definitive tooth setup |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| X week lectures | Final procedures in making prosthesis |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XI week lectures | Reparature, korekture i podlaganja totalnih proteza |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XII week lectures | An immediate complete denture |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XIII week lectures | Overdentures complete denture |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XIV week lectures | Complete denture - base reinforced with metal skeleton |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XV week lectures | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XV week exercises | Repeat |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | Students' (Weekly): 4.5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 3 exercises 1 hour seminar 1 hour of individual work Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6 hx 16 = 96 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 6 = 12 Total load: 4.5 x 30 = 135 h Additional work: 27 h The structure of the load 96 + 12 + 27 = 135 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | A group of authors – Stomatološka protetika – pretklinika, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 1995.god. Grupa Autora – Stomatološki materijali, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 2003.god. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium = 2 x 20 points Seminar = 9 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL AND ORAL PHYSIOLOGY
| Course: | GENERAL AND ORAL PHYSIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4836 | Obavezan | 3,4 | 10 | 3+1.5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Students will learn functional relationship among organ systems, regulatory and control mechanisms that govern adaptation of human body to changes in the internal and external environment. |
| Learning outcomes | After finishing two semester course and passing exam in General and oral physiology, the student should achieve the following learning outcomes and should: GENERAL AND ORAL PHYSIOLOGY: 1. know the functions of organ systems, and how they interact in the organism as a whole. 2. be able to explain how physiological responses of organ systems relate to their anatomical and histological characteristics, and their biochemical status. 3. know regulatory and compensatory mechanisms that control the function of organ systems. 4. understand the logic and interpret cause and effect relationships in interactions between systems of organs. 5. know general mechanisms in the human body essential adaptation and survival. 6. understand physiological interactions between the organism as a whole and functions of orofacial system. BIOPHYSICS: 1. know methods which are used in studying of physical phenomena. 2. are able to explain physical basics of functioning particular organs in the human body. 3. know the functional connections between the organ systems and physical conditions of inner and outer environment. 4. understand the logic of cause and effect relationships in biophysical interactions. 5. be able to apply the adopted knowledge in the area of biophysics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Nataša Popović |
| Methodology | This course uses Moodle as a web-based course management system. Teaching is conducted in the form of blended learning. We have face-to-face lectures, lab, seminar presentations, and consultations. They are combined with on-line and computer-mediated delivery of educational material, videos, lab simulations, and tests. Final evaluation is conducted as an oral exam. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Organization of classes. Introduction to general and oral physiology. |
| I week exercises | None. |
| II week lectures | Homeostatic mechanisms. Cell membrane and transport through the cell membrane. |
| II week exercises | Erythrocytes in solutions of different osmolarity. Osmotic resistance. |
| III week lectures | Membrane potential. Action potential. Contraction of skeletal muscle. Excitation of skeletal muscle. Excitation and contraction of smooth muscle. |
| III week exercises | Physiology of excitable tissues. Resting membrane potential and action potential. Preparation of neuromuscular preparation. Differentiation of stimuli on a neuro-muscular preparation. |
| IV week lectures | Organization of the nervous system. CNS synapses and synaptic transmission. |
| IV week exercises | The influence of changes in the concentration of electrolytes in the extracellular fluid on the excitability of the neuromuscular preparation. |
| V week lectures | Physiology of the sensory system. Signal processing in the cortex. General somatic sensibility. Physiology of pain. |
| V week exercises | The effect of local anesthetic on the excitability of the neuromuscular preparation. |
| VI week lectures | Eye: Dioptric apparatus. Retina. Signal processing in the cortex. Sense of smell and taste. |
| VI week exercises | Test 1. |
| VII week lectures | Sense of hearing, balance. |
| VII week exercises | Simple and complex muscle contraction. The influence of stimulus intensity on the muscle contraction force. |
| VIII week lectures | Organization of the motor system. Sensorimotor programs of the spinal cord. Spinal cord reflexes. Cortex and brainstem in the control of motor function. |
| VIII week exercises | Reflex arc analysis. Examining the reflex activity of the spinal cord. |
| IX week lectures | Autonomous nerve system. Adrenal medulla. |
| IX week exercises | Clinically important reflexes. |
| X week lectures | Basal ganglia and cerebellum. Cerebral cortex. Neurophysiological mechanisms of learning and memory. The limbic system. Hypothalamus. Organization of behavior. Wakefulness-sleep. |
| X week exercises | Erythrocyte count. Hematocrit. Hematological indices. |
| XI week lectures | Erythrocytes. Blood type. Hemostasis. |
| XI week exercises | Clotting time and bleeding time. Determination of blood type. |
| XII week lectures | Non-specific immunity. Specific immunity and immune system. |
| XII week exercises | Leukocyte count. Absolute and relative leukocyte formula. |
| XIII week lectures | Seminar presentations: Selected topics from general and oral physiology. |
| XIII week exercises | Test 2. |
| XIV week lectures | Seminar presentations: Selected topics from general and oral physiology. |
| XIV week exercises | Make up tests 1 and 2. |
| XV week lectures | Consultations. |
| XV week exercises | None. |
| XVI week lectures | Respiration: mechanics of pulmonary ventilation. Functions of respiratory passages, reflex of cough and sneeze. Pulmonary volumes and capacities. Alveolar ventilation, circulation of blood in the lung. Respiratory membrane and gas exchange. Solubility of gases in water. |
| XVI week exercises | None. |
| XVII week lectures | Transport of oxygen from the lungs to body tissues. Dissociation of oxyhemoglobin. Transport of CO2. Acid- base balance. Regulation of respiration. Respiration during the exercise and at the high altitude. (Guyton, unit VII and VIII) |
| XVII week exercises | Mechanics of pulmonary ventilation. Spirometry. Pulmonary volumes and capacities. (M. Drecun et al.) |
| XVIII week lectures | Physiology and organization of cardiovascular system (CVS). Heart as a pump. Conduction system of the heart. Action potential of the cardiac muscle cell. Electrocardiogram (ECG). (Guyton, unit III) |
| XVIII week exercises | Conduction system of the heart. Stanius ligatures. (M. Drecun et al.) |
| XIX week lectures | Heart cycle. Heart sounds. Polycardiogram. Stroke volume, cardiac output, and their regulation. Hemodynamics. Pressure, flow and resistance. Viscosity and hematocrit. (Guyton, unit III and IV). |
| XIX week exercises | Test 3. |
| XX week lectures | Overview of circulation. Blood pressure. Capillary pressure. Interstitial fluid. (Guyton, Unit IV) |
| XX week exercises | ECG. Auscultation of the heart sounds. |
| XXI week lectures | Neural and humoral control of blood flow. Sympathetic nervous system in the control of blood distribution. Cardiac output, venous return. Rapid control of blood pressure. (Guyton, unit IV) |
| XXI week exercises | Measuring blood pressure. Evaluation of the pulse quality. |
| XXII week lectures | Kidney, nephron, basic principles of function. Glomerular filtration and its regulation. Tubular reabsorption. Peritubular vascular network. Henley s loop. Concentration and dilution of tubular fluid. (Guyton, unit V) |
| XXII week exercises | Biochemical analysis of urine. Microscopic examination of urine sediment. Evaluation of kidney function. (Đ. Sterio et al.) |
| XXIII week lectures | Role of kidneys in maintenance of extracellular fluid volume. Long term control of blood pressure. Regulation of extracellular fluid osmolarity. Acid-base regulation. (Guyton, units IV and V) |
| XXIII week exercises | Digestion in the mouth. Saliva- composition and function. (Đ. Sterio et al.) |
| XXIV week lectures | Energetics. Formation of ATP. Metabolism. Physiology of gastrointestinal tract (GIT), structure and function. Motility and enteric plexus. (Guyton, units XII, XIII) |
| XXIV week exercises | Digestion in the stomach and the intestine. (Đ. Sterio et al.) |
| XXV week lectures | Secretion, digestion and absorption in GIT. (Guyton, unit XII) |
| XXV week exercises | Test 4. |
| XXVI week lectures | Endocrinology. Mechanisms of action of hormones. Regulation of hormone secretion. Pituitary hormones and their control by hypothalamus. Growth hormone. Adrenocortical hormones. Stress. Thyroid and parathyroid hormones. (Guyton, unit XIV) |
| XXVI week exercises | Review. |
| XXVII week lectures | Sex hormones. Insulin, glucagon- endocrine pancreas. Hormones in regulation of metabolism of Ca++ and phosphates. (Guyton, unit XIV) |
| XXVII week exercises | Test 5. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Conslutations. |
| XXVIII week exercises | Make up tests 3, 4 and 5. |
| XXIX week lectures | Consultations. |
| XXIX week exercises | Pre-exam review session. |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises | Pre-exam review session. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 8 hour(s) i 50 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of face-to-face lectures, seminars and labs. Showing adequate knowledge improvement after each lab. Taking 2 tests during the winter semester and 3 tests during the summer semester. |
| Consultations | As arranged with the instructor. |
| Literature | 1. Hall J, Guyton A. Guyton i Hall: Medicinska fiziologija - udžbenik. 13th ed. Beograd: DATA STATUS; 2019. 2. Costanzo L. Physiology. 6th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters Kluwer Health; 2015. 3. Drecun M. Praktikum iz fiziologije. Zvornik: Papirus; 2003. 4. Sterio Đ. Praktikum iz fiziologije. Novi Sad: Medicinski fakultet; 2014. 5. Zao P, Stabler T, Smith L, Lokuta A, Griff E. PhysioEx 9.1: Laboratory Simulations in Physiology with 9.1 Update. 1st ed. Boston, MA: Pearson Education; 2014. 6. Dubin D. Brza interpretacija EKG. Beograd: Naša Knjiga; 2002. |
| Examination methods | During the semester (total of 50 points): • Participation in theoretical lectures and practical exercises: 15 points • Midterm exams: 30 points • Seminar: 5 points Final exam (total of 50 points): • Practical exam: 5 points • Oral exam: 45 points |
| Special remarks | None. |
| Comment | None. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL MATERIALS
| Course: | DENTAL MATERIALS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4838 | Obavezan | 4 | 2 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to acquaint students with basic characteristics of dental materials, their biocompatibility and properties of use |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of one-semester course and passing the dental materials exam , a dental student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Describes mechanical, physical, chemical and biological properties of dental materials. 2. Recognizes a variety of dental materials and specifies their use. 3. Describse the performance of dental materials (working time, setting time, mixing time). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis. Prof Jasminka Anđelić Prof. dr Jovan Mirković Prof. dr Željko Jaćimović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Standards of dental materials, biocompatibility, chemical elements important for dental materials, chemical bonds |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Bonding reaction of dental materials and corrosion |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Chemistry of impression materials and filling materials |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Intermolecular forces and loading of the material |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Characteristics and viscosity of the material |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | The behavior of material under heat and adhesion |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Cements and dental amalgam |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Composite materials and temporary filling materials |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Materials in endodontics and non-elastic impression materials |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Elastic impression material and materials for making working models |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Materials for making restoration models and refractory materials |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Acrylic resins, structure, properties, processing of metals and alloys |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Dental alloys and ceramic materials |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Materials for treatment and polishing, materials for dental implants and orthodontics |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Materials in periodontics and maxillofacial surgery |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | 2 hours of lecture per week |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Exercises are not included in the curriculum |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request |
| Literature | Martinović Ž, Stamenković D. Dental Materials. Belgrade: Institute for Textbooks and Teaching Aids; 2003. Bhat VS, Nandish BT. Science of Dental Materials: Clinical Applications. 2nd ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers; 2017. |
| Examination methods | 1 progress test 20 points Seminar paper 20 points Lecture attendance 9 points Final exam 51 points |
| Special remarks | Minimum passing score is 50 points |
| Comment | Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10715 | Obavezan | 4 | 2 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dragana Čarapić, Phd |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anesthetic consideration in dental practice |
| I week exercises | Tooth extraction |
| II week lectures | Dental instruments for minor surgery |
| II week exercises | Indication and principles of incision and drainage |
| III week lectures | Soft tissue injury |
| III week exercises | Fracture of the orofacial region |
| IV week lectures | Principles of preventive dentistry (oral health) |
| IV week exercises | Prevention of periodontal diseases |
| V week lectures | Case study: Medically compromised patient |
| V week exercises | Case study: Medically compromised patient |
| VI week lectures | Setting patient goals; assessing risk |
| VI week exercises | Case study |
| VII week lectures | Presentations |
| VII week exercises | Presentations |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Mid-term exam |
| IX week lectures | Case study: Maya Patel |
| IX week exercises | Setting patient goals; assessing risk |
| X week lectures | Presentations |
| X week exercises | Presentations |
| XI week lectures | Case study: pediatric patients |
| XI week exercises | Case study: pediatric patients |
| XII week lectures | Setting patient goals; assessing risk |
| XII week exercises | Adult Periodontal patients |
| XIII week lectures | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIII week exercises | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIV week lectures | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIV week exercises | Case study: Special needs patients |
| XV week lectures | Case study: Geriatric patients |
| XV week exercises | Case study: Special needs patients |
| Student workload | 30P + 30V |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises -1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. T. Evelyn, Case Studies in Dental Hygiene, Pearson education, 2013. 2. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za interkulturnu komunikaciju, 2013. 3. Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary, OUP, 2003. 4. |
| Examination methods | Presentations - 10 points; Activity in class - 5 points; Mid-term exam - 35 points; Final exam - 50 points. |
| Special remarks | The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin. |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 10715 | Obavezan | 4 | 2 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dragana Čarapić, Phd |
| Methodology | Lectures and discussions |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anesthetic consideration in dental practice |
| I week exercises | Tooth extraction |
| II week lectures | Dental instruments for minor surgery |
| II week exercises | Indication and principles of incision and drainage |
| III week lectures | Soft tissue injury |
| III week exercises | Fracture of the orofacial region |
| IV week lectures | Principles of preventive dentistry (oral health) |
| IV week exercises | Prevention of periodontal diseases |
| V week lectures | Case study: Medically compromised patient |
| V week exercises | Case study: Medically compromised patient |
| VI week lectures | Setting patient goals; assessing risk |
| VI week exercises | Case study |
| VII week lectures | Presentations |
| VII week exercises | Presentations |
| VIII week lectures | Mid-term exam |
| VIII week exercises | Mid-term exam |
| IX week lectures | Case study: Maya Patel |
| IX week exercises | Setting patient goals; assessing risk |
| X week lectures | Presentations |
| X week exercises | Presentations |
| XI week lectures | Case study: pediatric patients |
| XI week exercises | Case study: pediatric patients |
| XII week lectures | Setting patient goals; assessing risk |
| XII week exercises | Adult Periodontal patients |
| XIII week lectures | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIII week exercises | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIV week lectures | Mid-term exam (2nd term) |
| XIV week exercises | Case study: Special needs patients |
| XV week lectures | Case study: Geriatric patients |
| XV week exercises | Case study: Special needs patients |
| Student workload | 30P + 30V |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises -1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. T. Evelyn, Case Studies in Dental Hygiene, Pearson education, 2013. 2. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za interkulturnu komunikaciju, 2013. 3. Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary, OUP, 2003. 4. |
| Examination methods | Presentations - 10 points; Activity in class - 5 points; Mid-term exam - 35 points; Final exam - 50 points. |
| Special remarks | The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin. |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY II
| Course: | PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4841 | Obavezan | 4 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | no conditionality |
| Aims | Mastering the methods of diagnosing risk for oral diseases, the methodology of epidemiological research in dentistry and the application of prophylactic measures to preserve oral health |
| Learning outcomes | After completing two semesters of teaching and passing the exam in Preventive Dentistry II, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows and explains the role of nutrition in general and oral health. 2. Knows , and explains the proper use of fluoride in caries prevention. 3. Knows the correct methods used for the diagnosis and exclusion of risk for oral disease. 4. Knows and properly used basic and auxiliary products to perform oral hygiene. 5. Knows , and explains the methods used prophylactic sealing of fissures and preventive fillings. 6. Knows, explains and applies the methods of preventive and interceptive orthodontics. 7.Applies the principles of evidence-based preventive dentistry at individual, group, and population levels. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis Prof Snežana Matijević Assis Prof Mirjana Đuričković Dr aleksandar Brajović |
| Methodology | Lectures,exercises,colloquia, seminars |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Evidence-based Preventive dentistry. Nutrition and Oral Health |
| I week exercises | Diagnosis of dietary habits and motivation for oral health. |
| II week lectures | Impact carbohydrates on teeth |
| II week exercises | Assessment of diet habits and their impact on oral health. Behavior evaluation and motivation for healthy eating. |
| III week lectures | Fluoride and oral health.Evidence-Based Use of Fluorides in Prevention |
| III week exercises | Oral disease prevention: Fluoride caries prophylaxis Endogenous and exogenous (topical) fluoride application Ask Oral disease prevention: Fluoride caries prophylaxis Endogenous and exogenous (topical) fluoride application Oral disease prevention: Fluoride caries prophylaxis Endogenous and exogenous (topical) fluoride application Ask Oral disease prevention: Fluoride caries prophylaxis Endogenous and exogenous (topical) fluoride application Oral disease prevention: Fluoride caries prophylaxis Endogenous and exogenous (topical) fluoride application Oral disease prevention: Fluoride caries prophylaxis Endogenous and exogenous (topical) fluoride application |
| IV week lectures | Mechanism of action of fluoride |
| IV week exercises | Oral disease prevention: use of modern remineralization agents (fluorides, casein phosphopeptides, xylitol, ozone), fluoride overdose risk management, and local high-concentration fluoride applications. |
| V week lectures | Application of fluoride in caries prevention |
| V week exercises | Basics of Oral Hygiene: Tools for maintaining oral hygiene (primary and auxiliary), tooth brushing techniques, and conditions for effective oral hygiene. |
| VI week lectures | Basic conditions for performing oral hygiene |
| VI week exercises | Oral Hygiene Training and Approach: Methods for teaching tooth brushing and individualized approaches to oral hygiene maintenance, including personalized oral hygiene plans. |
| VII week lectures | Basic means for performing oral hygiene.Evidence-Based Oral Hygiene Practices |
| VII week exercises | Oral Hygiene Techniques and Patient Education: Practice of the Bass brushing technique, patient training, and motivation to improve oral hygiene habits. |
| VIII week lectures | Auxiliaries for performing oral hygiene.Brushing technique. |
| VIII week exercises | Prevention of oral diseases: Detection and professional removal of dental biofilm; local application of fluoride. |
| IX week lectures | Saliva and Oral Health. Microorganisms of the Oral Cavity. Microbiology of Carious Lesions. |
| IX week exercises | Prevention of oral diseases: Fissure sealing. Materials used for fissure sealing. Practical training on a phantom model. |
| X week lectures | Prophylactic measures in prevention of oral diseases. Evidence-Based Application of Fissure Sealants. |
| X week exercises | Prevention of oral diseases: Fissure sealing – supervised clinical work. |
| XI week lectures | Haemoprophylaxis oral diseases |
| XI week exercises | Supervised removal of soft dental deposits, patient education and motivation, fissure sealing, and topical fluoride application. |
| XII week lectures | Diagnosis of Caries Risk |
| XII week exercises | Diagnosis of Caries Risk Assessment of risk factors for caries development including diet, oral hygiene practices, saliva characteristics, and salivary microbiota. |
| XIII week lectures | Diagnostics risk of periodontal disease |
| XIII week exercises | Diagnosis of Risk for Periodontal Diseases Evaluation of plaque, general and local risk factors. Tests and indices including Plaque Index (PI), Gingival Index (GI), and Bleeding on Probing (BOP). Overview of tests used for risk assessment. |
| XIV week lectures | Preventive and interceptive orthopedics |
| XIV week exercises | Specifics of Oral Hygiene Maintenance and Preventive Measures in Special Patient Groups (Patients with Orthodontic Appliances, Prosthetic Restorations, Implants). |
| XV week lectures | Epidemiological studies in dentistry |
| XV week exercises | Prevention of Oral and Dental Diseases in Patients with Disabilities |
| Student workload | Load students (week): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 2 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (4 hx 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 4 = 8 Total load: 3 * 30 = 90 h Additional work: 18 h The structure of the load 64 + 8 + 18 = 90 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of lectures (1 hour per week) and exercises (2 hours) per week is required. During the semester, the student is required to do a research paper. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Vulović M. Preventive dentistry. Elit Medica, Belgrade;2002. Carević M, Ivanović M.Preventive dentistry. Faculty of Dentistry, Belgrade;2016. Harris NO, Garcia-Godoy F. Primary preventive dentistry. 8th ed. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.; 2014. Splieth CH, editor. Innovations in Preventive Dentistry. 1st ed. London: Quintessence Publishing; 2021 |
| Examination methods | 2 control tests for practical exercises = 10 + 10 = 20 Seminar = 10 points colloquia= 1 x 20 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points |
| Special remarks | Compulsory subject, narrowly professional subject |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL PATHOLOGY
| Course: | ORAL PATHOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4842 | Obavezan | 4 | 4 | 3+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Established of rules of study Medical School |
| Aims | Acquisition of knowledge about of pathological changes in cells, tissues, organs and organism, and the correlation with other characteristics of disease |
| Learning outcomes | After completed of teaching, the student must have the following skills: 1. recognizes the essential characteristics of the general pathological processes 2. recognizes the basic characteristics of certain pathological processes 3. discloses the morphological and functional disorders in the general context of pathological manifestations 4. differs morphological and functional disturbances of organs, organ systems and whole-body 5. has abilities that relate to sampling for histological processing, fixing samples, laboratory procedure, macroscopic and microscopic analysis, histopathological methods and autopsy techniques. 6. possess the ability to communicate between the physician-pathologist, pathologist - patient. 7. correlated with the pathological diagnosis of the resulting symptoms, prognostic and predictive factors. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Mileta Golubović, Prof. dr Filip Vukmirović, Dr sc. Mirjana Miladinović, Dr sc. Dragana Latić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Oral Pathology |
| I week exercises | Introduction to Oral Pathology |
| II week lectures | Diseases of the dental tissues, pulp and periapical regions |
| II week exercises | Diseases of the dental tissues, pulp and periapical regions |
| III week lectures | Periodontal disease |
| III week exercises | Periodontal disease |
| IV week lectures | Inflammatory lesions of the oral mucosa |
| IV week exercises | Inflammatory lesions of the oral mucosa |
| V week lectures | Granulomatous inflammation |
| V week exercises | Granulomatous inflammation |
| VI week lectures | Cysts orofacial region |
| VI week exercises | Cysts orofacial region |
| VII week lectures | Pathology the salivary glands |
| VII week exercises | Pathology the salivary glands |
| VIII week lectures | Pathology the salivary glands |
| VIII week exercises | Pathology the salivary glands |
| IX week lectures | Odontogenic tumors |
| IX week exercises | Odontogenic tumors |
| X week lectures | Pathology epithelial surface |
| X week exercises | Pathology epithelial surface |
| XI week lectures | Soft Tissue Pathology |
| XI week exercises | Soft Tissue Pathology |
| XII week lectures | Pathology bones |
| XII week exercises | Pathology bones |
| XIII week lectures | Pathology of lymphoid tissue |
| XIII week exercises | Pathology of lymphoid tissue |
| XIV week lectures | Bacterial, viral and fungal infections |
| XIV week exercises | Bacterial, viral and fungal infections |
| XV week lectures | Developmental defects in orofacial region |
| XV week exercises | Developmental defects in orofacial region |
| Student workload | Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours structure: 2 hours for teaching,1 seminar and 2 hours of exercises |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 0 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Per semester Teaching and the final exam (5.3 x 16 = 84.8 h). Necessary preparation before semester (enrollment, cercification ...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h.Total workload: 4 x 30 = 120 h. Additional hours 24.6h. Hours structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h |
| Consultations | 2 hours and 33 minutes. individual work, including consultations |
| Literature | Robbins Basic Pathology, Vinay Kumar, Abul K. Abbas, Nelson Fausto, Richard N. Mitchell. Robbins and Cotran Atlas of Pathology, Edward C Klat. Histopathology: A Color Atlas and Textbook, Damjanov Ivan. Patologija za stomatologe, Budakov P. Odontogeni tumo |
| Examination methods | 2 tests - each up to 10 points. Presence lectures and exercises to 10 points. Final exam 51 points |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PHARMACOLOGY
| Course: | PHARMACOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 4843 | Obavezan | 4 | 4 | 3+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There is no conditionality. |
| Aims | Acquiring knowledge on the pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic characteristics of the drug, with a special emphasis on drugs which apply in dentistry. Connecting pharmacological effects of the drug with its indications and contraindications. Anticipating and identifying the most common adverse effects and interactions of drugs in dental practice. Knowledge of the most important pharmacological properties of drugs of importance to dentistry. |
| Learning outcomes | After finishing one semester of study and passing an examination in Pharmacology, a dental students should possess the following outcomes: 1. Define the mechanisms of action and the pharmacological effects of drugs that are applied in dentistry, as well as drugs of importance to dentistry. 2. Describe the fate of drug in the human body (absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion), with special emphasis on drugs which are applied in dentistry. 3. Define the methods of administration of drugs and compare their advantages and limitations, with special emphasis on the drugs that are used in dentistry. 4. Connect the pharmacological effects of drugs that are applied in dentistry with their indications and contraindications. 5. Predict and recognize the most common side effects and interactions of drugs that are applied in dentistry. 6. Adduce the most important pharmacological characteristics of drugs of importance to dentistry. Powered by |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. Nataša Duborija-Kovačević, MD, PhD; Jana Djapić, MD, teaching assistant; Slobodanka Marojevic, MD, professional assistant. MD, teaching assistant. |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | The subject and method of pharmacology. The mechanism of action of drugs. |
| I week exercises | Definition and classification of drugs. |
| II week lectures | The quantitative characteristics of the effects of the drug. Pharmacokinetics. |
| II week exercises | Basic terms in pharmacology. |
| III week lectures | General anesthetics. |
| III week exercises | Methods of application of medicines. Local (intraoral and extraoral) application of drugs. Examples. |
| IV week lectures | Local anesthetics. |
| IV week exercises | Systemic administration of drugs. Examples. |
| V week lectures | Anxiolytics, hypnotics and sedatives. |
| V week exercises | Solid forms of drugs I. Examples. |
| VI week lectures | Analgoantipyretics. |
| VI week exercises | Solid forms of drugs II. Examples. |
| VII week lectures | Opiates (strong analgesics). |
| VII week exercises | Liquid forms of drugs I.Examples. |
| VIII week lectures | Anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive drugs. |
| VIII week exercises | Liquid forms of drugs II.Examples. |
| IX week lectures | Antibacterial drugs I. |
| IX week exercises | Semi-solid forms of drugs.Examples. |
| X week lectures | Antibacterial drugs II. Antiviral drugs and antifungals. Antiseptics and disinfectants. |
| X week exercises | Inhalations.Examples. |
| XI week lectures | Medicines of the importance for dentistry. Neuroleptics and antidepressants. |
| XI week exercises | Cholinergic agonists.(Seminar) |
| XII week lectures | Cardiovascular drugs. |
| XII week exercises | Cholinergic antagonists.(Seminar) |
| XIII week lectures | Pharmacology of blood. |
| XIII week exercises | Adrenergic agonists.(Seminar) |
| XIV week lectures | Pharmacology of respiratory and digestive tract. |
| XIV week exercises | Adrenergic antagonists.(Seminar) |
| XV week lectures | Hormones. Antineoplastics. |
| XV week exercises | Pre-exam exercise. |
| Student workload | Per week: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours. Structure: 3 hours lectures, 1 hour exercise, 1 hour seminar, 0.3 hours of independent work. Per semester: Teaching and the final exam (5.3 h x 16 = 84.8 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6. Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h. Additional work 24.6h. The structure load 84.8 + 10.6 + 24.6 = 120 h. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in discussion on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the term that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | 1. Terzic MR, Stojic MD. Pharmacology in dentistry. IP Belgrade, Zrenjanin 2010. 2. Linčir I et al. Pharmacology for dentists, 3rd edition, Medicinska naklada, Zagreb 2011. 3. Duborija-Kovačević N et al. Prescription Drug Forms, First Edition. PRISMA corporate communications, Podgorica 2015 (selected chapters) |
| Examination methods | Colloquium I = 20 points; Colloquium II = 20 points; Seminar = 10 points; Final exam (theoretical and practical part) = 50 points. Passing grade gets if cumulative collected 50 points and more. |
| Special remarks | In order to consolidate thematic unit, exercises are held every other week for 2 hours. |
| Comment | No. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY
| Course: | PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 28 | Obavezan | 4 | 5 | 3+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Objectives of studying the course: Acquiring knowledge about pathophysiological processes important for understanding the etiology and pathogenesis of systemic and dental diseases |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course and passing the exam in Pathological Physiology, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess the theoretical framework and practical knowledge and skills for interpreting the way the body reacts in disease. 2. Possesses basic knowledge for studying the nosology of disorders and diseases in various branches and directions of medicine and dentistry. 3. Understands and explains the etiology and pathogenesis of basic metabolic and functional disorders of human organs and organ systems, based on measurable data and evidence. 4. He is able to connect the clinical manifestations of diseases with the causes and mechanisms of their occurrence, he understands clinical events, based on the study of the nosology of certain disorders and diseases, which are encountered during studies and in dental practice. 5. It has a pathophysiological basis for forming a diagnostic strategy in case of pathological phenomena. 6. He is able to adequately present medically relevant facts and possesses the skill of connecting biochemical, morphological, ultrastructural, functional and clinical data (symptoms, signs, dysfunctions, test indicators) into a complete and unique picture of the disease. 1. The student will have theoretical frame and practical knowledge and skills about reactions of human body during illnesses. 2. The student will have appropriate pathophysiolohical knowledge for studying the nosology of the disorders and illnesses in different general and dental medical areas. 3. The student will be able to understand the etiology and pathogenesis of metabolic and functional disorders of organs and organ systems based on the measurable facts and evidences. 4. The student will be able to connect clinical signes of the diseases with their causes and machanisms of their occurrence, to understand the relationship between clinical signes and the nosology of the disorders in the different areas. 5. The student will have pathophysiological base to make diagnostic strategie in the case of the appearance of pathological events. 6. The student will be able to understand (using active analysis, comparison and synthesis of every problem) the order of the appearance of pathophysiological precesses and their clinical implications. 7. The student will be able to make correct relationship among biochemical, morfological, ultrastructured, functionals and clinical data and parameters in order to understand the signes and symptoms of different diseases . |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Name and surname of teachers and associates: Milica Martinović, PhD, full professor and teaching assistants engaged at the Faculty of Medicine of UoM |
| Methodology | Education methods: Lectures, exercises, work in small groups, consultations, seminar papers |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Pathophysiology- development and position in relation to other medical disciplines. Relationship between health and illness. bases of pathophysiological mechanisms. Functional tests in the assessment of condition of organism. |
| I week exercises | Introduction to basic facts of laboratory medicine, the base of interpretation of laboratory parameters connected with clinical detection of symptoms and signes of the diseases |
| II week lectures | Disorders of metabolism of proteins. Nitrogen balance. Malnutrition.Hypoproteinaemia. Disorders of metabolism of carbohydrates: etyopathogenetic mechanisms of diabetes mellitus type I and type II,hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia. Acute and chronic complication |
| II week exercises | The measurement of laboratory parameters which are very important in the diagnosis of the inflammation: velocity of the precipitation of the erythrocytes, counting of leukocytes, the number of different types of leukocytes, C-reactive protein, rheumatoid |
| III week lectures | Disorders of metabolism of lipids: hyperlipoproteinemie, hypolipoproteinemie. atherosclerosis. Obesity. Disorders of metabolism of vitamines. |
| III week exercises | The measurement of total quantity of serum proteins. Electrophoresis of serum proteins. Interpretation of lab. parameters which are typical for disorders of methabolism of proteins: hypoproteinaemia, hyperproteinaemia, paraproteinaemia. |
| IV week lectures | Disorders of metabolism of body liquids and electrolytes, dehydrations and hyperhydrations, mechanisms of the occurrence an pathophysiological base of clinical detection.Shock. Disorders of metabolism of calcium and phosphorus. |
| IV week exercises | The measurement of glycemia. Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for diabetes mellitus and its complications. |
| V week lectures | Disorders of the blood composition and i function of the hematopoietic organs: red blood cells, anemia, polycythemija and erythrocytosis |
| V week exercises | Calcemia i calciuria. Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for different types of dehydrations(isotonic, hypotonic, hypertonic) and hyperhydrations, disordes of serum levels of elictrolytes and its clinical implications |
| VI week lectures | Disorders of the blood composition and i function of the hematopoietic organs: white blood cells, the immune cells phagocytes. Pathophysiology of spleen. Pathophysiology of acute and i chronic leukemias. |
| VI week exercises | Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for different types of anemia and erythrocytosis. Pathophysiological base of clinical signs. |
| VII week lectures | Disorders of blood coagulability. Risks of bleeding. Hemorrhagic syndromes. Hypercoagulability of blood. |
| VII week exercises | Interpretation of laboratory analyses and microscopic preparations typical for different types of white blood cells disorders and its clinical implications |
| VIII week lectures | Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system: heart rhythm disorders. Pathogenesis and hemodynamic consequences of arrhythmia. Ischemic heart disease.Hemodinamske and metabolic changes in the ischemic myocardium |
| VIII week exercises | Electrocardiogram, interpretation of basic elements. Changes in the electrocardiogram typical for certain disorders of cardiac function |
| IX week lectures | Customizing the heart load. The dynamics of cardiac hypertrophy. Heart failure.Shock. Disorders of blood pressure,hypertension. Disorders of the local tissue perfusion. |
| IX week exercises | Biochemical findings in myocardial infarction: determination of serum concentrations of the enzyme which is the amount of blood increases during heart attack, the dynamics change. Interpretation of pathological ECG findings in different locations of myoca |
| X week lectures | Pathophysiology of breathing. Respiratory insufficiency. |
| X week exercises | Spirometry: spirometry parameters calculation and interpretation of ventilation disorder obstructive and restrictive type |
| XI week lectures | Endocrinopathies: disorders in hormones secretion. Disorders in the target tissues and the regulatory mechanisms. Disorders in the function of hypophysis.Disorders in the function of thyroid gland.Disorders of metabolism of calcium and phosphorus |
| XI week exercises | Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for disorders in the function of hypophysis and thyroid gland: acromegaly, hyperprolactinemia, hyper i hypothyireoidism |
| XII week lectures | Endocrinopathies: Disorders in the function of adrenal glands. Disorders in the function of the gonads. |
| XII week exercises | Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for disorders in the function of adrenal glands (Sy Cushing, hyperaldosteronism, kongenital adrenal hyperplasia, M.Addison ) and the gonads |
| XIII week lectures | Nervous system disorders, pathophysiology of pain |
| XIII week exercises | Seminar: types of pain, quality of pain |
| XIV week lectures | Pathophysiological fundamentals of dental diseases: caries |
| XIV week exercises | Calcemia and calciuria. Disorders of metabolism of calcium and phosphorus |
| XV week lectures | Pathophysiological fundamentals of dental disease: periodontal disease, pulpitis |
| XV week exercises | Seminar: reversible and irreversible hyperemia |
| Student workload | Per week: 7 credits x 40/30 = 9.3 hours. Structure:3 hours lectures, 2 hours exercises 2 hour students work, by his/her own 2 h seminar Per semester: Teaching and final exam: (9.3 x 16 =148.8 h) Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration,enrollment,verification) Total: 7 x 30= 210 h Total load for the subject 2h x 9.3 = 18.6 h hours Additional work for preparation of the exam in correctional term including passing exam from 0 to 33 hours (remaining time from first two week up to total load for the subject 165 hours) additional work 42.6 h Structure 148.8 h + 18.6 h + 42.6 h = 210 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Students are requested to attend lectures and exercises, to prepare practical work and to take colloquiums |
| Consultations | Every days when students have lectures according to schedule |
| Literature | General Pathophysiology, editor Milenko Kulauzov, Novi Sad,2015, Clinical Pathophysiology I and II,editor Milenko Kulauzov, Novi Sad, 2015, . Handbook of practical exercises and seminars of pathophysiology, editors Dujmović, Stošić, Đerić ,Med. Faculty |
| Examination methods | Chekup and assessment during the semester 50 points Final exam 50 points Student must have at least 50 points cumulatively to pass exam. colloquium = 2 x 20 poena Seminar = 10 poena Završni ispit = 50 poena |
| Special remarks | The students attend the lectures all together, for practical exercises they are devided into groups up to 10 students |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / NEUROLOGY
| Course: | NEUROLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 902 | Obavezan | 5 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | |
| Learning outcomes | |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY
| Course: | CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6718 | Obavezan | 5 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There is no conditionality. |
| Aims | Students will gain knowledge and competence to make a rational choice of drug in accordance with evidence-based dentistry and scientific principles of clinical pharmacology, to determine dose, monitor therapeutic efficacy and recognize side effects. To be competent to implement the pharmacotherapy to oral diseases and emergencies that can befall a patient in dental office, to prepare pharmacologically patients of risk groups for dental intervention. To have knowledge to escape the adverse interactions between drugs that prescribe and medicines provided by medical reasons. Have knowledge to competently prescribe medication. |
| Learning outcomes | After finishing one term of study in Clinical pharmacology, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes : 1. In accordance with evidence-based dentistry and scientific principles of clinical pharmacology, the student is competent to make a rational drug selection, to set a dose, follow its therapeutic effectiveness and to recognize the possible adverse effects. 2. He/she is qualified to convey pharmacotherapy of all oral diseases and urgent states, which can befall the patient in the dental clinic. 3. He/she is competent to pharmacologically prepare for dental interventions the patients with risky groups ( cardiovascular,psychiatric,children,the anxious,with special needs). 4. Has the knowledge of application of all medicaments in dentistry and the knowledge to avoid unwanted interactions between given and taken medicine ,because of other illnesses. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. Nataša Duborija-Kovačević, MD, PhD; Jana Djapic, MD, teaching assistant; Slobodanka Marojevic, MD, professional assistant |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to the subject. Preclinical and clinical investigation of drugs. |
| I week exercises | Basic concepts in clinical pharmacology. |
| II week lectures | Principles and methods of preclinical and clinical testing of drugs. |
| II week exercises | Prescription I. |
| III week lectures | Factors that influence the effect and dosage of drugs in dentistry. |
| III week exercises | Prescription II. |
| IV week lectures | Individualization of pharmacotherapy and application of medicines in specific groups. |
| IV week exercises | Prescribing of solid forms of drugs. Examples from dental practice. |
| V week lectures | Clinically important drug interactions in dental practice. |
| V week exercises | Prescribing of liquid forms of drugs. Examples from dental practice. |
| VI week lectures | Anticipation, monitoring and reporting of adverse effects of drugs in dental practice. |
| VI week exercises | Prescribing of semi-solid forms of drugs and inhalations. Examples from dental practice. |
| VII week lectures | Damage of the oral tissues that may arise in the course of intra-oral and systemic administration of drugs. Drugs that increase the risk of surgical treatment in dentistry. |
| VII week exercises | Reporting Form for ADR. |
| VIII week lectures | Evidence-based sedation in Dentistry.(Seminar) |
| VIII week exercises | Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for sedation in dentistry, with a special emphasis on high-risk groups. Examples. |
| IX week lectures | Pharmacological preparation of risk groups of patients for dental intervention.(Seminar) |
| IX week exercises | Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of the most common emergencies in dentistry. Examples. |
| X week lectures | Evidence-based pharmacotherapy of painful conditions in dentistry I.(Seminar) |
| X week exercises | Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of painful conditions in dentistry I. Examples. |
| XI week lectures | Evidence-based pharmacotherapy of painful conditions in dentistry II.(Seminar) |
| XI week exercises | Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of painful conditions in dentistry II. Examples. |
| XII week lectures | Evidence-based treatment of infections in dentistry I.(Seminar) |
| XII week exercises | Optimal selection and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of infection in dentistry I. Examples. |
| XIII week lectures | Evidence-based treatment of infections in dentistry II. (Seminar) |
| XIII week exercises | Optimal selection and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of infection in dentistry II. Examples. |
| XIV week lectures | Evidence-based treatment of inflammatory and immune diseases in dentistry.(Seminar) |
| XIV week exercises | Optimal selection and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of inflammation and immunological diseases in dentistry. Examples. |
| XV week lectures | Pharmacological control of bleeding in dentistry. Caries prevention.(Seminar) |
| XV week exercises | Pre-exam exercise. |
| Student workload | Per week: 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.6 hours. Structure: 1 hour lecture, 1 hour exercise, 0.6 hours of individual work including consultations. Per semester: Teaching and the final exam (2.6 h x 16 = 41.6h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...): 2.6 h x 2 = 5.2h. Total load: 2 x 30 = 60 h. Additional work: 18.2 h. The structure of the load: 41.6h + 5.2h + 18.2h. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence on lectures, exercises and seminars is obligatory. Preparation and presentation of seminars on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and assistants held consultations once a week, in a period that is defined at the beginning of the study year. |
| Literature | 1. Terzic MR, Stojic MD. Pharmacology in dentistry. IP Belgrade, Zrenjanin 2010 (selected chapters from clinical pharmacology) 2. D. Stojić, M. Terzić, M. Milošević. Recipe basics for dental students. IP Belgrade, Zrenjanin, 2004. 3. Duborija-Kovačević N et al. Prescription Drug Forms, First Edition. PRISMA corporate communications, Podgorica 2015 (selected chapters) 4. Tomić Z, editor-in-chief. Medicines 2009-handbook |
| Examination methods | Colloquium - 30 points; Seminar 10 points; Final exam (theoretical and practical part) 50 points. Passing grade gets if cumulative collect the minimum of 50 points. |
| Special remarks | In order to consolidate thematic units, hours of theoretical and practical training are held every other week alternately for 2 hours. |
| Comment | No. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL RADIOLOGY
| Course: | GENERAL RADIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11151 | Obavezan | 5 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Familiarization with the diagnostic capabilities of individual radiological methods. Understanding radiological terminology and diagnostic algorithms. Knowledge of the necessary level of medical image processing. Review of radiation protection principles. |
| Learning outcomes | Understands the physical principles of image acquisition using conventional radiography, ultrasound, CT scanners, and magnetic resonance. Uses and comprehends radiological terminology (hyperdense–hypodense, homogeneous–inhomogeneous, types of physiological shadows in radiology, Hounsfield absorption units, resolution). Knows the basic radiological methods for selecting diagnostic approaches for specific diseases, particularly of the musculoskeletal system, lungs, heart, and blood vessels. Understands the use of radiological diagnostics in emergency medical conditions. Applies patient radiation protection during radiological examinations according to the ALARA principle, especially for high-risk patient groups (pregnant women, children). |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. Dr Dragoslav Nenezić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, small group work with image analysis correction, consultations, and seminar papers (optional). |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to radiology (X-ray, CT). |
| I week exercises | Introduction to radiology (X-ray, CT). |
| II week lectures | Introduction to radiology (ultrasound, MRI). |
| II week exercises | Organization of the radiology department. |
| III week lectures | Digital radiological imaging. Radiation protection in medicine and dentistry. |
| III week exercises | Radiological terminology. Physiological contrasts in radiological images. Practical application of radiation protection in dental procedures. |
| IV week lectures | Radiology of the lungs |
| IV week exercises | Analysis of lung radiographs. |
| V week lectures | Radiology of the lungs |
| V week exercises | Analysis of lung radiographs. |
| VI week lectures | Radiology of blood vessels and the heart |
| VI week exercises | Analysis of cardiac radiographs. |
| VII week lectures | Radiology of blood vessels and the heart |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of cardiac radiographs. |
| VIII week lectures | Musculoskeletal radiology. |
| VIII week exercises | Analysis of musculoskeletal radiographs. |
| IX week lectures | Musculoskeletal radiology. |
| IX week exercises | Analysis of musculoskeletal radiographs. |
| X week lectures | Musculoskeletal radiology. |
| X week exercises | Analysis of musculoskeletal radiographs. |
| XI week lectures | Emergency radiology. |
| XI week exercises | Review of radiograph analysis. |
| XII week lectures | Extraoral imaging techniques in dentistry. |
| XII week exercises | Review of radiograph analysis of the lungs, heart, and musculoskeletal system. |
| XIII week lectures | Extraoral imaging techniques in dentistry. |
| XIII week exercises | Review of radiograph analysis of the lungs, heart, and musculoskeletal system. |
| XIV week lectures | Intraoral imaging techniques in dentistry. |
| XIV week exercises | Review of radiograph analysis of the lungs, heart, and musculoskeletal system. |
| XV week lectures | Structure of knowledge assessment and evaluation criteria. |
| XV week exercises | Consultative analysis of the exam image collection. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | RADIOLOGY, Vera Šobić, Lazić, Faculty of Medicine, University of Belgrade. |
| Examination methods | 0–10 points for regular attendance and participation in class. – Final exam 50 points. The passing grade is achieved by accumulating a minimum of 50 points. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ANESTHESIOLOGY AND REANIMATION
| Course: | ANESTHESIOLOGY AND REANIMATION/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11152 | Obavezan | 5 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There are no prerequisites for registering and listening to the course. |
| Aims | Acquisition of basic theoretical and practical knowledge in anesthesiology and resuscitation. |
| Learning outcomes | 1.The student is able to perform preoperative preparation of the patient for the upcoming surgical procedure. 2.The student is capable of anticipating complications of general and regional anesthesia and managing them effectively. 3.The student identifies reversible causes of acute cardiac arrest and performs basic and advanced resuscitation procedures with one and two rescuers. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assist. Prof. Marijana Karišik, MD, PhD; Ivana Đurišić MD. |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises in the operating room, exercises in the simulation room, seminar papers. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to anesthesiology and history of anesthesia. |
| I week exercises | Introduction to the anesthesia machine and preparation of the patient for surgery |
| II week lectures | Preoperative preparation of the patient for anesthesia. |
| II week exercises | Exercises in the anesthesiology outpatient clinic, examination, preparation of the anesthesia questionnaire, patient information. |
| III week lectures | General anesthesia. |
| III week exercises | Exercises in the operating room – induction, maintenance, and emergence from general anesthesia. |
| IV week lectures | Drugs in anesthesia; Anesthetics and analgesics used in general anesthesia. |
| IV week exercises | Exercises in the operating room – inhalation anesthesia, presentation of total intravenous anesthesia |
| V week lectures | The role of neuromuscular blockers in anesthesia. |
| V week exercises | Exercises in the operating room – neuromuscular function monitoring |
| VI week lectures | Airway management and monitoring in anesthesia. |
| VI week exercises | Exercises in the operating room and intensive care unit – head and facial trauma, principles of management. |
| VII week lectures | Cardiac arrest - resuscitation procedures (BLS and ALS). |
| VII week exercises | Simulation lab: BLS/ALS, foreign body in the bronchus, AED use – exercises on mannequins. |
| VIII week lectures | Life-threatening patient; reversible causes of cardiac arrest. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises in the intensive care unit – respiratory support. |
| IX week lectures | ALS, post-resuscitation treatment. |
| IX week exercises | Exercises in the intensive care unit – monitoring and intensive support procedures |
| X week lectures | Regional anesthesia and local anesthetics. |
| X week exercises | Demonstration of regional anesthesia in the operating room |
| XI week lectures | Complications of general anesthesia. |
| XI week exercises | Practice of establishing an intravenous line and intravenous fluid infusion |
| XII week lectures | Complications of regional anesthesia. |
| XII week exercises | Exercises in the operating room – prevention of complications of regional anesthesia |
| XIII week lectures | Complications of anesthesia: Allergic reactions, bronchospasm, malignant hyperthermia. |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises in the operating room and intensive care unit – management of anesthesia complications (medication-related, airway, shock therapy) |
| XIV week lectures | Emergency conditions caused by environmental factors. |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises in the simulation lab |
| XV week lectures | Pain and pain threatment. |
| XV week exercises | Exercises in the operating room and intensive care unit – analgesia and sedation |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2.7 hours) x 16 = 43.2 hours; Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.7 hours) x 2 = 5.4 hours; Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours; Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up final exa; Workload structure: 43.2 hours + 5.4 hours + 11.4 hours. |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at theoretical and practical classes; Preparation of seminar papers in teams (5-7 students) with individual presentations; Colloquium; Final exam (test). |
| Consultations | All types of consultations during the semester. |
| Literature | Morgan & Mikhails Clinical Anesthesiology. Millers Anesthesia. Barash, Cullen and Stoeltings Clinical Anesthesia. https://accessanesthesiology.mhmedical.com/book.aspx?bookid=2444. |
| Examination methods | Class attendance: up to 10 points, exercises 10 points, seminar work up to 10 points, colloquium up to 20 points. Final exam (test) up to 50 points. A passed exam implies a cumulative minimum of 50 points. |
| Special remarks | There is none. |
| Comment | There is none. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INFORMATICS AND STATISTICS IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | INFORMATICS AND STATISTICS IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11155 | Obavezan | 5 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Aims | The goal of the course is for students of the Faculty of Medicine to master basic statistical terms that explain the various features and modalities used in statistical terminology. Also, the goal is for students to master scientific methodology and modern computer tools in order to be able to set research hypotheses and draw valid and reliable conclusions. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the one-semester course and passing the exam in the subject Medical Statistics I informatics, a Medicine student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know how to explain the basics concepts of mathematical statistics. 2. Computes statistics on a given sample using appropriate software packages. 3. Performs processing, sorting, grouping, tabulation and graphical display data using appropriate software packages. 4. Tests statistical hypotheses. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Savo Tomovic |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises in the computer classroom / laboratory. Learning and independent preparation of practical tasks. Consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction. Basic terms in statistics. Basic terms in computer science. |
| I week exercises | Introduction. Basic terms in statistics. Basic terms in computer science. |
| II week lectures | Data collection. Tabular and graphical presentation of data. |
| II week exercises | Data collection. Tabular and graphical presentation of data. |
| III week lectures | Absolute and relative numbers. Measures of central tendency and distribution of statistical data. |
| III week exercises | Absolute and relative numbers. Measures of central tendency and distribution of statistical data. |
| IV week lectures | Measures of variation of statistical series. Measures of asymmetry and flattening of frequency distributions. |
| IV week exercises | Measures of variation of statistical series. Measures of asymmetry and flattening of frequency distributions. |
| V week lectures | Basic concepts of probability. |
| V week exercises | Basic concepts of probability. Mathematical expectation. Basic concepts of combinatorics. |
| VI week lectures | Data manipulation, testing of statistical hypothesis, Acquiring medical data using modern devices; |
| VI week exercises | Mathematical expectation. Basic concepts of combinatorics. |
| VII week lectures | Theoretical probability distributions. |
| VII week exercises | Theoretical probability distributions. |
| VIII week lectures | Population and sample. Types of statistical samples. |
| VIII week exercises | Population and sample. Types of statistical samples. |
| IX week lectures | Colloquium. |
| IX week exercises | Colloquium. |
| X week lectures | The importance and use of modern digital technologies in healthcare. |
| X week exercises | The importance and use of modern digital technologies in healthcare. |
| XI week lectures | Digitized health care sector. Digital competencies of doctors, selection and use of digital tools and systems and their critical evaluation. |
| XI week exercises | Digitized health care sector. Digital competencies of doctors, selection and use of digital tools and systems and their critical evaluation. |
| XII week lectures | Data mining and predictive medicine. Digital patient data and medical history; Role of artificial intelligence and expert systems in healthcare Role of robotics and telemedicine |
| XII week exercises | Data mining and predictive medicine. Digital patient data and medical history; Role of artificial intelligence and expert systems in healthcare Role of robotics and telemedicine |
| XIII week lectures | Machine learning and data mining as tools for epidemiological surveillance. |
| XIII week exercises | Machine learning and data mining as tools for epidemiological surveillance. |
| XIV week lectures | The use of digital technologies and algorithms for intelligent data processing in biomedicine. |
| XIV week exercises | The use of digital technologies and algorithms for intelligent data processing in biomedicine. |
| XV week lectures | The importance of collecting large sets of digital data, challenges in analyzing and processing large sets of dig. data. |
| XV week exercises | The importance of collecting large sets of digital data, challenges in analyzing and processing large sets of dig. data. |
| Student workload | Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The student is obliged to attend lectures and exercises. Completion of homework and seminar papers, as well as taking the colloquium and final exam are mandatory. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | 5 homework assignments are evaluated with a total of 10 points (2 points for each homework assignment), a colloquium of 40 points, a final exam of 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PHYSICAL MEDICINE
| Course: | PHYSICAL MEDICINE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11160 | Obavezan | 5 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | none |
| Aims | Acquisition of knowledge and skills in the field of physical medicine necessary for the application of physical modalities for the purpose of prophylaxis, diagnostics and therapy |
| Learning outcomes | After the lectures and patise work, the students will be able to acquire the knowledge to recognize painful conditions that are treated with physical therapy, to learn the basics of applying physical modalities, to learn the basic principles of functional assessment in rehabilitation. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor Vesna Bokan-Mirkovic |
| Methodology | Lectures, consultations, practice |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Physical medicine and rehabilitation: definition, classification and content |
| I week exercises | Getting to know work in outpatient and clinical organizational units for physical medicine and rehabilitation |
| II week lectures | Electrotherapy: Galvanotherapy, modification, dosage, indications and contraindications |
| II week exercises | Practical application of galvanotherapy and Iontophoresis of drugs |
| III week lectures | Electrotherapy: alternating currents of low, medium and high frequency |
| III week exercises | Practical application of low, medium and high frequency-currents |
| IV week lectures | Electrostimulation methods |
| IV week exercises | Practical application of Electrostimulation |
| V week lectures | Electromagnetic field. Effect of magnetic field on living organism |
| V week exercises | Treatment option for electromagnetic field |
| VI week lectures | Ultrasound therapy and diagnostics in physical medicine |
| VI week exercises | Practical application of Ultrasound therapy |
| VII week lectures | Laser therapy: Division of lasers, Effect of lasers in physical therapy |
| VII week exercises | Practical application of Laser therapy |
| VIII week lectures | Phototherapy, ultraviolet (UV) lights, infrared (IR) Light Treatment. What conditions does phototherapy treat. |
| VIII week exercises | Practical application of phototherapy |
| IX week lectures | Kinesitherapy: definition, division, application in medical rehabilitation |
| IX week exercises | Kinesitherapy: practical application of exercises in different conditions |
| X week lectures | Physical therapy and rehabilitation in temporomandibular joint disease |
| X week exercises | Methods of physical therapy and rehabilitation in the treatment of temporomandibular joint disease |
| XI week lectures | Physical medicine and rehabilitation in the treatment of peripheral facial nerve paralysis |
| XI week exercises | Methods of physical therapy and rehabilitation in the treatment of peripheral facial nerve damage |
| XII week lectures | Physical medicine and rehabilitation in the treatment of trigeminal neuralgia |
| XII week exercises | Methods of physical medicine and rehabilitation in the treatment of trigeminal neuralgia |
| XIII week lectures | Neck pain in physical medicine |
| XIII week exercises | Medical rehabilitation of patients with musculoskeletal injuries and nerve lesions |
| XIV week lectures | Neurological rehabilitation: selected chapters |
| XIV week exercises | Medical rehabilitation of patients after central motor neuron lesions |
| XV week lectures | News in the application of physical therapy and rehabilitation in dentistry |
| XV week exercises | News in the application of physical therapy and rehabilitation in dentistry |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | regular attendance of classes and exercises |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | Class attendance: 5 points, Seminar work 5 points, Two colloquiums 20 points each; Final exam up to 50 points. The final exam includes an oral and practical part. The student passed the oral part of the exam only if he got more than 50% correct answers. A passed exam means a cumulative score of 50 points or more. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RADIOLOGY
| Course: | RADIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5936 | Obavezan | 5 | 6 | 2+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Knowledge of diagnostic modalities, terminology and description in general radiology. Knowledge of radiological methods and pathology in dentistry. Independent analysis of intraoral and extraoral images, with particular emphasis on retroalveolar and panoramic images-orthopantomograms. |
| Learning outcomes | 1.Knowledge of the radiological diagnostic modalities (X-ray, ultrasound, CT and MRI), radiological terminology and description in general radiology. 2.Knowledge of general and practical principles of ionizing radiation protection.3.Independent analysis of emergencies in radiology of lungs and heart. 4.Independent radiological analysis of images of the basic bone organ system disease.5.Knowledge of radiological modalities (X-Ray and Cone Beam CT) in dentistry.6.Knowledge and independently performing of intraoral dental imaging techniques.7.Knowledge of the radiological characteristics of the teeth and jaws basic diseases.8.Independent analysis of intraoral and extraoral images, with particular emphasis on retroalveolar and panoramic X images-orthopantomograms.9.Knowledge of indications for Cone Beam CT and MRI diagnostics in dentistry. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor Dragoslav Nenezić MD, PhD, |
| Methodology | Lectures: PPT presentations of radiological modalities, symptomatology and images. Exercise: group and individual analysis of radiological images of basic diseases in general radiology; independent analysis of retroalveolar and orthopantomograms in dental radiology. Exercise in the office that owns Cone Beam CT. First test from general radiology. Independent analysis of the given personal images from the Practicum (referred in the literature). |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Essentials of radiological physics / rtg, us, ct, mr /. Geometry of radiograms |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| II week lectures | Essentials of radiobiology and protection. Digitizing of radiograms. The concept of description. |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| III week lectures | Radiology of the respiratory system |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IV week lectures | Radiology of the cardiovascular system |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| V week lectures | Radiology of the osteoarticular system |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VI week lectures | Radiology of the osteoarticular system |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VII week lectures | Intraoral recording techniques. Radiological anatomy and analysis of the retroalveolar radiograms |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VIII week lectures | Extraoral imaging techniques. Radiological anatomy and analysis of panoramic radiographies (OPG) |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IX week lectures | Radiological diagnosis of trauma in dentomaxillofacial region |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| X week lectures | Radiological diagnosis of developmental anomalies of the teeth, dental caries and periodontal disease |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XI week lectures | Radiological diagnosis of periodontitis |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XII week lectures | Radiology of inflammatory and degenerative diseases in dentomaxillofacial region |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XIII week lectures | Radiology of cysts and tumors in dentomaxillofacial region |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XIV week lectures | Radiology of cysts and tumors in dentomaxillofacial region |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| XV week lectures | Radiology of TMJ and paranasal sinus |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| Student workload | Weekly 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 3 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 2 hours of independent work During the semester Teaching and the final exam (8 hours x 16 = 128 h). Preparation for the start of the semester 2h x 8 = 16 Total load: 6 x 30 = 180 h Additional work 36 hours The structure of the load 128 + 16 + 36 = 180 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 3 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester |
| Literature | J. Lazić, V. Šobić. Radiology, Medical book,1997. Rakocevic Z . Essentials of Dentomaxillofacial Radiology, Belgrade 1998. Rakocevic Z .Essentials of Dentomaxillofacial Radiology - PRACTICUM, Belgrade, 2004. Rakocevic Z. Essentials of Dentomax |
| Examination methods | Attendance - 9 points. First test of general radiology - 40 points. Final exam: The written analysis of 3 retroalveolar and 2 OPG radiograms and 3 theoretical questions from dental radiology - 51 points. Passing grade gets if student gathers min 50 p |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INTERNAL MEDICINE
| Course: | INTERNAL MEDICINE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11156 | Obavezan | 5 | 6 | 4+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Determined by the Faculty Study Rules |
| Aims | The course aims to acquaint students with the etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of basic clinical entities in the field of internal medicine |
| Learning outcomes | After completing one semester of courses in Internal Medicine, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He is able to collect anamnestic data and perform a physical examination of internal medicine patients. 2. By examining the oral cavity, he recognizes and knows how to interpret the importance of local changes that occur as part of internal medicine diseases. 3. Connects (understands) the causes and mechanisms of the most common internal diseases. 4. Recognizes the symptoms and signs of internal diseases. 5. Knows the principles and manner of performing diagnostic procedures and plans to perform diagnostic procedures related to oral health. 6. Is able to recognize emergencies in the field of internal medicine and to provide a basic plan for the care of emergency patients. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof.dr Aneta Bošković, Prof.dr Ljilja GledovićMusić, Prof.dr Snežana Vujošević, Prof.dr Brigita Smolović and assistents |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, exercises, colloquia, consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anamnesis in internal medicine |
| I week exercises | students learn to take anamnesis: generalities, main difficulties, closer anamnesis, anamnesis by systems, personal anamnesis, family anamnesis, socio-epidemiological survey |
| II week lectures | Physical examination in internal medicine Seminar: Additional diagnostic procedures |
| II week exercises | studenti vježbaju/uče osnove fizikalnog pregleda u internoj medicine:inspekcija, palpacija, perkusija, auskultacija |
| III week lectures | COPD. Bronchial asthma. Pneumonia. |
| III week exercises | students learn history, physical examination and additional diagnostic procedures for COPD, asthma and pneumonia; |
| IV week lectures | Fungal diseases of the lungs. Respiratory tumors. Pulmonary tuberculosis Seminar: Chronic respiratory failure. Pulmonary thromboembolism. |
| IV week exercises | students learn the basics of history and physical examination and the importance of additional diagnostic procedures for respiratory tumors and tuberculosis; learn the importance of chronic respiratory failure and the possibilities of its treatment, as well as how to recognize a patient with an urgent condition such as pulmonary thromboembolism |
| V week lectures | Arterial hypertension. Ischemic heart disease (stable angina pectoris, ACS). Acute myocardial infarction. |
| V week exercises | students learn how to measure blood pressure, learn risk factors for CVD, how to recognize a patient with ACS, what to do urgently from diagnostic procedures and how to take care of the patient as soon as possible |
| VI week lectures | Cardiomyopathies. Rheumatic fever. Myocarditis. Endocarditis. Pericarditis. Colloquium I |
| VI week exercises | students learn the division of cardiomyopathies and the basis of anamnesis and physical examination; students learn physical examination in myocarditis, endocarditis, pericarditis, emphasizing the importance of additional diagnostic procedures, students learn about the importance of prevention of endocarditis when it comes to dental interventions |
| VII week lectures | Acquired heart defects. Syncope, heart rhythm disorders. Diseases of the aorta and peripheral circulation. Seminar: Heart failure. Prevention of cardiovascular diseases. |
| VII week exercises | students learn the most serious heart rhythm disorders, how to recognize them and how to take care of them most urgently; students practice examination of venous and arterial peripheral circulation and learn which additional diagnostic procedures need to be done |
| VIII week lectures | Esophageal diseases. Hiatus hernia. Diseases of the stomach and duodenum (gastritis, ulcer disease, tumors). Diseases of the small and large intestine. |
| VIII week exercises | students practice the anamnesis of the most common diseases of the upper and lower part of the digestive tract, how to distinguish between them, how to prevent them, how to diagnose and how to treat; the connection of these diseases with oral manifestations is emphasized, IE the necessity of referral to a gastroenterohepatologist when they are noticed during the examination of the oral cavity |
| IX week lectures | Liver diseases (chronic hepatitis, drug and toxic liver diseases). Diseases of the biliary tract. Pancreatic diseases (acute and chronic pancreatitis, cancer). Seminar: Cirrhosis of the liver. |
| IX week exercises | students practice the anamnesis of the most common diseases of the liver, biliary tract and pancreas, learn the basics of physical examination and how to identify a patient with cirrhosis of the liver based on an objective finding on the head / oral cavity; they also learn which laboratory findings they must pay attention to in patients with cirrhosis of the liver, and plan dental interventions; students emphasize the risk of patients receiving antibiotics, NSAIDs due to drug-induced liver damage, but also the risk of antibiotic-associated diarrhea |
| X week lectures | Diabetes mellitus with complications. Emergencies. Eating Disorders. Colloquium II |
| X week exercises | students learn the anamnesis and physical examination and additional diagnostic and laboratory analyzes that are necessary to do in a patient with DM; learn what are the complications of DM and how to recognize them and treat them as soon as possible; practice examples of a balanced diet |
| XI week lectures | Diseases of the pituitary gland. Diseases of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. Diseases of the adrenal glands. Seminar: Hypersensitivity reactions. Anaphylaxis. |
| XI week exercises | students learn how to recognize a patient with the most common pituitary disease; learn thyroid examination and additional examinations that are necessary for thyroid, parathyroid and adrenal gland diseases; the student learns from hypersensitivity reactions, which are the most common causes; students learn how to recognize a patient with anaphylaxis, what are the clinical manifestations, or how to take care of the patient as soon as possible |
| XII week lectures | Glomerulonephritis. Urinary tract infections. Nephrolithiasis. Acute renal failure. Seminar: Chronic renal failure and kidney transplantation. |
| XII week exercises | students learn the anamnesis, physical examination and additional diagnostic procedures of the most common nephrological diseases; students learn the basics of treating these diseases and get acquainted with kidney transplantation |
| XIII week lectures | Classification of rheumatic diseases. Rheumatoid arthritis. Seronegative arthritis. Systemic connective tissue diseases. Seminar: SLE |
| XIII week exercises | as a large number of rheumatic diseases have manifestations in the oral cavity, students learn to recognize these diseases, take a history, as well as the importance of early treatment of these diseases; students are also introduced to the side effects of some of the therapeutic modalities in rheumatic diseases that may have manifestations in the oral cavity, or which patients are at risk of the same |
| XIV week lectures | Anemia. Myeloproliferative and lymphoproliferative diseases. |
| XIV week exercises | students learn the basics of physical examination and recognition of patients with hematological diseases, IE the need to monitor laboratory tests in these patients if dental interventions are planned, in order to prevent complications |
| XV week lectures | Hemostasis disorders - hemorrhagic syndrome. Seminar: Agranulocytosis. Acute leukemias |
| XV week exercises | students learn to recognize disorders of hemostasis and agranulocytosis, especially when we talk about the risk of dental interventions; students learn the anamnesis, physical examination and additional diagnostic procedures performed in acute leukemias and the basics of therapeutic treatment with reference to TMCH |
| Student workload | Weekly: 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours; Structure: 3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of exercises, 2 hours of independent work; During the semester: Teaching and final exam (8 x 16 = 128 hours); Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (enrollment, certification ...) 8 hours x 2 = 16 hours; Total workload: 6 credits x 30 = 180 hours; Additional work: 36 hours; Load structure: 128 hours + 16 hours + 36 hours = 180 hours |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
4 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of theoretical classes and regular attendance at exercises |
| Consultations | Consultations with subject teachers. |
| Literature | B. Dapčević, G. Pudar, M. Rajić, Nj. Jojić, M. Brajović, N. Dimković I saradnici: Interna medicina za studente stomatologije, II izdanje; 2012. D. Manojlović: Propedevtika interne medicine, 2009. |
| Examination methods | Attendance at theoretical and practical classes with knowledge testing - 10 points; Colloquia 40 points; Final exam: 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is cumulatively collected. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | Methodical units of practical teaching correspond to methodical units of theoretical teaching |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY - PRECLINICAL
| Course: | RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY - PRECLINICAL/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11148 | Obavezan | 5,6 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Objectives of the course: Mastering the technique of cavity preparation, protection of the pulpo-dentine complex and placement of materials for temporary and definitive fillings on models. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course and passing the exam in Restorative Dentistry – Preclinical, the dental student should achieve the following learning outcomes: Understand the basic principles of organizing work in a dental practice. Properly identify and use manual and rotation instruments during caries removal and cavity preparation in simulated clinical conditions on a phantom model. Understand the sequence of the restorative procedure. Possess the skill to perform cavity preparation on artificial teeth in simulated clinical conditions on a phantom model. Correctly apply materials for the protection of the pulp-dentin complex, as well as materials for temporary and permanent cavity restoration (including the use of matrices and interdental wedges) in simulated clinical conditions on a phantom model. Confidently perform all learned procedures and techniques in actual clinical settings. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof dr Mirjana Đuričković Dr Mladen Vuković |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Dental Pathology and Therapy: Caries — Definition, Etiopathogenesis, Clinical Presentation, and Predilection Sites |
| I week exercises | Familiarization with Basic Work Principles, Equipment, and Instruments. Introduction to the Organization and Conduct of Practical Classes. Workplace Setup and Dental Machines. Hand Instruments and Their Functions. |
| II week lectures | Diagnostic Methods for Caries Detection: Dental Examination, Instruments, and Diagnostic Aids. Tooth Charting. |
| II week exercises | Rotation instruments and their use. Therapist’s working position (in relation to the patient). Direct and indirect working techniques in the oral cavity. Hand stabilization (support) during intraoral work. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| III week lectures | Caries Classification: Patterns of Spread Through Dental Tissues; Secondary and Recurrent Caries. |
| III week exercises | Class I Cavity Preparation: Theoretical Introduction to Practical Training. Principles of Class I Cavity Preparation on the Occlusal Surface of Molars. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| IV week lectures | Dental Caries Therapy: Analysis of the Basic Principles of Cavity Preparation According to Black and Clinical Review. |
| IV week exercises | Class I Cavity Preparation: Continued Work on the Occlusal Surface of Molars. Principles of Class I Cavity Preparation on the Occlusal Surface of Premolars. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| V week lectures | Instruments for the Treatment of Carious Lesions: Rotating and Manual Instruments. Workplace Setup. Ensuring a Dry Working Field During the Procedure. Use of Rubber Dam. |
| V week exercises | Class I Cavity Preparation on the Occlusal Surface of the Premolar (Continued). Principles of Class I Cavity Preparation at the Foramen Coecum. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| VI week lectures | Class I Cavity Preparation: Preparation on the Occlusal Surfaces of Molars and Premolars, Including Foramen Cecum and Foramen Molars. Approach, Support Points, and Use of Appropriate Instruments. |
| VI week exercises | Class II Cavity Preparation: Principles of Molar Preparation. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| VII week lectures | Class II Cavity Preparation: Preparations on Premolars and Molars. |
| VII week exercises | Class II Cavity Preparation: Preparations on Premolars and Molars. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| VIII week lectures | MOD Cavity Preparation on Premolars and Molars. MOD Cavity on a Tooth with Vital Pulp. MOD Cavity on a Depulped Tooth. |
| VIII week exercises | Preparation of Class II Cavity type MOD. Principles of MOD Cavity preparation on a Vital Pulp. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| IX week lectures | Class III Cavity Preparation . Tooth separation. |
| IX week exercises | Preparation of Class II Cavity type MOD. Principles of MOD Cavity preparation on a Depulped Tooth.Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| X week lectures | Preparation of Class IV Cavities. Principles of Preparation of Different Variants |
| X week exercises | Class III Cavity Preparation. Theoretical introduction to the exercise. Principles of Class III Cavity Preparation . Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XI week lectures | Class IV Cavity Preparation. Principles of Preparation of Different Variants. |
| XI week exercises | Cavity preparation for adhesive materials. Deviation from Blacks Principles. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XII week lectures | Class V Cavity Preparation. Principles of Cavity Preparation for Class V Lesions of Carious and Non-Carious Etiology. |
| XII week exercises | Class III Cavity Preparation. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XIII week lectures | Basic Principles of Tooth Crown Restoration |
| XIII week exercises | Basic Gnathological Principles in the Restoration of Molars and Premolars. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XIV week lectures | Basic Gnathological Principles in the Restoration of Molars and Premolars |
| XIV week exercises | Basic Gnathological Principles in the Restoration of Molars and Premolars Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XV week lectures | Cavity preparation for Inlay-Onlay |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for Cast Fillings: Principles of Inlay Preparation. Cavity Preparation for Inlay-Onlay. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XVI week lectures | Materials in Restorative Dentistry - basic characteristics |
| XVI week exercises | Basic Principles of Working with Materials for Temporary Cavity Closure, Including Proper Preparation and Placement Within the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XVII week lectures | Materials for Temporary Closure of Cavities |
| XVII week exercises | Principles of Handling and Placement of Protective Bases: Preparation and Application of Materials Within the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XVIII week lectures | Protective Bases in Restorative Dentistry |
| XVIII week exercises | Techniques of Working with Glass-Ionomer Cements (Chemical and Light Polymerization) for Restorations, Including Placement of Material in the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XIX week lectures | Glass-Ionomer Cements in Restorative Dentistry: Protocols and Recommendations Based on Evidence-Based Practice |
| XIX week exercises | Techniques of Working with Amalgams – Restoration According to Basic Gnathological Requirements: Contact Point, Occlusal Morphology, and Material Placement in the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XX week lectures | Glass-Ionomer Cements in Restorative Dentistry: Clinical Applications |
| XX week exercises | Techniques of Working with Amalgams in Restorative Dentistry – Preparation and Protection, Placement of Material in the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXI week lectures | Properties of Composite Materials in Restorative Dentistry. Clinical Application Based on Evidence-Based Protocols and Recommendations. |
| XXI week exercises | Principles of Working with Amalgam Restorations – Matrices and Interdental Wedges, Placement of Material in the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXII week lectures | Composite Materials in Restorative Dentistry - Classifications. |
| XXII week exercises | Final Processing of Amalgam Restorations. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXIII week lectures | Composite Materials – Basic Principles of Application in Teeth of the Frontal and Lateral Regions. Evidence-Based Protocols and Recommendations in Dental Practice. |
| XXIII week exercises | Composite Materials – Application and Polymerization Techniques: Placement of Matrices, Interdental Wedges, and Material in the Cavity. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXIV week lectures | The Role of Adhesives in Restorative Dentistry: Chemical and Micromechanical Bonding Mechanisms |
| XXIV week exercises | Composite Materials: Basic Gnathological Requirements for Restoring Molars and Premolars. Contact points and occlusal morphology. Techniques for placing composite material in cavities.Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXV week lectures | Adhesives in Restorative Dentistry .Evidence-Based Protocols and Recommendations in Dental Practice |
| XXV week exercises | Composite materials - Factors Affecting the Quality of Fillings.Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXVI week lectures | Amalgam in Restorative Dentistry: Basic Features, Clinical Applications, and Evidence-Based Protocols and Recommendations |
| XXVI week exercises | Adhesives in Dentistry - Enamel and Dentin conditioning. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXVII week lectures | Amalgam in Restorative Dentistry: Basic Features, Clinical Applications, and Evidence-Based Protocols and Recommendations |
| XXVII week exercises | Adhesives in Dentistry – Technique of Total Etching,Selective-Etch, and Self-Etching Primers Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Indirect Restorative Materials |
| XXVIII week exercises | Definitive Finishing and Polishing of Composite Restorations.Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXIX week lectures | Esthetic Materials for Indirect Restorations |
| XXIX week exercises | Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| XXX week lectures | Kontrola uspjeha restaurativne terapije I dugotrajnost ispuna. |
| XXX week exercises | Control of the Success of Restorative Therapy and Longevity of Fillings. Preclinical training is conducted using a phantom model to simulate clinical conditions. |
| Student workload | In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. During the semester, the student is obliged to fulfill the standard stipulated in the plan and program, which refers to the preparation of cavities on acrylic teeth on the phantom and practical work with dental materials, which are used for the definitive closure of cavities in restorative dentistry. |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | Živković S. Fundamentals of restorative dentistry. Data Status. Belgrade; in 2019. Živković S. Cavity preparation, practical. Data Status. Belgrade; in 2017. Živković S. Materials in restorative dentistry, practical. Data Status. Belgrade; 2018. Karadžov O, Kztele D, Kuburović D, Marković D. Cavity preparation. University of Belgrade. Griffin. Belgrade; 1999. Sturdevants Art&Science of Operative Dentistry, 7th edition, Roberson T.M., Heymann H.O., Swift E.J., Mosby, St.Louis 2018, Essentials of Dental Caries, Fourth Edition Edwina Kidd and Ole Fejerskov, Oxford University Press, Oxford 2016. Janković B, et al. Preclinical Restorative Dental Medicine. Zagreb: Medicinska naklada; 2023. |
| Examination methods | By fulfilling the pre-exam requirements (activity during lectures 6 points, practical classes 30 points, colloquiums 14 points), and passing the exam (test 10 points, practical exam 25 points, oral exam 15 points) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points , where the pre-examination requirements contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | Mandatory, pre-clinical, narrowly professional |
| Comment | Students perform all types of cavity preparations on tooth models and the phantom, apply a lining and/or adhesive system, followed by placement of a permanent restoration, finishing and shaping of the filling, and occlusal adjustment. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLINICAL REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS
| Course: | PRECLINICAL REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11149 | Obavezan | 5,6 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Mastering the theoretical and practical knowledge necessary for making total prosthesis, partial plate prosthesis, partial skeleterine prosthesis |
| Learning outcomes | After completing two-semester classes and passing the exam in the subject Mobile Tomatologic Prosthetics - Preclinic, dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He knows and explains the laboratory stages in making a total prosthesis. 2. He knows and explains the types and classification of toothlessness, construction parts and laboratory phases in the production of partial plate prosthesis and skeletal prosthesis. 3. Knows the types, significance and use of dental parallelometers and articulators. 4. Analyzes models for studies in parallelometers and articulators. 6. Integrates the acquired knowledge and is qualified for further education in mobile prosthetics |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis prof Biljana Milošević Dr Uroš Labudović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, small group work, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical activities of the student |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | General concepts of total dentures |
| I week exercises | Introductory exercise: consequences of tooth loss, total edentulism, mimic muscles, TMJ, upper and lower complete denture base, definition of denture, parts of upper and lower complete dentures, materials used in the manufacture of complete dentures (alginate, zinc oxide eugenol, plaster, thermoplastic materials, acrylic), laboratory and clinical phases in the manufacture of complete dentures |
| II week lectures | Anatomical imprint |
| II week exercises | Demonstration/simulation of taking anamnesis in the clinical room. Anatomical impression – types of trays, selection of standard trays, materials used for taking and making an anatomical impression Demonstration/simulation of taking an anatomical impression with alginate in the clinical room Demonstration/simulation of marking the boundaries of relatively mobile mucosa on an anatomical impression Casting an anatomical model in the laboratory |
| III week lectures | Functional footprint |
| III week exercises | Making an upper individual tray - analysis of structures on a model of the upper jaw, drawing the border of the relatively mobile mucosa on an anatomical model in the laboratory, making an upper individual tray from light-curing acrylic in the laboratory Manufacturing of an upper individual tray with a gap in the laboratory. Demonstration/simulation of individual spoon trial in the clinical room on a patient. |
| IV week lectures | How to get a working model |
| IV week exercises | Making a lower individual tray - analysis of structures on a lower jaw model, drawing the border of relatively mobile mucosa on an anatomical model in the laboratory, making a lower individual tray from light-curing acrylic in the laboratory Demonstration/simulation of individual spoon trial in the clinical room on a patient |
| V week lectures | Formation of biting templates |
| V week exercises | Functional impression - movements, impression materials - demonstration of taking a functional impression in the clinical room - demonstration of casting the definitive working model in the laboratory. - demonstration/simulation of edge protection of the functional impression in the laboratory. |
| VI week lectures | Determining the position of teeth in people with eugnate jaw ratios |
| VI week exercises | Making the upper bite template in the laboratory - making the base of the bite template from thermoplastic mass (shelk base plate), making a wax wall from pink wax |
| VII week lectures | Determining the position of the lateral teeth in people with eugnate jaw ratios |
| VII week exercises | Making the lower bite template in the laboratory - making the base of the bite template from thermoplastic mass (silk base plate), making the wax wall from pink wax |
| VIII week lectures | Determining the position of the lateral teeth in people with eugnate jaw ratios |
| VIII week exercises | Determination of intermaxillary relationships - Simulation of determining MVO on a phantom or determining intermaxillary relationships in the clinical room on a patient. Demonstration/simulation of transferring the jaw model to the articulator (with and without a cheek bow). Marking orientation lines on models of the upper and lower jaw (incisor papilla, middle of the lower edentulous alveolar ridge, retromolar protrusion, etc.) in the laboratory Demonstration/simulation of marking the orientation lines on the ramparts of the upper and lower bite templates in the clinical room after determining the interjaw relationships on the patient. |
| IX week lectures | Definitive tooth lining |
| IX week exercises | Placement of upper and lower front artificial teeth in the laboratory Demonstration/simulation of trialing of pre-placed teeth in the clinical room on a patient |
| X week lectures | Final procedures in the manufacture of total dentures |
| X week exercises | Placement of upper and lower lateral artificial teeth in the laboratory Demonstration/simulation of trial fitting of pre-placed teeth in the clinical room on the patient |
| XI week lectures | Repairs, proofreadings and substitutions of total dentures |
| XI week exercises | Definitive tooth placement in the articulator in the laboratory – the concept of bilaterally balanced occlusion, Demonstration/simulation of a trial drawing a parallel between a patient who has their own teeth and a patient who wears complete dentures |
| XII week lectures | Immediate total proses |
| XII week exercises | Modeling the outer surfaces of complete dentures in the laboratory. Demonstration/simulation of the trial of total dentures in the clinical room before the Cuvetting and polymerization procedure. Procedure of cuvetting and polymerization in the laboratory |
| XIII week lectures | Superdental total prosthesis |
| XIII week exercises | Processing of finished prostheses in the laboratory. Demonstration/simulation of handing over dentures to the patient, giving advice to the patient on maintenance of total dentures |
| XIV week lectures | Total prosthesis – base reinforced with a metal skeleton |
| XIV week exercises | Control examinations - Reocclusion and rearticulation of the finished complete dentures – demonstration/simulation in the clinical room |
| XV week lectures | Recapitulation |
| XV week exercises | Recapitulation of clinical and laboratory procedures during the fabrication of upper and lower total dentures |
| XVI week lectures | General terms about toothless jaws |
| XVI week exercises | Classification of edentulism according to Kennedy. Demonstration/simulation of taking an anatomical impression of the upper or lower edentulous jaw in the clinical room (selection of tray, preparation of tray). Casting of the anatomical impression and making an anatomical model in the laboratory |
| XVII week lectures | Forms of partial dentures |
| XVII week exercises | Partial plate prosthesis - basic terms, method of making a partial plate prosthesis in patients with a free saddle and an inserted saddle. Making an individual tray on a model with a free saddle in the laboratory Demonstration/simulation of taking a functional impression in the clinical room |
| XVIII week lectures | Parts of partial plate prosthesis |
| XVIII week exercises | Making a bite template (upper or lower) on the Kennedy I model in the laboratory Demonstration/simulation of the trial of the attachment template in the clinical room |
| XIX week lectures | Retention, stabilization, transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial plate prosthesis |
| XIX week exercises | Production of wire hooks (bonehard and equatorial wire hook) Demonstration/simulation of determination of interjaw relationships in partial plate prosthesis |
| XX week lectures | Retention, stabilization, transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial plate prosthesis |
| XX week exercises | Placement of artificial teeth on the Kennedy I model. Demonstration/ simulation of trial placement of teeth on a patient in the clinical room |
| XXI week lectures | Laboratory production of partial plate dentures, Partial skeletal dentures |
| XXI week exercises | Wax modeling of the prosthesis. Cuvetteing, polymerization, processing and polishing in the laboratory. Demonstration/simulation of handing over the prosthesis to the patient, giving advice to the patient for the maintenance of the partial plate prosthesis. |
| XXII week lectures | Parts of partial skeletal prosthesis |
| XXII week exercises | Parallelometer – basic concepts, parts of a parallelometer. Demonstration/ simulation of M/S analysis in a parallelometer. Selection of directions for inserting the prosthesis and moving the prosthesis. |
| XXIII week lectures | Retention, stabilization transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial skeletal prosthesis |
| XXIII week exercises | Analysis of the upper (lower) diagnostic model of Kennedy class I and II. Planning of the prosthesis construction in a parallelometer. Drawing the plan on the model in the laboratory |
| XXIV week lectures | Retention, stabilization transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial skeletal prosthesis |
| XXIV week exercises | Analysis of the upper (lower) diagnostic model of Kennedy class III and IV. Planning of the prosthesis construction in a parallelometer. Drawing the plan on the model in the laboratory |
| XXV week lectures | Application of parallelometers in planning and making partial dentures |
| XXV week exercises | Laboratory: Transferring the PSP plan of Kennedy class I, II, III and IV edentulousness from the study model to the base model. Preparation of Kennedy I, II, III and IV models for duplication. |
| XXVI week lectures | Application of parallelometers in planning and making partial dentures |
| XXVI week exercises | Laboratory: Demonstration of duplicating and making a fireproof model. Oiling of the refractory model. |
| XXVII week lectures | Connecting elements of partial skeletal prosthesis |
| XXVII week exercises | Laboratory: Making wax models of PP skeletons for Kennedy I and II edentulism Installation of pouring channels in the laboratory |
| XXVIII week lectures | Laboratory production of partial skeletal dentures |
| XXVIII week exercises | Laboratory: Making wax models of PP skeletons for Kennedy III and IV edentulism Installation of pouring channels in the laboratory |
| XXIX week lectures | Laboratory production of partial skeletal dentures |
| XXIX week exercises | Demonstration/simulation of the laboratory fabrication of the PP metal skeleton |
| XXX week lectures | REKAPITULACIJA |
| XXX week exercises | Demonstration/simulation of the laboratory fabrication of the PP metal skeleton |
| Student workload | Sunday 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 3 hours of exercise 1 hour term work 1 hour independent work including consultation. In the semester Teaching and final exam (4 x 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 4 = 8 Total load: 3 x 30 = 90 h Supplementary work 18 h Load structure 64 + 8 + 18 = 90 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | -regular attendance of classes and exercises tests from practicum seminars, colloquiums, exams |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | 1. Group of authors – Dental Prosthetics – Preclinic, Department of Textbooks and Teaching Aids. Belgrade; 1995 2. Group of Authors – Dental materials, Department of Textbooks and Teaching Aids. Belgrade; 2003 3. Khan IA, Mitchell D. Prosthodontics at a Glance. 2nd ed. London: Wiley-Blackwell; 2015. 4.Carr AB, Brown DT. McCrackens Removable Partial Prosthodontics. 13th ed. St. Louis: Mosby; 2015. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium = 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points Transitional grade is obtained if the cumulative lyric is collected min 50 points |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLINICAL FIXED PROSTHODONTICS
| Course: | PRECLINICAL FIXED PROSTHODONTICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11150 | Obavezan | 5,6 | 8 | 1.5+2.5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | Mastering the theoretical and practical knowledge necessary for the production of fixed prosthetic works |
| Learning outcomes | The course Fixed Prosthetics Preclinical aims to provide students with the initial knowledge and skills on which clinical and laboratory work is based in the therapy of damaged and/or lost teeth in edentulous patients. During the course, students acquire knowledge and skills in the laboratory (dental) part of fixed prosthetics with the aim of successfully connecting clinical and laboratory work. By acquiring knowledge and skills during theoretical and practical classes, students understand the complexity of prosthetic therapy, which depends on both the success of the clinical phases of work and the laboratory phases of making restorations as well. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | MD PhD Biljana Milošević, PhD Dr Tanja Marković |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, small group work, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical activities of the student, |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Preclinical and dental workplace; instruments, appliances and devices for work. |
| I week exercises | Introducing students to the dental technician workplace and the equipment in the laboratory that will be used during the semester. Introducing the course objectives |
| II week lectures | First examination - anamnesis, clinical examination and fixed prosthetic therapy plan |
| II week exercises | Demonstration and Practical Work on a Phantom Model: Work Ergonomics |
| III week lectures | Study and diagnostic models – purpose and significance. Test fixed prosthetic works |
| III week exercises | Introduction to Materials Used for Taking Anatomical Impressions in Fixed Prosthodontics and for Fabricating Anatomical Models Demonstration: Simulation of Taking an Anatomical Impression Using Irreversible Hydrocolloids. Fabrication of an Anatomical Model in the Dental Laboratory. |
| IV week lectures | Biomechanical factors of tooth preparation. Fixed prosthetic therapy and periodontal system - determining the limit of preparation. Pre-prosthetic preparation of patients. Preparing the mouth and teeth for fixed prosthetic therapy |
| IV week exercises | Practical work: Making an anatomical model for fixed prosthetic work in the dental laboratory |
| V week lectures | Abrasives. Anesthesia in fixed prosthetic therapy. Protecting the mouth and teeth during grinding |
| V week exercises | Introduction: Introduction to the materials and equipment used for fabricating an individual impression tray, including a step-by-step explanation of the fabrication process. Demonstration: Demonstration of individual tray fabrication on an anatomical model, including trimming and finishing procedures. Practical Work: Hands-on practice: Fabrication of an individual acrylic impression tray on an anatomical model, followed by processing (trimming, smoothing, and polishing) of the tray. |
| VI week lectures | Biomechanical factors of tooth preparation. Fixed prosthetic therapy and periodontal system - determining the limit of preparation. |
| VI week exercises | Introduction to rotary instruments and tools used in fixed prosthodontics, with a focus on the techniques and principles of tooth preparation for cast crowns. Demonstration: Demonstration of tooth preparation of the maxillary first molar on a phantom model for a cast crown. Practical Work: Hands-on practice: Tooth preparation of the first molar on a phantom model for a cast crown. |
| VII week lectures | Crowns - division, indications and contraindications. Durability of crowns. |
| VII week exercises | Practical work: Preparation of the first molar on a phantom model for a cast crown |
| VIII week lectures | Temporary and immediate crowns - acrylic and composite crowns. Clinical and laboratory aspects. Mechanical protection of the brushed tooth. |
| VIII week exercises | Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations |
| IX week lectures | Complete metal crown. Clinical and laboratory aspects. |
| IX week exercises | Preparation instruments and the way to prepare teeth for veneered crowns.Demonstration: Demonstration of tooth preparation of the first premolar on a phantom model for a cast-veneered crown. Practical Work: Hands-on practice: Tooth preparation of the first premolar on a phantom model for a cast-veneered crown. |
| X week lectures | Faceted crown. Clinical and laboratory aspects. |
| X week exercises | Practical work: Preparation of the first premolar on a phantom model for a cast veneer crown. |
| XI week lectures | Metal-ceramic crown. Clinical and laboratory (basics) aspects |
| XI week exercises | Practical work: Preparation of a central incisor on a phantom model for a metalceramic crown |
| XII week lectures | Completely- ceramic crown. Clinical and laboratory (basics) aspects. |
| XII week exercises | Practical work: Preparation of a lateral incisor on a phantom model for a metal-ceramic crown |
| XIII week lectures | Individual cast upgrade. Clinical and laboratory aspects. |
| XIII week exercises | Analysis of indications and contraindications for the production of cast abutments Introduction to tooth preparation techniques for cast abutments Analysis of impression techniques for individual restorations Selection of cementing agent |
| XIV week lectures | Ready-made upgrades (metal, composite-fiber reinforced). |
| XIV week exercises | Demonstration: Simulation of the direct technique for fabricating an acrylic pattern of a cast post and core using a phantom or clinical model. |
| XV week lectures | Final lecture. Recapitulation |
| XV week exercises | Practical work: Making a wax model of a cast abutment of multi-rooted teeth - indirect method on the model, isolation of the root canal impression, modeling of the root and cuspid part of the wax model of the cast abutment |
| XVI week lectures | Modified crowns – combined works. Clinical and laboratory aspects. |
| XVI week exercises | Introduction to materials used for taking impressions and making working models and for pouring impressions and making working models Demo: Making a working model with movable working dies Simulation of taking impressions with elastomers on a phantom model |
| XVII week lectures | Telescopic systems - telescopic and cone crowns. Clinical and laboratory aspects. |
| XVII week exercises | Practical work: Making a working model with movable working stumps |
| XVIII week lectures | Inlay, Onlay, Overlay. Aesthetic scales. Clinical and laboratory aspects. |
| XVIII week exercises | Introduction to the manufacturing method and materials used to make temporary restorations Demo: Making a temporary restoration from fast-setting acrylic for a molar on a working model, in a dental laboratory |
| XIX week lectures | Fingerprinting – transfer of information from the office to the dental laboratory. Types and distribution of printed materials. |
| XIX week exercises | Practical work: Making a temporary restoration from fast-setting acrylic for a molar on a working model, in a dental laboratory |
| XX week lectures | Working models – peculiarities, division and fabrication systems |
| XX week exercises | Demo: Making a temporary restoration from fast-setting acrylic for a premolar on a working model, in a dental laboratory Practical work: Making a temporary restoration from fast-setting acrylic for a premolar on a working model, in a dental laboratory |
| XXI week lectures | Transfer of models to an articulator of average values. |
| XXI week exercises | Comparison of articulator types Cheek bow and its application Demo: Transferring the model of the upper and lower jaw to the articulator Practical work: Analysis of mandibular movements in the articulator |
| XXII week lectures | Modeling of fixed prosthetic construction in wax (inzoma). Procedures of investment, preheating, annealing and casting-base (expansion-contraction). |
| XXII week exercises | Demo: Fabrication of a temporary restoration from quick-setting acrylate for an incisor on a working model, in a dental laboratory Practical work: Making a temporary restoration from fast-setting acrylate for an incisor on a working model, in a dental laboratory |
| XXIII week lectures | Characteristics of dental alloys (gold, AgPd, CoCr, NiCr, titanium) and possibilities of application in fixed prosthetics |
| XXIII week exercises | Practical work: Grinding abutment teeth on a phantom model in preparation for bridge fabrication |
| XXIV week lectures | Heat treatment of dental alloys (melting, casting, recrystallization, homogenization and precipitation of alloys). Technologies of merging the same and/or different metals. |
| XXIV week exercises | Demo: Modeling a cast molar crown on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory Practical work: Modeling a cast crown for a molar on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory |
| XXV week lectures | Division, peculiarities and application of aesthetic materials (ceramics, polymers-comparison) for fixed prosthetic works. The color, shape and aesthetics of the teeth. |
| XXV week exercises | Practical work: Modeling a cast crown for a molar on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory |
| XXVI week lectures | Ceramic systems and the basics of technology of working with ceramic materials. Metal-ceramic systems. |
| XXVI week exercises | Demo: Modeling a cast-veneered crown for an upper premolar on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory Practical work: Modeling a cast-veneered crown for an upper premolar on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory |
| XXVII week lectures | Ceramic systems and the basics of technology of working with ceramic materials. Fully-ceramic systems |
| XXVII week exercises | Demo: Modeling a cap for a metal-ceramic crown for a central incisor on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory Practical work: Modeling a cap for a metal-ceramic crown for a central incisor on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory |
| XXVIII week lectures | Implant-prosthetic therapy of dental deficiency and specifics of laboratory construction of implant-prosthetic structures |
| XXVIII week exercises | Getting to know the indications, types and method of making bridges Demo: Making a wax model of an anterior and lateral bridge on a working model in a dental laboratory. Practical work: : Making a wax model of the anterior and lateral bridge on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory. |
| XXIX week lectures | Technologies of finishing fixed prosthetic works (polishing-glazing). Control of contact points, occlusion and articulation contacts. Marginal adaptation (laboratory-outpatient clinic). |
| XXIX week exercises | Practical work: : Making a wax model of the anterior and lateral bridge on a working model with movable working dies in a dental laboratory |
| XXX week lectures | REKAPITULACIJA |
| XXX week exercises | Introduction to the process of making fixed restorations in a dental laboratory. Demo: Investing a wax model in refractory. Processing of metal castings. Application of ceramics and firing, correction, glazing. Processing fixed charges. |
| Student workload | In the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 x 16 =84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h Supplementary work 24.6h Load structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h Sunday 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of self-study seminar, including consultation |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | regular attendance of classes and exercises tests from practicum seminars, colloquiums, exams |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | 1. Group of authors - Dental prosthetics - preclinic, Institute for textbooks and teaching aids, Belgrade, 1995. 2. Group of Authors – Dental Materials, Institute for Textbooks and Teaching Aids, Belgrade, 2003. 3. Khan IA, Mitchell D. Prosthodontics at a glance. 2nd ed. Wiley-Blackwell; 2017. 4. Shillingburg HT Jr, Sather DA, Wilson EL Jr, Cain JR, Mitchell DL. Fundamentals of fixed prosthodontics. 4th ed. Quintessence Publishing; 2012. |
| Examination methods | Midterm exam = 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points A passing score is obtained if a minimum of 50 points are cumulatively collected |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SURGERY
| Course: | SURGERY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5933 | Obavezan | 5,6 | 12 | 2+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisits |
| Aims | Studying the treatment of injuries and diseases through surgical methods |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in surgery, medical students should have the following outcomes: 1. Has knowledge of the surgical anatomy and pathophysiology of surgical diseases, ophthalmology and ear, nose and throat disorders. 2. The student is qualified to take medical history and perform basic surgical examination of the patient. 3. He/she is trained in the use of additional diagnostic procedures - CT, NMR and laboratory diagnostics. 4. He/she is qualified to recognize the emergency of surgical condition and provide Basic Life Support. 5. He/she is qualified to apply principles of hand disinfection and operation site and sterilization of surgical materials and instruments. 6. He/she is able to use surgical instruments, primarily treat wound, make wounds suture, hemostasis, abscess incision, removal of stitches, set dressings and immobilization means and organize transport of injured. 7. He/she is able to after examining the patient and the diagnostic procedures applied decision for referral to a surgeon for further |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Miodrag Radunović; Prof. dr Aleksandar Nikolić, Doc. dr Novak Lakićević, Doc. dr Veselin Stanišić. Doc. dr Zoran Terzić, Doc. dr Marijana Karišik, Doc. dr Nikola Bulatović and associates. |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises. Preparation for exercises. Work in small groups and consultations. Final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis. |
| I week exercises | Patient history and physical examination. Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. |
| II week lectures | Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis. |
| II week exercises | Patient history and physical examination. |
| III week lectures | Bleeding and hemostasis, transfusion of blood and blood derivatives. |
| III week exercises | Basic and advanced methods of temporary and definitive hemostasis. |
| IV week lectures | Prevention and therapy of shock, measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. |
| IV week exercises | Modern principles of CPR (ERC standards). Application of AED and defibrillator in and out of the office. |
| V week lectures | Asepsis and antisepsis, surgical infections. |
| V week exercises | Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. Practical application of asepsis and antisepsis measures and prevention of intrahospital infections. |
| VI week lectures | Preoperative preparation of the patient and basics of anesthesia. |
| VI week exercises | Practical principles of administration of local and regional anesthesia. Use of medical devices to secure the airway |
| VII week lectures | Wound and wound healing, basic rules and types of operations. |
| VII week exercises | Primary wound treatment. Medical bandages. |
| VIII week lectures | Transplantation of tissues and organs, injuries of soft tissues and bone-joint system. |
| VIII week exercises | Basic principles of immobilization. Manual and typical immobilization means. |
| IX week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of peripheral arteries and veins. |
| IX week exercises | Emergency surgical conditions. |
| X week lectures | Basic principles of oncology and surgical treatment of malignant diseases. |
| X week exercises | Incidents in the dental office - injuries during work. |
| XI week lectures | Surgical diseases and head and neck injuries. |
| XI week exercises | Basic principles of triage. |
| XII week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of the abdominal wall and retroperitoneal space. |
| XII week exercises | Caring for the polytraumatized - basic principles. Trauma system. |
| XIII week lectures | Surgical diseases of the breast and endocrine glands. |
| XIII week exercises | Primary, delayed primary and secondary suture in surgery – practical application and skills. |
| XIV week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of lungs, heart and large blood vessels. |
| XIV week exercises | Principles of thoracic centesis and thoracic drainage. |
| XV week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of organs of the gastrointestinal tract. |
| XV week exercises | Anamnesis, physical examination and diagnosis of abdominal injuries. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance to lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | - |
| Literature | Maksimović Ž, Hirurgija: udžbenik za studente. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2019. |
| Examination methods | Attendance at lectures/exercises: up to 20 points; Practical exam: 10 to 30 points. Final exam: up to 50 points. Oral exam. A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is collected; |
| Special remarks | - |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY
| Course: | RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5935 | Obavezan | 5,6 | 12 | 1+4+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | All exams from the first year of study, as well as passed the exam in Diseases of tooth-Preclinic |
| Aims | Diagnosing the state of pulp, making treatment plan, mastering the techniques of cavity preparation, implementation therapy indirect and direct pulp capping, training for self-installation and finishing definitive restorations |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Restorative Dentistry, dental students should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with the patient and the medical staff. 2. Ability to put a clinical diagnosis of pulp on the basis of history, clinical examination and other tests. 3. Ability to make a plan of therapeutic procedures. 4. Possess the skills to independently perform clinical techniques of cavity preparation on carious teeth. 5. Possess the skills to independently perform the clinical phase of the work and materials for direct and indirect restorations. 6. Knowledge of the possible errors and the consequences of inadequate application of the material in a clinical setting. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Clinical application of GIC cement - as liners and bases under restorations |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | Clinical application of GIC as restorative materials |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | Clinical application of composite restorations Preparation and stream restoration in anterior teeth |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Clinical application of composite restorations Preparation and stream restoration in posterior teeth |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | Clinical use of amalgam in restorative odontology-preparation and application |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | Adhesives in dentistry - clinical classification and application techniques |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Adhesives in dentistry - factors affecting the quality of the connection restorations and hard dental tissue |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Clinical application procedure cast fillings |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Restoration of endodontic treated teeth |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | Tooth whitening - non-restorative aesthetic procedures in vital teeth |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Bleaching non-vital teeth |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Clinical application of amalgam - problems and gaps in the restorative procedure |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Aesthetic considerations and monitoring of successful restorations in the frontal and lateral teeth: criteria, methods and means |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | A comparative analysis of the application of different materials to meet deifnitivne depending on the conditions for restorative procedure |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Materials for the definitive restoration of cavities: application of the principles in clinical work, depending on the type of material |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | Load students (week): 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 4 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 2 hours of independent work Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (8 hx 16 = 128 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 8 = 16 Total load: 6 x 30 = 180 h Additional work 36 hours The structure of the load 128 + 16 + 36 = 180 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Živković Slavoljub (urednik): Osnovi restaurativne stomatologije, Data Status, Beograd,2009 |
| Examination methods | Fulfilling exam prerequisites and passing the exam, the student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, with pre-exam part to 49 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative set of at least 50 points. |
| Special remarks | Mandatory narrowly professional subject |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / HYGIENE WITH ORAL HYGIENE
| Course: | HYGIENE WITH ORAL HYGIENE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11153 | Obavezan | 6 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Does not have |
| Aims | Students should learn the possible harm to oral health in drinking water and food, how oral health can be protected and improved through proper nutrition and ingestion of quality drinking water, how cleaning, disinfection and sterilization are properly carried out in a healthcare facility, and what are principles of proper maintenance of oral hygiene. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing a one-semester course in Hygiene with Oral Hygiene, students are expected to possess the following knowledge: Understand the basic ecological principles underlying life on Earth, including humans. Recognize the potential impact of water pollution on health, particularly oral health, and be familiar with the hygiene assessment of drinking water and its use in promoting health. Grasp the significance of soil and the potential harmful effects of waste materials on health, emphasizing oral health. Understand the importance of nutrition for overall health, with a specific focus on oral health. This includes knowledge of food examination and the conduct of dietary studies for planning nutrition. Appreciate the significance of personal hygiene, disinfection, and sterilization in health protection, with a specific emphasis on oral health. Proficiently implement proper oral hygiene practices. This course provides a comprehensive understanding of hygiene principles, emphasizing their relevance to oral health, and equips students with practical skills for maintaining and promoting health, particularly in the context of oral hygiene. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | doc. dr Snežana Barjaktarović-Labović doc.dr Mirjana Đuričković |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Basic principles of hygiene and medical ecology |
| I week exercises | Drinking water (physical and chemical examination) |
| II week lectures | Drinking water and health |
| II week exercises | Drinking water (microbiological examination) |
| III week lectures | Drinking water and health |
| III week exercises | Drinking water - seminar |
| IV week lectures | Drinking water and health |
| IV week exercises | Drinking water - seminar |
| V week lectures | Drinking water and health |
| V week exercises | Drinking water - seminar |
| VI week lectures | Nutrition and health |
| VI week exercises | Laboratory examination of foodstuffs |
| VII week lectures | Nutrition and health |
| VII week exercises | Dietary tests |
| VIII week lectures | Nutrition and health |
| VIII week exercises | Diet planning |
| IX week lectures | Nutrition and health |
| IX week exercises | Nutrition and health -seminar |
| X week lectures | Nutrition and health |
| X week exercises | Nutrition and health - seminar |
| XI week lectures | Cleaning and disinfection |
| XI week exercises | Medical waste management |
| XII week lectures | Sterilization |
| XII week exercises | Disinfection and sterilization - seminar |
| XIII week lectures | Personal hygiene |
| XIII week exercises | Personal hygiene - seminar |
| XIV week lectures | Oral hygiene |
| XIV week exercises | Oral hygiene -seminar |
| XV week lectures | Principles of geomedicine |
| XV week exercises | Soil and Health - seminar |
| Student workload | Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of classes and exercises |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1.Belojević G. Đuričković M. Higijena sa oralnom higijenom. Podgorica: Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta Crna Gora; 2021. 2. Vasiljević N. (Ur.) Praktikum iz higijene I medicinske ekologije za studente medicine. Beograd: medicinski fakultet, Univerzitet u Beogradu; 2015. |
| Examination methods | Prisustvo nastavi: 10 poena, Vježbe 10, Seminarski rad 10, Kolokvijum 20 poena; Završni ispit (pismeno) do 50 poena. Položen ispit podrazumijeva kumulativno sakupljeno 50 poena i više. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PSYCHIATRY
| Course: | PSYCHIATRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11157 | Obavezan | 6 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Nema |
| Aims | Studying and getting to know etiological factors, epidemiology, pathogenesis, clinical forms, diagnostic and therapeutic and rehabilitation techniques in modern psychiatry |
| Learning outcomes | Learning outcomes: After completing the one-semester course in Psychiatry, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Differentiate between different groups of mental disorders and know how to describe and distinguish between the psychopathological symptoms of mental disorders. 2. He is qualified to approach a mentally ill person and conduct a psychiatric interview, take an anamnesis and compile a psychological profile. 3. Knows how to describe all categories of mental disorders and classification systems for the diagnosis of mental disorders. 4. He is qualified to diagnose and describe treatment methods and therapeutic procedures for basic mental disorders in consultation with a specialist in psychiatry. 5. He is qualified to set indications for hospital treatment of mental disorders and indications for psychotherapeutic and socio therapeutic treatment. 6. Has the communication skills to establish a conversation with psychomotor agitated patients in emergency and crisis situations and with their family members. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor Lidija Injac Stevovic,MD, PhD, Psychiatrist |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Definition and historical development of psychiatry. Psychiatric institutions and forms of organization of psychiatric services. Classification systems |
| I week exercises | Introductory. Basic principles of the organization of psychiatric care. Organization of modern psychiatric care. Types of psychiatric institutions (dispensary, consult, psychiatric department: closed, open, day hospital, night hospital). Tour of organizational units in a psychiatric institution. Doctor-patient relationship. Behavior of the patient in contact with the doctor. Transfer relations. 2. Anamnesis in psychiatry. Psychiatric interview. Psychiatric history. Auto and heteroanamnesis. Authenticity of anamnesis, citation of patients. The importance of anamnesis |
| II week lectures | Etiology and prevention of mental disorders |
| II week exercises | Determining the level of education, assessment of the environment in which the patient developed and lives. Confrontation of auto, hetero anamnesis and social survey. Anamnesis vitae, developmental aspects. Premorbid personality. Family history (diseases in the family, suicide, antisocial behavior, relations in the family - parents house). Workplace relations. |
| III week lectures | Diagnostic procedures in psychiatry |
| III week exercises | Definition of interview. Diagnostic and therapeutic interview and complementary diagnostics. Case report |
| IV week lectures | General psychopathology |
| IV week exercises | Perception, attention. Attention disorders (attention tests) Memory, thinking, learning. Qualitative and quantitative memory disorders. Examination of memory function, work with the patient. Definition of thought. Concrete and abstract thinking. Thought disorders by form. Thought disorders by content. Ideo affective block. Examination of thought disorders. Presentation of a patient with delusions. . Intelligence, emotions.. Intelligence disorders. Working with patients: description of oligophrenia and dementia. Definition of emotionality. The concept of emotional maturity. Division of emotions. Affect and mood. Quantitative and qualitative disorders. Presentation of patients with emotional disorders. 6. Will, urges. Will disorders (quantitative, qualitative): Catatonic syndrome. Presentation of a patient with a disorder of voluntary activity. Definition of instinct. Motives. The drive for self-preservation is a pathology. The urge to preserve the species - a pathology. Pathology of social motives. Presentation of a patient with a instinct disorder. Consciousness. Psychiatric concept of consciousness and characteristics. Unconscious psyche. Disorders of consciousness (qualitative-quantitative) - examination |
| V week lectures | Schizophrenia |
| V week exercises | Schizophrenia. Differentiation of individual forms of schizophrenia (simplex, hebephrenia, catatonic SCH, paranoid schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorders, residual states) 12. Schizophrenia. Differential diagnosis of schizophrenia in relation to delusions and other psychotic disorders |
| VI week lectures | Mood disorders |
| VI week exercises | Mood disorders. Anamnesis and status of depressed patients. Masked depression - suicide prevention of depressed patients. Clinical processing. 16. Brain organic psycho syndrome. Case report of acute organic brain syndrome (delirium). Case report of chronic organic disease |
| VII week lectures | Anxiety disorders |
| VII week exercises | Clinical treatment of anxiety disorders. Specifics of the exploration of anxiety patients. First contact with a anxiety patient. Phenomenological observation of manifestations. Dynamic perception of symptoms. 18. Clinical treatment of anxiety disorders. Anxiety defenses. Delineation of certain forms of anxiety disorders. Differential diagnosis according to other syndromes |
| VIII week lectures | Personality disorders |
| VIII week exercises | Clinical treatment of personality disorders. Social-medical analysis of behavior in personality disorders. Clinical treatment with personality disorder. Social-medical analysis of behavior in personality disorders. Clinical treatment with personality disorder. |
| IX week lectures | Sexual disorders and deviations |
| IX week exercises | Sexual disorders, sexual inversions, perversions and deviations |
| X week lectures | Brain organic psychosyndrome |
| X week exercises | The doctors attitude in relation to the patient with impaired consciousness. Presentation of patients (delirium, dementia). 8. Psychological testing and psychometrics. Application of psychometric tests. IQ testing. Projective techniques. Organic brain tests. Group therapy. |
| XI week lectures | Substance use disorders |
| XI week exercises | Alcoholism. Case report with complications (alcohol psychoses, especially delirium tremens). Specifics of treatment and rehabilitation. Drug addiction. Differential diagnosis of drug addiction and other substance use disorders. Morphinism |
| XII week lectures | Psycho-dentist disorders |
| XII week exercises | Psychogenic oral symptoms and signs, sensory, ulceration of the oral mucosa, secondary psychiatric disorders |
| XIII week lectures | Suicide. Emergency psychiatry |
| XIII week exercises | Suicide. Suicide - clinical treatment of suicides. Significance of suicide attempts. Differences between suicide and attempted suicide. Analyzes of disposition, reasons and motives for attempted suicide. Analysis of the appeal of the suicide phenomenon. Suicide in certain psychoses. |
| XIV week lectures | Mental disorders in children and adolescent |
| XIV week exercises | Mental disorders in children. Case report of anxiety and psychotic disorders in children. Specifics of treatment. Mental disorders in adolescents. Psychiatric specificities of the adolescent period. Psychiatric disorders in adolescence: anxiety disorders, adolescent crisis, identity crisis, borderline states, psychoses. Specifics of treatment. Case report and clinical treatment of a case of adolescent crisis, developmental disability, Case report |
| XV week lectures | Treatment in psychiatry - pharmacotherapy. Treatment in psychiatry - psychotherapy and socio therapy. Law on the Protection of Persons with Mental Disorders |
| XV week exercises | Principles of pharmacotherapy and presentation of side effects. Application of basic pharmacotherapy protocols (presentation of the standard treatment of the most common disorders that a general practitioner encounters in his outpatient clinic). Analysis of the most common side effects of psychotropic drugs. Presentation of neuroleptic extrapyramidal syndrome. Emergency conditions. Emergency psychiatric unit. |
| Student workload | Weekly 2 credits x 40/30 = 2 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour of exercises 2 hours of independent work including consultations In the semester Classes and final exam (4 hours x 16 = 64 hours). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...) 4h x 2 = 8 Total workload: 4 x 30 = 120h Additional work 48 hours Load structure 64 + 8 + 48h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of lectures and exercises |
| Consultations | Consultations on Mondays from 13:00 to 15:00 |
| Literature | 1.Pekovic M. Psihijatrija, Univerzitet Crne Gore, Medicinski fakultet 2010, Podgorica 2.Jasović Gasic M., Lecic Tosevski D. Psihijatrija, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Medicinski fakultet 2007. 3.Kaplan & Sadocks Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 2018, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (LWW) 4. Dimitrijević I:Bolesti zavisnosti, Medicinski fakultet Beograd,2015 5.Marić J. Klinička psihijatrija, Beograd 2005 |
| Examination methods | Colloquiums and oral exam Attendance at lectures from 0 to 2 points Attendance at excercise from 0 to 2 points Homework from 0 to 3 points Seminar paper from 0 to 3 points Colloquium I from 10 to 20 points Colloquium II from 10 to 20 points Final exam from 0 to 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE III
| Course: | ENGLISH LANGUAGE III/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 2095 | Obavezan | 6 | 3 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Knowledge of basic medical terminology and grammatical structures; the ability to use English in medical context as well as to interpret medical literature. |
| Learning outcomes | At the end of this course student will be able to: - read medical journals and textbooks more fluently - take part in conferences conducted in English - work in English as a medical professional - recognize and use words and expressions related to basic medical investigations, medical and surgical treatment - recognize and use words and expressions related to prevention, epidemiology and medical ethics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dr Olivera Kusovac, Assistant professor; Milica Kadić Aković, MA |
| Methodology | Lectures, written exercises, group and pair work, student presentations and discussions. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Basic investigations in medicine |
| I week exercises | Basic investigations in medicine |
| II week lectures | Laboratory tests |
| II week exercises | Laboratory tests |
| III week lectures | Endoscopy |
| III week exercises | Endoscopy |
| IV week lectures | X-ray and CT |
| IV week exercises | X-ray and CT |
| V week lectures | MRI and ultrasound |
| V week exercises | MRI and ultrasound |
| VI week lectures | ECG |
| VI week exercises | ECG |
| VII week lectures | Mid-term test |
| VII week exercises | Mid-term test |
| VIII week lectures | Medical treatment |
| VIII week exercises | Medical treatment |
| IX week lectures | Surgical treatment |
| IX week exercises | Surgical treatment |
| X week lectures | Therapies |
| X week exercises | Therapies |
| XI week lectures | Screening and immunization |
| XI week exercises | Screening and immunization |
| XII week lectures | Epidemiology |
| XII week exercises | Epidemiology |
| XIII week lectures | Medical ethics |
| XIII week exercises | Medical ethics |
| XIV week lectures | Mid-term test (2nd term) |
| XIV week exercises | Mid-term test (2nd term) |
| XV week lectures | Preparation for the final exam |
| XV week exercises | Preparation for the final exam |
| Student workload | 2 |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance and activity in class. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | E. Glendinning & R. Howard: Professional English in Use – Medicine (2007), CUP (Units 34-45). Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. Sofija Mićić: Medicinski rečnik (2007), Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd. |
| Examination methods | - Mid-term test: 50 pts. - Final test: 50 pts. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BASIC BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE
| Course: | BASIC BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5937 | Obavezan | 6 | 3 | 2+0+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Established regulations of study School of Dentistry |
| Aims | Studying and learning the basics of the nervous system, aspects of personality, communication, deviant behaviors, disturbances of moral reasoning, the basis of mental disorders, physiological and psychological importance of oral health, disorders of sleep and alertness and construction of gender identity |
| Learning outcomes | Having completed one semester course in The Fundamentals of the Behavior Analysis, a dental student shall have mastered the following skills: 1. Knows how to describe the development phase and personality types, stages of psychosexual development, the construction of gender identity, the relationship between women and men in society, sexual disorders, as well as influences of social environment on general and oral health. 2. Knows how to describe the biological basis of the nervous system, aspects of personality, character, temperament, intelligence, emotions, will and motivation, explains the importance of morality, attitudes, prejudices, values, empathy and prosocial behavior in health care. 3. Knows how to define the concept of mental health and illness, lists the basic forms of the disorder behavior and the basic methods of treatment, 4. Identifies and explains the physiological and psychological importance of oral health, identifies psychogenic oral manifestations and symptoms, pain and painful conditions, the basic methods of treatment. 5. Is sensitized to understand the emotional state of a patient, recognize stress and emotional reactions to physical illness. 6. Knows the strategy and skill of communication with colleagues and patients and is qualified to assist patients to accept dental procedures in the diagnosis and treatment. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Professor Lidija Injac Stevovic, PhD |
| Methodology | Teaching and Studying Lectures, seminars, colloquia, finishing ispit.Konsultacije |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Biopsychosocial concept of human |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Period of the individual development |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | The organic basis of human behavior |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Psychological theories of human behavior |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Social factors of human behavior |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Behavior and Health |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Deviant behavior |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Mental disorders and behavior |
| IX week lectures | Stress and social support |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Anxiety disorders, psychosocial factors and oral health |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Alertness and sleep |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Gender and sexuality |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Aggression and violence, the concept and theory of pain |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Psychological Therapy, |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Communication and relationships doctor - patient |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Teaching and the final exam 2x16 = 32 hours Necessary preparation (before semester Administration): 2x3 = 6 hours Total work hours: 3x30 = 90 additional work for exams preparing correction of final exam |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical training is mandatory. |
| Consultations | The teacher held consultations with students once a week in the period which is defined at the beginning of academic year |
| Literature | Basic of the science of behavior, Ljubomir Gvoić, Belgrade, 2007 |
| Examination methods | Forms of Assessment for the presence of theoretical teaching of 0 to 2 points Homework from 0 to 3 points Seminar from 0 to 3 points Colloquium and from 10 to 20 points Colloquium II from 10 to 20 points Final exam from 0 to 50 points passing grade gets t |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DERMATOVENEROLOGY
| Course: | DERMATOVENEROLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11158 | Obavezan | 6 | 3 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Microbiology with immunology |
| Aims | Introduction to dermatoses (etiology, pathogenesis, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment) with an emphasis on dermatoses that are manifested by changes in the mucous membrane of the oral cavity and tongue. |
| Learning outcomes | The student should recognize and treat dermatoses in the oral cavity and certain infectious dermatoses related to the region of the skin of the face, capillaries and mucous membranes of the oral cavity. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Full Professor Milena Đurović, dr Nataša Vukotić Đuričanin-clinical assistant |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Structure and function of the skin. Eflorescence. |
| I week exercises | Taking medical history in dermatovenereology. Getting acquainted with efflorescences. |
| II week lectures | Erythemosquamous dermatoses, erythrodermia, papular dermatoses. |
| II week exercises | Access to the dermatological patient. Status dermatologicus. Presentation of Patients with Erythemato-Squamous Dermatoses |
| III week lectures | Infectious diseases of the skin. |
| III week exercises | Therapy in dermatovenerology (local, systemic, cryotherapy, intralesion application of drugs, radiowave therapy). Presentation of patients with infectious skin diseases. |
| IV week lectures | Infestations. |
| IV week exercises | Working with Woods lamp. Taking skin swabs for bacterial examination and skin shavings on fungi and S. scabiei. |
| V week lectures | Diseases of the pylosebaceal unit. |
| V week exercises | Skin biopsy, types of biopsies and method of performance. Presentation of patients with diseases of the pylosebaceous unit. |
| VI week lectures | A group of eczema. Pruriginous dermatoses. Keratinization disorders. |
| VI week exercises | Presentation of patients with endogenous and exogenous eczema. Prick and Patch tests application. |
| VII week lectures | Bullous dermatoses. |
| VII week exercises | Presentation of patients with bullous dermatoses. Performing Tzankovs test. Therapy and treatment of bullous skin diseases. |
| VIII week lectures | Diseases of connective tissue. |
| VIII week exercises | Presentation of patients with autoimmune diseases. |
| IX week lectures | Urticaria, purpura, erythematous dermatoses. |
| IX week exercises | Presentation of patients with chronic urticaria and diagnostic procedures. |
| X week lectures | Diseases of the mucous membrane of the oral cavity and tongue. |
| X week exercises | Presentation of patients with lesions in the oral cavity. |
| XI week lectures | Dyschromia, skin atrophy. Diseases of the pores of hair and sweat glands. |
| XI week exercises | Presentation of patients with lesions in the oral cavity. Presentation of patients with pigmentation disorders. |
| XII week lectures | Precancerous conditions of skin. |
| XII week exercises | Introduction to the basic principles of dermoscopic examination. Presentation of patients with precancerous and benign and malignant skin tumors. |
| XIII week lectures | Skin tumors. |
| XIII week exercises | Introduction to the basic principles of dermoscopic examination. Presentation of patients with benign and malignant skin tumors. |
| XIV week lectures | Sexually transmitted diseases. |
| XIV week exercises | Introduction to the diagnosis of syphilis, interpretation of specific and non-specific treponemic tests. Presentation of patients with genodermatosis and sexually transmitted diseases. |
| XV week lectures | Final exam. |
| XV week exercises | Practical exam. |
| Student workload | During the semester Teaching and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total load for the subject: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (teaching and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) Sunday 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour of clinical exercise 2 hours of independent work and consultation |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Midterm exams, participation in theoretical and practical teaching. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Karadaglic Dj, Pavlovic M. Dermatologija i venerologija. Beograd: Grafolik; 2002. Lalević Vasić B, Medenica Lj, Nikolić M. Dermatovenerologija sa propedevtikom. Beograd: Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu CIBID; 2018. Wolff K, Johnson RA, Saavedra AP, Roh E. Fitzpatrick’s Color Atlas and Synopsis of Clinical Dermatology. Eighth edition. New York; 2017. |
| Examination methods | Two mid-term exams of 20 points. Attending the lectures and CE accounts for 10 points. Practical part and oral part of the exam, as a final exam up to 50 points. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INFECTIOUS DISEASES
| Course: | INFECTIOUS DISEASES/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11159 | Obavezan | 6 | 3 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None. |
| Aims | Overcoming of the basic principles of diagnostics, therapy, protective prognostic assessment of infective diseases regarding their significance as growing public health problem. |
| Learning outcomes | Expanding knowledge about infectious diseases and their importance in modern medical practice and science, prevention, treatment options, the need to isolate the sick |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | dr sci Milovan Živković |
| Methodology | Theoretical lectures with interactive participation of students. Practical exercises at the Clinic for Infectious Diseases, practical work with mastering the basic measures and principles of occupational safety and the skills of adequate examination of patients suffering from infectious diseases |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | General infectology. |
| I week exercises | Measures use of personal and collective protection of infective diseases. |
| II week lectures | Infections of respiratory system (viral, bacterial, parasitic). |
| II week exercises | Practical procedure with the patient to whom is suspected to have imported infective disease with high risk. |
| III week lectures | Angina (Streptococcus, Staphylococcus, Diphtheria, viral angina, fungal angina, parasitic). |
| III week exercises | Specifics of anamnesis, physical examination, neurological examination of infective disease patients. |
| IV week lectures | Rash fever and other infective diseases with characteristic rash. |
| IV week exercises | Planning and selection of order of diagnostic procedures with the infective diseases patients. |
| V week lectures | Infections of gastrointestinal tract (bacterial, viral, parasitic). |
| V week exercises | Taking material for microbiological researches (swabs, blood culture, serological tests, thick drops, peripheral smear). |
| VI week lectures | Liver infections and bile ducts (Hepatitis). |
| VI week exercises | Taking of urin samples for microbiological analyses. |
| VII week lectures | Enteroviruses infections (Polio, ECHO, Cocky) COLLOQUIUM I. |
| VII week exercises | Taking samples of stool for microbiological analyses. |
| VIII week lectures | Infections of the nervous system (Meningitis, encephalitis, slow viral infections). |
| VIII week exercises | Setting of indications for LP, performance technique, cytological examination, interpretation of findings. |
| IX week lectures | Special clinical syndromes (Febrile state of unknown origin, nosocomial infections, infections during pregnancy). |
| IX week exercises | Interpretation of results of the most common microbiological and serological analyses. |
| X week lectures | Infections during pregnancy. |
| X week exercises | Interpretations of the results of examinations of sensitivity of microorganism regarding antibiotics. |
| XI week lectures | Infections of urinary tract. |
| XI week exercises | Diagnostic and differential diagnostic of infective diseases. |
| XII week lectures | HIV/AIDS. |
| XII week exercises | Hematological – biochemical analyses and their use for diagnostic – prognostic estimation of infective diseases. |
| XIII week lectures | Sepsis and septic shock |
| XIII week exercises | Estimation of data use from the epidedemiological survey in diagnostic of infective diseases. |
| XIV week lectures | Infections caused by spirochete |
| XIV week exercises | Appointment class for making seminary works. Lumbar puncture. |
| XV week lectures | Parasitic infections. Fungal infections. II Colloquium II. |
| XV week exercises | Practical implementation of active and passive AT protection. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance at theoretical lectures and practical classes on infectious diseases |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | |
| Examination methods | |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL ANAESTHESIOLOGY
| Course: | DENTAL ANAESTHESIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5938 | Obavezan | 6 | 4 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | passed exam in anatomy |
| Aims | Training for the practical application of infiltration anesthesia in the upper and lower jaw and mandibular block anesthesia. Theoretical knowledge of the application of other types of conductive anesthesia, general anesthesia and resuscitation and sedation on dentistry. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing of the one semester course in Dental Anesthesiology, a dental student should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1.Knows the neurophysiological and neuroanatomic aspects of orofacial pain, as well as the possibilities to control pain. 2.Knows the type, composition, properties, effects and advantages and disadvantages of the local anesthetic solutions. 3.Applies practically the infiltration anesthesia to the upper and lower jaw as well as mandibular block anesthesia 4.Possesses the theoretical knowledge regarding to the application of other types of conductive anesthesia in the jaws and general anesthesia and resuscitation. 5.Knows the benefits of applying local anesthesia, combined application of local anesthesia and sedation and application of general anesthesia. 6.Knows the general and local complications of local anesthesia and is capable to implement preventive measures to combat complications and treatment methods of resulting complications. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assistant Professor Marija Antunovic, DDS, PhD; Vukadin Bajagić, DDS, MS; Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Perception and conduction of pain impulses. Paths of pain. |
| I week exercises | Pain perception and conduction. |
| II week lectures | Possibilities for the pain control. Indications and contraindications for the local anesthesia application. |
| II week exercises | Possibilities of pain control in dentistry. |
| III week lectures | Anatomical considerations. |
| III week exercises | Anatomy and innervation of the orofacial region. |
| IV week lectures | Local anesthetic solutions. |
| IV week exercises | Local anesthetic solutions. |
| V week lectures | Types of local anesthesia. Surface anesthesia. |
| V week exercises | Application of surface anesthesia in dentistry. |
| VI week lectures | Terminal anesthesia. |
| VI week exercises | Terminal anesthesia in the upper jaw - model education. |
| VII week lectures | Block anesthesia in the upper jaw. |
| VII week exercises | Terminal anesthesia in the lower jaw - model education. |
| VIII week lectures | Block anesthesia in the lower jaw. |
| VIII week exercises | Techniques of block anesthesia in the upper jaw - model education. |
| IX week lectures | The application of local anesthesia in different dentistry disciplines. |
| IX week exercises | Techniques of block anesthesia in the lower jaw - model education. |
| X week lectures | The application of local anesthesia in patients with medical risk. Complications of local anesthesia. |
| X week exercises | Terminal anesthesia in the upper jaw - clinical education. |
| XI week lectures | Complications of local anesthesia. |
| XI week exercises | Terminal anesthesia in the lower jaw - clinical education. |
| XII week lectures | Use of sedation in dentistry. |
| XII week exercises | Techniques of block anesthesia in the upper jaw - clinical education. |
| XIII week lectures | Techniques and selection of sedation methods (oral, intramuscular, intravenous, inhalation). |
| XIII week exercises | Techniques of block anesthesia in the lower jaw - clinical education. |
| XIV week lectures | General anesthesia (definition, preparation, monitoring, techniques, complications). CPC resuscitation. |
| XIV week exercises | Mandibular block - clinical education. |
| XV week lectures | The choice of optimal methods for the pain control in dentistry and the factors that affect it. |
| XV week exercises | Other techniques of block anesthesia in the lower jaw - clinical education. |
| Student workload | Weekly 5 credits x 40/30 = 6.6 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 1.6 hours of independent work During the semester Teaching and the final exam (6.6h x16 =105.6h) Preparations for the start of the semester: 2hx6.6 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150h Aditional work: 31.2h Structure of the load: 105.6+13.2+31.2=150h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Lj Todorovic (ed). Dental Anesthesiology, School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade 2012. (Serbian) Malamed S. Handbook of Local Anesthesia. Mosby. St. Louis; 2004. |
| Examination methods | First test = 1 x 20 points Seminar = 9 points 2 control tests for practical exercises = 10 + 10 = 20 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets if the student gathers min 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL RADIOLOGY
| Course: | DENTAL RADIOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11154 | Obavezan | 6 | 4 | 1+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | |
| Aims | Knowledge of radiological methods and radiological pathology in dentistry. Training for independent analysis of intraoral and extraoral radiographs, with a special focus on periapical and panoramic radiographs. |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of the Dental Radiology course, dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes:() 1. Understanding of General and Practical Principles of Ionizing Radiation Protection 2. Familiarity with Radiological Modalities in Dentistry 3. Competence in Performing Intraoral Radiographic Techniques 4. Knowledge of Radiological Characteristics of Dental and Maxillofacial Diseases 5. Ability to Analyze Intraoral and Extraoral Radiographs Independently 6. Understanding of Indications for CBCT and MRI in Dentistry |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Dragoslav Nenezic, Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić |
| Methodology | Lectures, practical exercises, small group work with image analysis correction, consultations, and seminar papers (optional) |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Dental Radiology |
| I week exercises | Introduction to Dental Radiology |
| II week lectures | Radiographic Anatomy in Intraoral Imaging Techniques in Dentistry |
| II week exercises | Analysis of Radiographic Anatomy Elements of Tooth and Jaw Structures on Intraoral Images. Simulation of Radiographic Imaging Techniques on Dental Unit. |
| III week lectures | Radiographic Anatomy in Extraoral Imaging Techniques in Dentistry |
| III week exercises | Analysis of Radiographic Anatomy Elements of Tooth and Jaw Structures on Intraoral Images. Simulation of Radiographic Imaging Techniques on Dental Unit. |
| IV week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Dental Developmental Anomalies |
| IV week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Dental Anomalies |
| V week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Dental Caries |
| V week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Dental Caries |
| VI week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Periapical lesions |
| VI week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Periapical lesions |
| VII week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Dental and Jaw Cysts |
| VII week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Dental and Jaw Cysts |
| VIII week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Periodontitis |
| VIII week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Periodontitis |
| IX week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Dental and Jaw Tumors |
| IX week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Dental and Jaw Tumors |
| X week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of Dental and Jaw Trauma and Fractures |
| X week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of Dental and Jaw Trauma and Fractures |
| XI week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of the Temporomandibular Joint |
| XI week exercises | Analysis of Periapical and Panoramic Radiographs of the Temporomandibular Joint |
| XII week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis of the Sinuses |
| XII week exercises | Analysis of Radiographs of the Sinuses |
| XIII week lectures | Radiographic Diagnosis in Dental Impolantology |
| XIII week exercises | Analysis of Periapical, Panoramic Radiographs and CBCT in Dental implantology |
| XIV week lectures | Operational Principles, Indications, and Diagnostic Capabilities of CBCT |
| XIV week exercises | Simulation of CBCT Imaging Procedure and Familiarization with the Analytical Console |
| XV week lectures | Structure of Knowledge Assessment and Evaluation Criteria |
| XV week exercises | Consultative Analysis of Exam Image Collection |
| Student workload | In the semester Teaching and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (teaching and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Krolo I, Zadravec D Dentalna radiologija, Medicinska naklada, Zagreb 2023. |
| Examination methods | Final exam: analysis of 2 periapical and 1 panoramic radiographs, 3 theoretical questions. 0-10 points for regular attendance and activity in class. – Final exam 50 points. A passing grade is achieved if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / OPHTHALMOLOGY
| Course: | OPHTHALMOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 654 | Obavezan | 7 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No conditionality. |
| Aims | In this course, students will learn about the morphology of the eye, causes of eye diseases, as well as their clinical presentation and treatment. |
| Learning outcomes | AftercompletingthecourseandpassingtheexamintheOphthalmology,thestudentofDentistryshouldhavethefollowinglearningoutcomes: 1.be familiar with the most common eye diseases 2. knows the causes of the disease, the clinical presentation and the treatment method 3. Applies the acquired knowledge with the aim of timely treatment of dental diseases and thus has a preventive effect on the reduction of inflammatory processes in the eye. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Antoaneta Adzić-Zečević, dr Danijela Đurović |
| Methodology | Lectures,exercises,consultations,seminarwork,colloquium,finalexam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to ophthalmology. Eye anatomy and embryology |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | The Assessment of Visual Function and Functional Vision. |
| II week exercises | Introduction to ophthalmology equipment such as ophthalmoscope, slit lamp, tonometer, OCT machine, phacoemulsifier, microperimeter |
| III week lectures | Anatomy, physiology and pathology of cornea and sclera |
| III week exercises | Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp |
| IV week lectures | Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the choroid |
| IV week exercises | Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp |
| V week lectures | Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the retina |
| V week exercises | Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp. Introduction to OCT and OCT angiography, fluorescein angiography, Goldmann perimetry |
| VI week lectures | Anatomy of the anterior eye chamber. Glaucoma. |
| VI week exercises | Measurement of the patients’ ocular pressure using tonometer |
| VII week lectures | Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the lens. Cataract. First colloquium. |
| VII week exercises | Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp, with the special attention to the patients’ lens position and opacity |
| VIII week lectures | Anatomy of the orbit Orbital tumors. |
| VIII week exercises | Introduction to Hertel exophthalmometer. |
| IX week lectures | Accomodation of the eye. Refraction. |
| IX week exercises | Refraction Eye exam. |
| X week lectures | Binocular vision and anatomy of the extraocular muscles (bulbomotors) |
| X week exercises | Examination of the patients in the orthoptic-pleoptic cabinet. |
| XI week lectures | Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the optical nerve. Treatment of the optical nerve diseases. Second colloquium. |
| XI week exercises | ophthalmoscopy, OCT of the optic nerve, perimetry and pseudoisochromatic tables |
| XII week lectures | Eye injuries. |
| XII week exercises | Taking an anamnesis from an injured patient and examination of the injured eye using slit lamp. |
| XIII week lectures | Diagnosis and treatment of the emergencies in ophthalmology. |
| XIII week exercises | Examination using ophthalmoscope. |
| XIV week lectures | The teeth as a focal point of eye disease. |
| XIV week exercises | Pre-final exam consultaitons. |
| XV week lectures | Remedial colloquium. |
| XV week exercises | Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp |
| Student workload | Student load (per week): 1x45 minutes of lectures, 2x45 minutes of excercise Totalload: (2 h 15 mins) x 15 = 33 hours and 45 minutes |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance of lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided if necessary. |
| Literature | Obavezna literatura S.Golubović, OFTALMOLOGIJA za studente medicine, Beograd, Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu, 2009. |
| Examination methods | Colloquium(s) = 2 x 20 points each Attendance at the lectures= 5 points Attendance at the exercise = 5 points FinalExam = 50 points. An overrun rating is obtained if you accumulate a minimum of 50 points cumulatively |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PUBLIC HEALTH IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | PUBLIC HEALTH IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11870 | Obavezan | 7 | 2 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Does not have |
| Aims | The goal of the study course is to enable the acquisition of comprehensive theoretical and research competencies in the field of public health, especially the study of health determinants, health policy and management research, health system, health promotion, living and working environment, whereby researchers are trained to perform multidisciplinary, integrated and participatory public health research, using methods from different sciences: social medicine, epidemiology, biostatistics, medical anthropology and sociology, health economics, politics. |
| Learning outcomes | Students should be trained to identify the right place of health in the system of social values and to critically explain the differences in the health of the population of different regions within one or between countries, to look at all dimensions of health and based on them make judgments about the positive and negative characteristics of the definition of health; - Students should be trained to understand concepts related to public health; to see the differences and connections between public health and clinical medicine, to accept the multidisciplinary approach to public health, as well as its long-term importance, as well as to understand the concept of "Health for All"; - Students should learn to identify adequate sources of data on health and health care, to critically analyze health status indicators and through discussion to see the possible causes of differences and changes in the health status of the population. They must be directed to understand the concept of the Policy and the goals of sustainable development; - Students are instructed to understand the concept and characteristics of public health strategies within which especially health education; to see group work as a method of health education, as well as the advantages and disadvantages of this method. They come up with topics for presenting the method of working in a group and implement them in groups; - Through practical exercises, students are provided with the skills to create short, impactful health-educational messages for a specific target group and are encouraged to create a visual presentation of messages in various health-education materials; - Students are trained to recognize risk factors from the immediate environment and work together to create measures to overcome their negative impact on health. As part of the exercises, they create programs that contain measures to prevent the influence of risk factors from the environment (maladapted behavior, negative social, economic, biological and other influences). During the presentation of the program, everyone participates in evaluating the specific program, its reality and giving suggestions, comments and proposals; |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Agima Ljaljević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in a small group, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of students practical activities. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to public health, definitions, history and development, subject and content of public health; |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Theoretical considerations of public health, basic hygienic-epidemiological and social-medical concepts; |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Health needs, requirements and use of health care, conditions for ensuring the use of health services; |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Assessment of the health status of the population, methodology of health and disease research, etc. Presentation of the leading socio-medical diseases. Public health problem; |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Strategies for improving public health. Health Planning; |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Health promotion, Health education; |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Analysis of the possible contribution of the social community in the preservation and improvement of oral health; |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Environmental factors and improvement of public health. Determinants of health and risk factors. Health risk assessment; |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Behavior as a factor for improving public health. Behavior modification methodology; |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Health promotion. Health and education strategy; |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Public health programs, with action plans; |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Protection of health, especially oral health of population groups, women, children, the elderly, workers, persons with special needs; |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Planning, programming and financing of dental health care; |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Planning in dentistry, programming and financing of dental health care; |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Health care by methods of providing health care; |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Teaching and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the remedial exam period, including taking the remedial final exam: from 0 to 60 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total workload for the subject 300 hours) Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at classes. Attendance at exercises. Taking the colloquium. Taking an exam. |
| Consultations | Students are encouraged to attend consultations every working day; |
| Literature | 1. Ljaljević A. Poseban materijal kreiran za studente Medicinskog fakulteta UCG, Podgorica, 2017. 2. Puntarić D, Juričev, Savićević A i saradnici. Javno zdravstvo. Zagreb, 2016 3. Antić LJ, Đikanović B, Vuković D, Matejić B. Factors associated with preventive practices for cervical cancer in women in Serbia: Data from the National Population Health Survey in Serbia 2006.HEalthMED 2012;6(4):1265-78. (M23); |
| Examination methods | Seminars, colloquia, final exam. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRICS
| Course: | PAEDIATRICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11874 | Obavezan | 7 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | The goal of the pediatric education program for dental students is to acquire knowledge from general pediatric areas and specific branches of pediatrics, with special reference to diseases and pathological conditions encountered in the work of dentists. Through this course, students of dentistry will meet pediatric patients and learn about the specifics of different pediatric ages and the most common pathological conditions of childhood, with an emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to a sick child, preventive activities in the pediatric population and communication skills in working with children. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course in the subject, the student will be able to: - Defines the main causes of childhood morbidity and mortality and describes the preventive measures that are implemented in pediatric medicine in order to properly develop and preserve the health of children (systematic examinations, early stimulation of development, nutrition, immunization) - Describes the periods and characteristics of child development, lists the stages of psychomotor development of infants and the sexual development of girls and boys at puberty, lists the most important endogenous and exogenous factors that influence the growth and development of the child. - Lists the energy and water needs of children, describes the principles of child nutrition and the most common nutritional and digestive disorders in children. - Lists the basic characteristics, symptoms, diagnosis and therapy of the most common diseases by organ systems. - Perform a clinical examination and assess the status of growth and development and recognize the most common pathological conditions by organs and organ systems in children of different ages. - Recognizes the signs of vital danger in a child, explains and shows the measures of basic life support in a vitally endangered child. - Communicate with the parents and the child during the examination and inform the parents about the childs state of health. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD; full professor Vesna Miranović, MD, PhD, assistant professor Lidija Banjac, MD, PhD and teaching assistants |
| Methodology | Lectures, seminars, exercises, simulations, colloquia, and consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Pediatrics. Social pediatrics and child health care |
| I week exercises | Introductory exercise - orientation on the principles of practical teaching in pediatrics |
| II week lectures | L: Growth and development of children. Systematic examinations and immunization |
| II week exercises | Pediatric history taking |
| III week lectures | Nutrition in childhood. Vitamins and hypovitaminoses. Oral cavity, development deciduous and permanent teeth |
| III week exercises | Pediatric status praesens |
| IV week lectures | Crying and elevated body temperature in a child |
| IV week exercises | Assessment of growth and development. Use of growth charts. |
| V week lectures | Rrespiratory system diseases |
| V week exercises | Assessment of respiratory function and recognition of respiratory disorders in children |
| VI week lectures | Diseases of the digestive system |
| VI week exercises | Recognition of gastroenterological problems in children and examination of the abdomen |
| VII week lectures | Hereditary diseases and congenital anomalies. Access to dysmorphic child |
| VII week exercises | Introduction to the principles of genetic counseling and information |
| VIII week lectures | Neurological diseases of childhood. Psychomotor retardation and autism |
| VIII week exercises | The most common neurodevelopmental disorders and neurological diseases in children |
| IX week lectures | Endocrinological disorders of childhood |
| IX week exercises | The most common endocrinological disorders: presentation of patients, review. |
| X week lectures | Allergies and immunodeficiency in children |
| X week exercises | Immunodeficiency states: diagnosis, laboratory characteristics |
| XI week lectures | Cardiovascular diseases of childhood |
| XI week exercises | Recognition of cardiac disorders in children and principles of care |
| XII week lectures | Emergency pediatrics and basic life support |
| XII week exercises | Simulated cardiopulmonary resuscitation on mannequins |
| XIII week lectures | Prevention of injuries and poisoning of childen |
| XIII week exercises | Solving the tasks: cardiopulmonary resuscitation in children |
| XIV week lectures | Blood diseases and disorders of hemostasis. Malignant diseases in children |
| XIV week exercises | Recognition of hematological-oncological disorders in children |
| XV week lectures | Antibiotics and other drugs administration in in pediatrics |
| XV week exercises | Colloquium - test |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,56 hours (teaching and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attending classes, actively participating in exercises and seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group. |
| Consultations | After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant. |
| Literature | Literature: Janković B, Perišić V. (urednici) Pedijatrija - udzbenik za studente medicine, 2. izd. Beograd - Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu, 2014. Beograd – Službeni glasnik. Additional literature: Janković B, Milenković A, Milovanović D (urednci). Urgentna pedijatrija u vanbolničkim uslovima: priručnik za lekare primarne zdravstvene zaštite, 2002. Unicef Beograd Božidar M. Bojović Klinička pedijatrijska endokrinilogija |
| Examination methods | Class attendance: 5 points Colloquium in pediatric propaedeutics: 10 points. Theoretical colloquium: 15 points Final exam: 70 points Grade: A B C D E F Points: : 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 < 50 Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points |
| Special remarks | None |
| Comment | None |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PUBLIC HEALTH
| Course: | PUBLIC HEALTH/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6832 | Obavezan | 7 | 3 | 2+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | None |
| Aims | After attending courses and passing the exam, student should know: to identify public health risk factors for oral diseases at local and national level, to plan, organize and participate in research of oral health of population at local and national level, to plan, organize implementation and evaluation of health education in preventive dental care, to participate in public health integrated programs for prevention of cardiovascular, cancer and other chronic non-communicable diseases, to participate in implementation of measures for prevention, control and eradication of infectious diseases, to plan, participate in organization and implementation of campaign for prevention of oral infectious and non-infectious diseases... |
| Learning outcomes | After finishing one-semestral course in Public health, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes : 1. Knows and explains the basic ideas of the public health domain ( especially mouth and teeth) ,health care system, dental health services and parametres that define them,with special review on the analysis of the role of health promotion in treatment of contemporary dental public-health problems. 2. Knows and describes the connection between health and other social systems, indicates on the specificities of the health sector organization as well as social system, especially in the domain of health protection of mouth and teeth ; describes the connection between social iniqualities and health, social capital and health, social pathology and health. 3. The student is competent to systematically,critically examinate basic principles and important constitutive elements of the dominant, official biochemical paradigms of health and its treatment. 4. Identifies and describes risk factors that affect health, especially mouth and teeth, in all groups of the social community ,and analyzes and connects the relations between them. 5. He/she is competent to analyze the effects of a behaviours ,as well as all other apsects related to behavior and its modification of health education strategies. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | prof. dr Agima Ljaljević |
| Methodology |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Public Health, definitions, history and development, subject and content of public health |
| I week exercises | Public health - presenting the place and position of public health in the health care system. |
| II week lectures | Introduction to public health, basic hygiene and epidemiological and social-medical terms |
| II week exercises | Public health - presenting the place and position of public health in the health care system |
| III week lectures | Health needs, requirements and use helath care. |
| III week exercises | Presentation of health care measures to the natural course of the disease. |
| IV week lectures | Assessment of health status of population, survey methodology of health and disease, etc. |
| IV week exercises | Calculating and presenting health indicators. |
| V week lectures | Strategies for improving of public health |
| V week exercises | Student design strategies for acquiring skills through playing someone else's roles, simulations, exercises, and the like. |
| VI week lectures | Health education |
| VI week exercises | Development of health education programs. |
| VII week lectures | Contribution of community in preserving and improvement of health |
| VII week exercises | Creating a health education program with other community members. |
| VIII week lectures | Environmental factors and improvement of public health |
| VIII week exercises | Development of a program for the prevention of the impact of risk factors for health. |
| IX week lectures | Behavior as factor for improvement of public health |
| IX week exercises | Creating a program to reduce the negative impacts of unhealthy behaviors on health. |
| X week lectures | Promocija zdravlja |
| X week exercises | Developing health promotion programs. |
| XI week lectures | Public health programs, with action plans. |
| XI week exercises | Development of public health programs |
| XII week lectures | Planning, programming and funding of dental health care |
| XII week exercises | Development of specific plans for the protection of oral health for the given population groups. |
| XIII week lectures | Health, especially the oral health of population groups, women, children, the elderly, workers, people with special needs |
| XIII week exercises | Creating an action plan for a defined time period. |
| XIV week lectures | Health Care Systems Financing system, payment service providers, health insurance) |
| XIV week exercises | Presentation of the health care pyramid. |
| XV week lectures | Health care by methods of providing health care. |
| XV week exercises | Presenting differences in methods of providing health care to the population. |
| Student workload | Weekly 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 2 h of lectures 1 hour of exercise 1 hour of individual work including consultations During semester Teaching and final exam (4 hours x 16 = 64h). Necessary preparation before beginning of semester (enrollment, verification ...) 4h x 2 = 8 h Total load: 3 x 30 = 90h Additional work 18h The structure of the load 64 + h 8 h + 18 h 90 = h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Preparation and presentation of seminar papers Preparation and defense of scientific papers Homework |
| Consultations | Sudents have opportunities to ongoing consultations with Professor |
| Literature | Social medicine - Agima Ljaljević unpublished material |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries Seminar Final exam. homework To successfully pass the exam it is necessary to obtain at least 50 points |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS
| Course: | PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6829 | Obavezan | 7 | 4.5 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exam Restorative Dentistry |
| Aims | After completion of theory and practical exercises, the student should: a challenge tehnbiku placing a rubber dam is to know basic anatomical and morphological characteristics of root canal system of teeth groups, to understand the importance of access cavity in endodontics treatment, to know about the different priests odontometrics, he knows the basic endodontic instruments, he knows the techniques and medications that are using irrigation and medication of root canals, he knows the different techniques reparations tooth roots, he knows all phases of endodontic procedures, and understanding of their importance to the final outcome of the treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the methods of endodontic treatment of affected teeth |
| Learning outcomes | Upon successful completion of the Preclinical Endodontics course, the student will be able to: 1.Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamental principles and methods of endodontic treatment. 2.Identify and describe the anatomical and morphological characteristics of the root canal system in all groups of teeth. 3.Explain and perform proper access cavity preparation, odontometrics, canal irrigation, intracanal medication, and obturation under simulated clinical conditions, including work on a phantom model. 4.Identify and properly apply basic endodontic instruments for the preparation of root canal systems in acrylic and extracted teeth of different morphological groups, within a simulated clinical environment using a phantom model. 5.Select and appropriately use materials commonly applied in endodontic procedures. 6.Safely and accurately replicate all learned procedures in a clinical setting, following preclinical training on a phantom model. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković |
| Methodology | Lectures, colloquia, exercises |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anatomical and morphological characteristics of dental pulp space |
| I week exercises | Introduction to Endodontic Procedure Familiarization with the principles of endodontic tooth treatment Endodontic operatory setup Endodontic instruments (manual and rotary) and their application in the endodontic procedure |
| II week lectures | Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth, treatment plan and operational phases |
| II week exercises | Endodontic Treatment Plan Basic principles and stages of the endodontic procedure Analysis of root canal morphology (by morphological groups) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| III week lectures | Endodontic instruments for root canal tooth: manual, mechanical and ultrasonic |
| III week exercises | Principles of Access Cavity Preparation Access cavity preparation according to morphological groups of teeth (incisors, premolars) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| IV week lectures | Preparation of the access of the cavity depending on the morphological group of teeth |
| IV week exercises | Access Cavity Preparation in Molars (Maxillary and Mandibular) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| V week lectures | Testing of initial mobility channels, and extirpation odontometric |
| V week exercises | Introduction to the Design and Working Dynamics of Manual Endodontic Instruments (reamers, files) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| VI week lectures | Manual techniques and methods of preparation of the root canal tooth |
| VI week exercises | Odontometry Techniques for determining the working length of root canal preparation Radiographic imaging of the tooth with an instrument in the canal Electronic apex location (Electronic apex locator) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| VII week lectures | Mechanical engineering preparation of root canal |
| VII week exercises | Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models Techniques and Methods of Root Canal Preparation Using Manual Instruments (STEP-BACK, CROWN-DOWN) on Acrylic Models (Single-rooted and Multi-rooted Teeth) |
| VIII week lectures | Irrigated root canal teeth - the means and method of administration |
| VIII week exercises | Techniques and Methods of Root Canal Preparation Using Rotary Mechanical Instruments (Acrylic Models). Demonstration of Preparation with Rotary Mechanical Instruments |
| IX week lectures | Medication root canal teeth - the means and method of administration |
| IX week exercises | Irrigation and Lubrication Agents for Root Canals (NaOCl, EDTA), Techniques and Importance of Irrigation in the Endodontic Procedure Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| X week lectures | Obturating root of the tooth - the means and method of administration |
| X week exercises | Intracanal Medications in Root Canal Treatment: Types and Application Methods Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models Medications for Root Canal Treatment and Their Application Methods in the Canal Ask ChatGPT Medications for Root Canal Treatment and Their Application Methods in the Canal Medications for Root Canal Treatment and Their Application Methods in the Canal Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| XI week lectures | Asepsis and antisepsis in endodontics |
| XI week exercises | Root Canal Obturation – Goals and Objectives Single Cone Obturation Technique Preclinical training using phantom models |
| XII week lectures | Pulp disease in apex periodontium: etiology, pathogenesis and symptomatology |
| XII week exercises | Lateral Condensation Techniques of Gutta-Percha Preclinical training using phantom models and acrylic teeth |
| XIII week lectures | Classification of pulp disease in apex periodontium |
| XIII week exercises | Biopulpectomy: Technique and Working Procedure Indications and Materials Preclinical Training Using Extracted Teeth and/or Phantom Models |
| XIV week lectures | Biopulpotomia, necropulpotomia-Indications and protocol work |
| XIV week exercises | Teeth reconstruction after root canal treatment. Application of liner and reconstructive materials and required accessories to restore a tooth after root canal treatment. Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| XV week lectures | Biopulpectomia, necropulpectomia-Indications and protocol work |
| XV week exercises | Teeth reconstruction after root canal treatment. Application of liner and reconstructive materials and required accessories to restore a tooth after root canal treatment. Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| Student workload | Students (weekly): 6.75 credits x 40/30 = 9Sat Structure: 1 hour lecture 5 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (9 hx 16 = 144h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 9h x 2 = 18 h Total load: 6.75 x 30 = 202,5h Additional work 40,5h The structure of the load 144 h + 18 h + 40.5 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4.5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =96 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4.5 x 30=135 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 27 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 96 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 27 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar and participation in discussions on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester |
| Literature | 1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković et al. Practice of endodontic therapy, Data Status, Belgrade,2017. 4.Jukić Krmek S. Preclinical Endodontics. Zagreb: Medicinska naklada; 2025. |
| Examination methods | 2 written tests – 10 points each 2 quizzes – 5 points each Practical work – 20 points Final exam – 50 points in total: Written part – 15 points Practical part – 20 points Oral part – 15 points To successfully pass the course, students must accumulate a minimum of 50 points in total. |
| Special remarks | Mandatory narrowly professional subject |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SURGERY
| Course: | SURGERY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 5933 | Obavezan | 7 | 5 | 3+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisits |
| Aims | Studying the treatment of injuries and diseases through surgical methods |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in surgery, medical students should have the following outcomes: 1. Has knowledge of the surgical anatomy and pathophysiology of surgical diseases, ophthalmology and ear, nose and throat disorders. 2. The student is qualified to take medical history and perform basic surgical examination of the patient. 3. He/she is trained in the use of additional diagnostic procedures - CT, NMR and laboratory diagnostics. 4. He/she is qualified to recognize the emergency of surgical condition and provide Basic Life Support. 5. He/she is qualified to apply principles of hand disinfection and operation site and sterilization of surgical materials and instruments. 6. He/she is able to use surgical instruments, primarily treat wound, make wounds suture, hemostasis, abscess incision, removal of stitches, set dressings and immobilization means and organize transport of injured. 7. He/she is able to after examining the patient and the diagnostic procedures applied decision for referral to a surgeon for further |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Miodrag Radunović; Prof. dr Aleksandar Nikolić, Doc. dr Novak Lakićević, Doc. dr Veselin Stanišić. Doc. dr Zoran Terzić, Doc. dr Marijana Karišik, Doc. dr Nikola Bulatović and associates. |
| Methodology | Lectures and exercises. Preparation for exercises. Work in small groups and consultations. Final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis. |
| I week exercises | Patient history and physical examination. Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. |
| II week lectures | Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis. |
| II week exercises | Patient history and physical examination. |
| III week lectures | Bleeding and hemostasis, transfusion of blood and blood derivatives. |
| III week exercises | Basic and advanced methods of temporary and definitive hemostasis. |
| IV week lectures | Prevention and therapy of shock, measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. |
| IV week exercises | Modern principles of CPR (ERC standards). Application of AED and defibrillator in and out of the office. |
| V week lectures | Asepsis and antisepsis, surgical infections. |
| V week exercises | Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. Practical application of asepsis and antisepsis measures and prevention of intrahospital infections. |
| VI week lectures | Preoperative preparation of the patient and basics of anesthesia. |
| VI week exercises | Practical principles of administration of local and regional anesthesia. Use of medical devices to secure the airway |
| VII week lectures | Wound and wound healing, basic rules and types of operations. |
| VII week exercises | Primary wound treatment. Medical bandages. |
| VIII week lectures | Transplantation of tissues and organs, injuries of soft tissues and bone-joint system. |
| VIII week exercises | Basic principles of immobilization. Manual and typical immobilization means. |
| IX week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of peripheral arteries and veins. |
| IX week exercises | Emergency surgical conditions. |
| X week lectures | Basic principles of oncology and surgical treatment of malignant diseases. |
| X week exercises | Incidents in the dental office - injuries during work. |
| XI week lectures | Surgical diseases and head and neck injuries. |
| XI week exercises | Basic principles of triage. |
| XII week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of the abdominal wall and retroperitoneal space. |
| XII week exercises | Caring for the polytraumatized - basic principles. Trauma system. |
| XIII week lectures | Surgical diseases of the breast and endocrine glands. |
| XIII week exercises | Primary, delayed primary and secondary suture in surgery – practical application and skills. |
| XIV week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of lungs, heart and large blood vessels. |
| XIV week exercises | Principles of thoracic centesis and thoracic drainage. |
| XV week lectures | Surgical diseases and injuries of organs of the gastrointestinal tract. |
| XV week exercises | Anamnesis, physical examination and diagnosis of abdominal injuries. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance to lectures and exercises. |
| Consultations | - |
| Literature | Maksimović Ž, Hirurgija: udžbenik za studente. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2019. |
| Examination methods | Attendance at lectures/exercises: up to 20 points; Practical exam: 10 to 30 points. Final exam: up to 50 points. Oral exam. A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is collected; |
| Special remarks | - |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PARODONTOLOGY
| Course: | PARODONTOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6831 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 6 | 1+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No |
| Aims | he student must be able to independently carry out certain procedures - government diagnostic procedures in periodontology, take full history of the patient, verify the level of oral hygiene, periodontal assess the state of the respective indexes, and set a definite diagnosis of periodontal disease, predict prognosis for individual teeth as well as the entire dentition and the development of a treatment plan diseased periodontal disease, overcome knowledge of instruments and instrumentation techniques and fixation instruments used within the causal treatment of periodontal disease, implement all therapeutic procedures foreseen causal phase of periodontal therapy, knows the indications and contraindications for the application of the basic surgical therapeutic procedures used for the elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of anomalies mucogingival. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Periodontology I, a dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.Has communication skills with the patient and the medical staff. 2.Is competent to take independently all the relevant anamnestic data of the patient, to determine the level of oral hygiene and periodontal conditions (by the corresponding indexes), and to define the diagnosis of periodontal disease. 3.Determines the prognosis for individual teeth and whole dentition and defines a treatment plan for the periodontal disease. 4.Knows and applies adequtely instruments used within the causal treatment of periodontal diseas 5.Performs causal periodontal therapy. 6.Knows the indications and contraindications for applying the method of processing periodontal pockets, and applies independetly the therapy of periodontal pockets using this method. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić dr Vesna Radišić dr Ognjen Kovačević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, tests |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | BASICS OF PERIODONTOLOGY |
| I week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | CLASSIFICATION OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES |
| II week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | PERIODONTIUM STRUCTURE - CLINICAL ASPECTS |
| III week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | CLINICAL PICTURE OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| IV week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | CLINICAL PICTURE OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| V week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| VI week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| VII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | OCCLUSION AND PERIODONTIUM |
| VIII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | PATHOGENESIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| IX week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| X week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | CLINICAL ASPECTS OF RENDGENOGRAPHY IN PERIODONTOLOGY |
| XI week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | COMPLICATIONS OF PERIODONTOPATHY AND THEIR THERAPY |
| XII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | AGGRESSIVE PERIODONTOPATHIES |
| XIII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | THERAPY OF AGGRESSIVE PERIODONTOPATHIES |
| XIV week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | AGING AND PERIODONTICS |
| XV week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | PROGNOSIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASE |
| XVI week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | THERAPY PLAN FOR PATIENTS WITH PERIODONTOPATHY |
| XVII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | THERAPY OF DISORDERED OCCLUSION |
| XVIII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIX week lectures | CAUSAL THERAPY OF PERIODONTOPATHY |
| XIX week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XX week lectures | DRUGS IN THE THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL DISEASE |
| XX week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | CHOICE OF METHOD FOR ELIMINATION OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXI week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXII week lectures | TREATMENT OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | CLINICAL ASPECTS OF BIOLOGICAL WIDTH |
| XXIII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | RESECTIVE METHODS IN THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXIV week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | REGENERATIVE METHODS IN THE THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXV week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | PERIODONTAL SURGERY |
| XXVI week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | FLAP OPERATION |
| XXVII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | FLAP OPERATION |
| XXVIII week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIX week lectures | GINGIVECTOMY WITH GINGIVOPLASTY |
| XXIX week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXX week lectures | Vježbe prate predavanja.Klinički rad sa pacijentima. |
| XXX week exercises | Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| Student workload | Load students (week): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 2 hours of exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (4 hx 16 = 64h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 4h x 2 = 8 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120h Additional work 48h The structure of the load 64 + h 8 h + 48 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 5 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is compulsory. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Djajić D., Đukanović D „Bolesti usta, VIII izdanje, Dječije novine, Gornji Milanovac, 1990. Leković V., Dimitrijević B., Janković Lj. Bolesti usta – praktikum, Dječje novine, Gornji Milanovac, 1988. Pomoćna literatura: Djajić D., Đukanović D., Zelić O., |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PERIODONTOLOGY I
| Course: | PERIODONTOLOGY I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11873 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 7 | 1+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | pharmacology, general surgery, internal medicine, dental diseases, radiology |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to provide students with fundamental theoretical and practical knowledge in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of periodontal diseases, with a particular focus on evidence-based methods and techniques, and to develop the ability to independently plan and perform therapeutic procedures in accordance with current clinical guidelines. |
| Learning outcomes | After successfully completing the two-semester course in Periodontology I, the dental student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other healthcare professionals. 2. Independently obtain a comprehensive patient history, assess oral hygiene status, evaluate periodontal conditions using appropriate indices, and establish an accurate diagnosis of periodontal disease based on clinical and radiographic findings. 3. Determine the prognosis for individual teeth and for the entire dentition, and formulate an evidence-based treatment plan for the diseased periodontium. 4. Accurately select, handle, and apply periodontal instruments and techniques employed in etiology-based non-surgical therapy of periodontitis. 5. Independently perform all procedures included in the non-surgical phase of periodontal therapy in accordance with current clinical guidelines. 6. Identify indications and contraindications for non-surgical periodontal pocket therapy and competently carry out periodontal pocket treatment using accepted methods. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić Dr Vesna Radišić Dr Ognjen Kovačević |
| Methodology | lectures, exercises, seminars |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | BASICS OF PERIODONTOLOGY |
| I week exercises | Basic characteristics of healthy periodontium. Clinical presentation of periodontitis. Diagnosis of periodontal disease. Creation of medical documentation. Principles and protocols of evidence-based clinical practice in dentistry |
| II week lectures | CLASSIFICATION OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES CLASSIFICATION OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES 2017 |
| II week exercises | Diagnosis of periodontal disease (present disease, personal and family history, bad habits and data on maintenance of oral hygiene) Clinical examination (inspection and probing in the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of periodontal diseases) |
| III week lectures | PERIODONTIUM STRUCTURE - CLINICAL ASPECTS |
| III week exercises | Soft and hard dental deposits, assessment of oral hygiene level – Plaque Index and Calculus Index. |
| IV week lectures | CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF PERIODONTITIS |
| IV week exercises | Clinical examination included the assessment of gingival condition and deeper periodontal tissues using standardized periodontal indices, with subsequent completion of the periodontal chart. |
| V week lectures | CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF PERIODONTITIS |
| V week exercises | Clinical examination included the assessment of gingival condition and deeper periodontal tissues using standardized periodontal indices, with subsequent completion of the periodontal chart. |
| VI week lectures | ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTITIS |
| VI week exercises | Oral hygiene – methods and techniques |
| VII week lectures | ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTITIS |
| VII week exercises | Oral hygiene – methods and techniques |
| VIII week lectures | OCCLUSION AND PERIODONTIUM |
| VIII week exercises | Instruments in periodontology and basic principles of instrumentation. |
| IX week lectures | PATHOGENESIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASE |
| IX week exercises | Basic principles of instrumentation in periodontology. Preclinical practice on dental models. |
| X week lectures | PATHOGENESIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASE |
| X week exercises | Manual and ultrasonic/scaling instruments for the removal of dental calculus: technique of operation. Preclinical practice on dental models. |
| XI week lectures | DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES |
| XI week exercises | Instruments for the management of the hard wall of the periodontal pocket. Root surface scaling and polishing: operative technique. Preclinical practice on dental models. |
| XII week lectures | DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES |
| XII week exercises | Instruments for the management of the hard wall of the periodontal pocket. Root surface scaling and polishing: operative technique. Preclinical practice on dental models. |
| XIII week lectures | CLINICAL ASPECTS OF RENDGENOGRAPHY IN PERIODONTOLOGY |
| XIII week exercises | Treatment plan for periodontitis |
| XIV week lectures | COMPLICATIONS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES AND THEIR THERAPY |
| XIV week exercises | Supragingival and subgingival instrumentation of the maxillary and mandibular dentition. |
| XV week lectures | COMPLICATIONS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES AND THEIR THERAPY |
| XV week exercises | Supragingival and subgingival instrumentation of the maxillary and mandibular dentition. |
| XVI week lectures | ADVANCED PERIODONTAL DISEASE WITH RAPID PROGRESSION (Stage II-IV, Grade C; Aggressive periodontal disease) |
| XVI week exercises | Diagnosis of periodontal disease - history, clinical examination (analysis of radiographs - assessment of bone condition) |
| XVII week lectures | THERAPY OF ADVANCED PERIODONTAL DISEASE WITH RAPID PROGRESSION (Stage II-IV, Grade C; Aggressive periodontal disease) |
| XVII week exercises | Diagnosis of periodontal disease - prognosis and treatment plan |
| XVIII week lectures | GERIATRIC PERIODONTOLOGY |
| XVIII week exercises | Non-surgical (etiotropic, etiology-based) phase of periodontitis therapy |
| XIX week lectures | PROGNOSIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES |
| XIX week exercises | Non-surgical (etiotropic, etiology-based) phase of periodontitis therapy |
| XX week lectures | THERAPY PLAN FOR PATIENTS WITH PERIODONTITIS |
| XX week exercises | Non-surgical (etiotropic, etiology-based ) phase of periodontitis therapy |
| XXI week lectures | PRELIMINARY THERAPY OF PERIODONTITIS |
| XXI week exercises | Non-surgical (etiotropic, etiology-based) phase of periodontitis therapy |
| XXII week lectures | NON-SURGICAL (ETIOTROPIC, ETIOLOGY-BASED) PHASE OF PERIODONTAL THERAPY |
| XXII week exercises | Evaluation of the outcomes of the etiology-based phase of periodontal therapy using periodontal indices. |
| XXIII week lectures | DRUGS IN THE THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES |
| XXIII week exercises | Diagnosis of periodontal disease - history, clinical examination (analysis of radiographs - assessment of bone condition) - supervised clinical work with patients |
| XXIV week lectures | CHOICE OF METHOD FOR ELIMINATION OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXIV week exercises | Diagnosis of periodontal disease - prognosis and treatment plan |
| XXV week lectures | TREATMENT OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXV week exercises | Non-surgical (etiotropic, etiology-based ) phase of periodontal therapy - supervised clinical work with patients |
| XXVI week lectures | RESECTIVE METHODS IN THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS |
| XXVI week exercises | Selection of the surgical method for the elimination of periodontal pockets: indications and contraindications. Patient preparation for the surgical treatment of periodontal disease, including instrumentation, suture needles, and suture material. Basic surgical principles: anesthesia, incisions, suturing, and periodontal dressings. |
| XXVII week lectures | PERIODONTAL FLAP SURGERY I |
| XXVII week exercises | Suture techniques in periodontal surgery. Preclinical practice on dental models. |
| XXVIII week lectures | PERIODONTAL FLAP SURGERY II |
| XXVIII week exercises | Modified Widman flap surgery: indications, contraindications, and procedure I |
| XXIX week lectures | CLINICAL ASPECTS OF BIOLOGICAL WIDTH |
| XXIX week exercises | Modified Widman flap surgery: indications, contraindications, and procedure II |
| XXX week lectures | MINIMALNO INVAZIVNA HIRURŠKA TEHNIKA U TERAPIJI PARODONTALNIH OBOLJENJA |
| XXX week exercises | Assessment of the success of periodontal therapy - supervised clinical practice with patients |
| Student workload | Student workload (weekly): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour of independent work Student workload (in the semester): Teaching and final exam (4 hx 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...) 2h x 4 = 8 Total workload: 3 x 30= 90 h Additional work 18 h Structure of workload 64 + 8 + 18 = 90 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 7 credits x 40/30=9 hours and 20 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
9 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =149 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 9 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =18 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 7 x 30=210 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 42 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 149 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 42 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory . |
| Consultations | With co-workers every working day, with the teacher by appointment |
| Literature | 1. Dimitrijević B and a group of authors, CLINICAL PERIODONTOLOGY, Textbook Institute, Belgrade, 2019. 2. Nikolić Jakoba N, Milinković I. Parodontologija: praktikum. Beograd: Stomatološki fakultet, Univerziteta u Beogradu; 2018. 3. Classification of periodontal diseases 2017, Croatian translation available at http://www.sfzg.unizg.hr/zp, Consensus, 4. Lang NP, Berglundh T, Giannobile WV, Sanz M, urednici. Lindhe’s Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry. 7th ed. Hoboken (NJ): Wiley-Blackwell; 2021. 5. Newman and Carranza’s Clinical Periodontology and Implantology. 14th ed. St. Louis (MO): Elsevier; 2023. |
| Examination methods | colloquium, practical and oral exam |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY I
| Course: | RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11866 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exam - Restorative odontology - pre-clinic |
| Aims | The goal is to train the student to acquire all the necessary knowledge and skills necessary to independently diagnose and compensate damage to the crown of the tooth with adequate therapeutic procedures, materials and instruments of modern restorative odontology. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Restorative Odontology, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with patients and medical staff. 2. He is able to make a clinical diagnosis of the condition of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. 3. He is able to make a plan of the therapeutic procedure. 4. Has the skills to independently perform clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage. 5. He has the skills to independently perform the clinical phases of work with materials for direct and indirect fillings. 6. Knows, applies and possesses the skills to independently perform clinical techniques for whitening vital and non-vital teeth. 7. Knows possible mistakes and consequences of inadequate application of materials in clinical conditions.8.The student is competent to apply evidence-based methods and protocols in dental practice with patients. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. Dr. Mirjana Đuričković Dr. Nina Marić Dr. Kemal Šahmanović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, work in small groups, consultations, colloquiums,exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to clinical practice, basic principles of professional teamwork in the Dental Office. General Recommendations for Patients. Principles of Evidence-Based Restorative Dentistry . |
| I week exercises | Introduction to clinical procedure - workplace and ethical attitude towards the patient.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| II week lectures | Preparation for Restorative Procedures in the Dental Office. |
| II week exercises | Anamnesis and caries diagnosis Interpretation of orthopantomograms and intraoral radiographs. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| III week lectures | Basic Phases of Work in Restorative Dentistry |
| III week exercises | Preparation for restorative procedures – achieving a dry working field; local anesthesia of teeth.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Operating Field Management: Achieving Absolute Dryness Using Appropriate Tools and Techniques |
| IV week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| V week lectures | Basic Gnathological Principles in Restorative Dentistry Based on Evidence-Based Dental Practice |
| V week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VI week lectures | Response of the pulpodentine complex to the stages of cavity preparation and restoration. |
| VI week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VII week lectures | The reaction of the pulpodentine complex to acute, chronic, and deep caries - defense mechanisms. |
| VII week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Deep tooth decay (Caries profunda) – clinical presentation, therapy, and prognosis. Indirect and direct pulp capping: single-visit and multi-visit techniques, methods, and materials. |
| VIII week exercises | Restorative intervention -preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Direct Pulp Capping and Vital Amputation (Biopulpotomy): Indications, Procedure, Pulp Wound Healing, Evidence-Based Protocols for Therapy Success Monitoring, and Medications |
| IX week exercises | Restorative intervention -preparation and restoration . Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| X week lectures | Pharmacological principles of action of agents stimulating dentinogenesis; pulp regeneration – new aspects of the primary method; future therapeutic possibilities. |
| X week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Minimally Invasive Restorative Dentistry: An Evidence-Based Approach |
| XI week exercises | Preparation and restoration of multi-surface cavities on posterior teeth.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Application of matrices in restorative dentistry |
| XII week exercises | One-session and multi-session treatment of deep caries.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Principles and methods of retention in complex multi-surface cavities using various restorative techniques and materials. |
| XIII week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Traumatic tooth damage. Types of tooth injuries, etiology, symptomatology, diagnosis and differential diagnosis |
| XIV week exercises | Bleaching of vital teeth. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Pain of the pulpodentine complex: mechanisms of occurrence, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and differential diagnosis |
| XV week exercises | Trauma therapy.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | Definitive Cavity Restoration Materials: Evidence-Based Clinical Application According to Material Type |
| XVI week exercises | Restorative intervention -preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | Clinical Application of Amalgam Restorations in Restorative Dentistry: Evidence-Based Approach |
| XVII week exercises | Restorative intervention -preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | Clinical application of amalgam - problems and failures. |
| XVIII week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIX week lectures | Clinical Application of Composite Restorations in Restorative Dentistry: An Evidence-Based Approach |
| XIX week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XX week lectures | Clinical Application of Composite Restorations in Restorative Dentistry: Techniques and Stages of Anterior and Posterior Teeth Restoration |
| XX week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | Adhesives in Dentistry: An Evidence-Based Approach |
| XXI week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXII week lectures | Adhesives in dentistry - clinical division and application technique |
| XXII week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | Clinical Application of Glass Ionomer Cements as Restorative Materials: An Evidence-Based Approach |
| XXIII week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | Clinical Application of Glass Ionomer Cements as Restorative Materials |
| XXIV week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | Clinical procedure for the application of cast restorations |
| XXV week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | Restoration of endodontically treated teeth - clinical procedure |
| XXVI week exercises | Restorative procedure for deep caries with preservation of pulp vitality by indirect pulp capping – monitoring therapy success.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | Tooth discoloration, etiology and possibility of elimination |
| XXVII week exercises | Restorative procedure for deep caries with preservation of pulp vitality by indirect pulp capping – monitoring therapy success.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Bleaching of vital teeth |
| XXVIII week exercises | Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration .Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIX week lectures | Aesthetic considerations and monitoring the success of restorations on anterior and posterior teeth: criteria, methods, and tools |
| XXIX week exercises | Bleaching of vital teeth.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXX week lectures | Terapija trauma, izrada direktne kompozitne fasete.Praktičan rad sa pacijentima. |
| XXX week exercises | Trauma therapy, making a direct composite veneer.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| Student workload | In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. In all exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm provided by the plan and program, which refers to clinical work with patients. The standard includes: placed 12 aesthetic 6 amalgam fillings on permanent teeth, 4 MOD fillings and 5 indirect and direct pulp coverings during both semesters. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam. |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | Živković S, editor. Basics of Restorative Dentistry. 2nd ed. Belgrade: Data Status; 2019. [in Serbian] Živković S, editor. Restoration of Teeth with Extensive Crown Damage. Belgrade: Data Status; 2023. [in Serbian] Mjor I. Pulp and dentin biology in restorative dentistry (translation). Data Status. Belgrade, 2008. Kidd E. Basics of dental caries. Datastatus. Belgrade; 2010. Fejerskov O, Nyvad B, editors. Dental Caries: The Disease and Its Clinical Management. 4th ed. Chichester (UK): Wiley‑Blackwell; 2024. Pfeifer CS, Ferracane J, Sakaguchi RL, editors. Craigs Restorative Dental Materials. 15th ed. St. Louis: Mosby; 2025. Eden E, editor. Evidence‑Based Caries Prevention. 2nd ed. Cham (Switzerland): Springer International Publishing; 2025. |
| Examination methods | By fulfilling the pre-examination requirements (activity in lectures 6 points, 2 cloquiums of 7 points each is 14 points, practical teaching 30 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test -10 points, practical exam 30 points and oral exam 10 points - total 50 points ) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, whereby pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | Specifics that need to be emphasized for the subject: Mandatory, clinical, narrowly professional; Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students. |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS I
| Course: | REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11867 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed the exam Mobile dental prosthetics-preclinic |
| Aims | Training in the diagnosis, planning and development of mobile dental restorations / total dentures |
| Learning outcomes | The student is introduced in detail to the biological basics of edentulous treatment. He learns about changes in tissues of the orofacial complex that are the result of loss of natural teeth, processes and directions of resorption of residual alveolar ridges, diseases of the oral mucosa as well as changes that occur in the basic functions of this system (chewing, swallowing, speech, physiognomy ) During theoretical and practical classes, the student should master the basics of planning mobile dental restorations and the methodology of their development. In practical classes, he works independently with patients and goes through all the clinical phases of making total and partial dentures. He should gain dexterity in communicating with patients, in using modern materials used in clinical practice and in using the necessary instruments and apparatus. He should recognize possible errors on new compensations and provide the patient with a successful adaptation to them. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. dr Biljana Milošević Dr Zorica Popović, Dr Vesna Kisić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, work in small groups, consultations, colloquiums,exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Functional anatomy and physiology of the orofacial system from the aspect of edentulousness, Basic concepts of toothlessness therapy , indications for the manufacture of total prostheses, types of TP, clinical significance |
| I week exercises | Introduction to the program of practical exercises , dental chair, work with patients |
| II week lectures | Prosthetic preparation of edentulous mouths |
| II week exercises | The importance of anamnesis in dental prosthetics, patient review, basics of the work plan in the development of TP |
| III week lectures | Principles and biological aspects of edentulous jaw prints Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| III week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients Selection of standard spoons with edentulous jaw imprinting, demonstration of preliminary prints in the upper and lower jaws |
| IV week lectures | Methods of taking the print of edentulous jaws, materials, preliminary print, functional print |
| IV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients Upper and lower toothless jaw prints |
| V week lectures | Determination of interforkrelations in the development of TP I part |
| V week exercises | Working models, adaptation of individual spoons, demonstration of functional prints Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VI week lectures | Determining inter-forked relationships Part II |
| VI week exercises | Functional prints of toothless jaws Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VII week lectures | Application of articulators in the manufacture of total dentures |
| VII week exercises | Preparation of biting templates, demonstrating the registration of inter-jaw relationships on toothless patients Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VIII week lectures | Selection and determination of the position of the front teeth in patients with eugnate jaw ratio ( Sk.Kl. I ) |
| VIII week exercises | Determination of intervillidual relationships on the patient, transfer of jaw models to the articulator Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| IX week lectures | Selection and determination of the position of lateral teeth in pacenae with eugnate jaw ratio ( I Sk. Kl. ) t |
| IX week exercises | Determination of interjacular relationships, transfer of jaw models into articulator Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| X week lectures | Selection and determination of the position of artificial teeth in patients with II and III skeletal classes |
| X week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients Prosthesis model rehearsal , demonstration |
| XI week lectures | Principles and application of the concept of bilaterally balanced occlusion in the manufacture of total dentures |
| XI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XII week lectures | Rehearsal of the model of total dentures |
| XII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIII week lectures | Retention and stabilization of total dentures |
| XIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIV week lectures | Handing over total dentures and maintaining therapeutic effects, patient instructions, control examinations, repairs, proofreadings, submissions |
| XIV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XV week lectures | Alternative forms of total dentures, immediate, supradental, metal-reinforced dentures, total dentures on implants |
| XV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XVI week lectures | Introductory concepts about partial dentures, types of partial dentures, indications for making PP, biological aspects in the manufacture of partial dentures. |
| XVI week exercises | Anamnesis in dental prosthetics , patient review , demonstration Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XVII week lectures | Tooth loss , state of toothlessness, consequences for the stomatognati system, preparation of oral tissues for the production of PP, classification of toothlessness |
| XVII week exercises | Selection and preparation of standard spoons , pšreliminar prints of toothless jaws , demonstration Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XVIII week lectures | Partial plate prosthesis , Part I |
| XVIII week exercises | Preliminary prints of toothless jaws Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIX week lectures | Retention and stabilization of partial plate prosthesis |
| XIX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XX week lectures | Partial skeletal prosthesis , basic concepts in psp planning, application of parallelometers |
| XX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients Determining interjacular relationships , transferring models into articulators , demonstrating |
| XXI week lectures | Elements of partial skeletal prosthesis |
| XXI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXII week lectures | Planning partial skeletal prosthesis – retention |
| XXII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients partial prosthesis skeleton test |
| XXIII week lectures | Biostatics of partial skeletal prosthesis - stabilization |
| XXIII week exercises | Partial prosthesis model rehearsal, demonstration Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXIV week lectures | Complex partial dentures- dedicated fixed reimbursements |
| XXIV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXV week lectures | Partial dentures with double – telescope crowns |
| XXV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients, handing over partial dentures |
| XXVI week lectures | Partial dentures with precise connecting elements, entima- atečmeni |
| XXVI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXVII week lectures | Alternative forms of partial dentures, immediate, supradental, dentures on implants, two-piece prostheses |
| XXVII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXVIII week lectures | Clinical procedures in the treatment of toothlessness PSP , Part I |
| XXVIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXIX week lectures | Clinical procedures in the treatment of PSP , Part II |
| XXIX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXX week lectures | Rad studenata na pacijentima |
| XXX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| Student workload | Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of self-study seminar, including consultation In the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 x 16 =84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h Supplementary work 24.6h Load structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | -regular attendance of classes and exercises , colloquiums, exams |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Krstić M, Petrović A, Stanišić Sinobad D, Stošić Z. Clinical Prosthetics- Total Prosthesis, Vel Arta, Belgrade ;1998. 2. Stamenković D . Clinical Prosthetics- Partial Prostheses, Interprint, Belgrade; 2006. 3.Carr AB, Brown DT. McCrackens Removable Partial Prosthodontics. 13th ed. St. Louis: Elsevier; 2015. 4.Khan IA. Prosthodontics at a Glance. 2nd ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell; 2021. |
| Examination methods | colloquiums,test, midterm exams , final exam |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment | Clinical subject, requires the work of students on patients with the use of special materials and instruments. Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students, because the clinical hall has 5 dental chairs. |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED PROSTHODONTICS I
| Course: | FIXED PROSTHODONTICS I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11868 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Dental prosthetics-preclinic mobile and fixed |
| Aims | After attending lectures, the student acquires knowledge about indications and contraindications for the fabrication of fixed dental prostheses and preprosthetic preparations. They gain knowledge about the biological principles of tooth preparation, fabrication of prostheses on pulpless teeth, and the creation of temporary fixed prostheses. The student acquires knowledge about dental bridges, specialized fixed prostheses, and the durability of fixed prostheses in the oral environment. They also gain theoretical knowledge about the clinical phases of creating fixed prostheses (cast post and core, metal-ceramic and all-ceramic fixed prostheses, cast, veneered, and partial crowns). The student masters the implementation of clinical phases in the fabrication of fixed prostheses (diagnosis and treatment planning, tooth preparation, impression taking, try-in of the metal substructure and porcelain part of the fixed prosthesis, and cementation of the prosthesis on abutment teeth). |
| Learning outcomes | 1. Knows the types of fixed prosthetic restorations, indications and contraindications for their application, materials, and basic principles for making them. 2. Knows the possibilities and importance of pre-prosthetic preparation for fixed prosthetic restorations and is capable of applying the face arch and articulator in the planning and production of fixed restorations. 3. Is capable of independently taking a medical history, conducting a dental examination and X-ray analysis, setting an indication (for the preparation of appropriate prosthetic compensation), and establishing a therapy plan. 4. Possesses the skill to independently perform clinical phases in the production of fixed reimbursements. 5. Has communication skills with patients, medical staff, and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. Has an awareness of the necessity of continuous education to acquire knowledge about new dental materials and techniques of work and the possibilities of their application in dental prosthetics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, small group work, consultations, methodical exercises, method of practical activities of the student |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Definition and historical overview of fixed reimbursements. Indications and contraindications for the manufacture of fixed reimbursements. |
| I week exercises | CE : Clinical workplace on fixed prosthetics; instruments; sterilization and disinfection Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| II week lectures | Diagnosis, preprosthetic preparation and therapy plan |
| II week exercises | Exercises : Anamnesis, examination, status of teeth and plan of fixed protracted therapy; Removing existing crowns ,Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| III week lectures | Concepts of occlusion in the production of fixed reimbursements, I time |
| III week exercises | Exercises : X-ray analysis; Testing the vitality of the carrier teeth. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| IV week lectures | Concepts of occlusion in the development of fixed reimbursements, 2nd hour |
| IV week exercises | Exercises : Fingerprinting for Study Models .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| V week lectures | Biological principles of tooth preparation, I time |
| V week exercises | Exercises : Grinding teeth; Local anesthesia. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VI week lectures | Biological principles of tooth preparation, 2nd hour |
| VI week exercises | Exercises : Grinding teeth with rounded preparation for a metalceramic crown; Local anesthesia .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VII week lectures | Temporary fixed compensations, and time |
| VII week exercises | Exercises : Making a temporary crown by direct (direct) imprint procedure; Temporary cementation of the immediate crown.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| VIII week lectures | Temporary fixed compensations, 2nd class |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises : Making an immediate crown by direct (direct) procedure using ready-made crowns; Temporary cementation of the immediate crown. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| IX week lectures | Prints for fixed fees, and time |
| IX week exercises | Exercises : Opening the dentogingive sulcus with thread and astringent agent; Choosing a spoon for prints. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| X week lectures | Prints for fixed fees, second class |
| X week exercises | Exercises : Fingerprinting procedures; Types of prints; Two-time printing procedures Fingerprinting .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XI week lectures | Reimbursements on depulped teeth, and in no time |
| XI week exercises | Exercises : Root canal preparation and modeling of individual upgrading of single-rooted teeth. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XII week lectures | Reimbursements on depulped teeth, 2nd hour |
| XII week exercises | Exercises : Cementing individual upgrades .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIII week lectures | Metal-ceramic fixed reimbursements, I time |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises : Rehearsal of metal substructure for the crown. Determination of color. Determination of interjacular relationships by wax register. Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIV week lectures | Metal-ceramic fixed reimbursements, 2nd hour |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises : Rehearsal of metalceramic work before glaze .Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XV week lectures | Cast rosary and faceted crowns . |
| XV week exercises | Exercises : The First midterm exam.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XVI week lectures | Ceramic Fixed Prostheses I Class . |
| XVI week exercises | CE: Examination, medical history, dental status, and plan for fixed prosthodontic therapy; Taking impressions for study models.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XVII week lectures | Ceramic Fixed Prostheses II Class |
| XVII week exercises | CE: Analysis of X-rays; Planning prosthodontic work.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XVIII week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class I |
| XVIII week exercises | CE: Removal of existing bridges. Bridge planning.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XIX week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class II |
| XIX week exercises | CE: Tooth preparation for multi-unit fixed prosthodontic constructions; Veneered and metal-ceramic bridges.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XX week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class III |
| XX week exercises | CE: Fabrication of temporary bridges using indirect techniques.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXI week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class IV |
| XXI week exercises | CE: Cementation of temporary bridges.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXII week lectures | Bridges Part II: Planning large-span bridges. Presentation and interpretation of individual solutions in the treatment of edentulism with bridgework constructions |
| XXII week exercises | Exercises: Impression techniques; two-step impression; one-step impression in an individual tray.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXIII week lectures | Fixed prostheses on non-parallel abutment teeth for dental bridges. |
| XXIII week exercises | CE: Trial of the metal substructure of the bridge; Relationship between the bridge body and the mucosa.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXIV week lectures | Specialized fixed prostheses, Class I |
| XXIV week exercises | CE: Registration of interocclusal relationships. Transfer of reference points from patients to articulators, orientation, and model setup using a facebow.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXV week lectures | Specialized fixed prostheses, Class II |
| XXV week exercises | CE: Planning combined dental prostheses.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXVI week lectures | Durability of fixed prostheses, Class I |
| XXVI week exercises | CE: Analysis of models, planning, and fabrication of specialized fixed prostheses.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXVII week lectures | Durability of fixed prostheses, Class II |
| XXVII week exercises | CE: Fabrication of specialized fixed prostheses.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXVIII week lectures | Attachment of fixed prostheses to abutment teeth, Class I |
| XXVIII week exercises | CE: Trial and temporary cementation of completed bridges.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXIX week lectures | Attachment of fixed prostheses to abutment teeth, Class II |
| XXIX week exercises | CE: Permanent cementation of bridges; Patient instructions on bridge hygiene.Supervised clinical practice with patients |
| XXX week lectures | Drugi kolokvijum |
| XXX week exercises | Second Midterm Examination. |
| Student workload | In the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 x 16 =84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h Supplementary work 24.6h Load structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h Sunday 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of self-study seminar, including consultation |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | regular attendance of lectures and clinical exercises ,tests , midterm exams, final exam |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | 1. Vujošević D, Lj. Fixed Restorations, Part One. ECPD, Belgrade; 1998. 2. Radlović-Pantelić S. Dental Prosthetics – Fixed Restorations, Part Two. University of Belgrade; 1998. 3. Rosenstiel SF, Land MF, Walter R, editors.Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics. 6th ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2022. 4.Jakovac M, Marcutti N, Temperani M, Vražić D, Šnjarić D, Kutleša Oroši I,Radović S, editors. Protocol: Standardisation in Fixed Prosthodontics. 1st ed. London: Quintessence Publishing; 2024. |
| Examination methods | 2 midterm exams of 5 points each(total 10 points) Seminar paper 10 points Lecture attendance 10 points Clinical exercises (program fulfilment 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparedness 5 points) a total of 20 points Final exam 50 points The passing grade is obtained if the cumulative score is 50 points |
| Special remarks | Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students, because the clinical hall has 5 dental chairs |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL SURGERY I
| Course: | ORAL SURGERY I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11869 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 9 | 2+2.5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exams in dental anesthesiology and dental radiology |
| Aims | Training for self-examination of the patient and taking all relevant data (anamnesis and clinical examination), and implementation of the necessary diagnostic procedure in order to establish the diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. Furthermore, to apply terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity, to perform simple extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation), to carry out the treatment of simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Oral Surgery I, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He is able to independently examine a patient and take all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history), and carry out the necessary diagnostic tests procedures in order to establish the diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. 2. Applies terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions, diagnosis and treatment of orofacial pain, as well as to treat complications of local anesthesia. 3. Perform simple extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation). 4. Prescribe medications for preoperative and postoperative treatment of oral surgery patients and carry out treatment of simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications, including diagnostics and conservative treatment of oroantral communication. 5. Diagnoses pathological changes in the jaws (cysts, benign tumors, non-tumor lesions, periapical lesions, tooth trauma) and sets indications for surgical treatment methods. 6. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections and prescribes appropriate medications. 7. Establish local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. 8. Prevents and implements the therapy of most emergency conditions in dentistry. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Associate professor Marija Antunović; Vukadin Bajagić, DDS, mr sc.; Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD |
| Methodology | lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Concept and objectives of oral surgery. Applied surgical anatomy of the orofacial region. |
| I week exercises | Anatomy, vascularisation and innervation of the orofacial region. |
| II week lectures | Tooth extraction. |
| II week exercises | Instruments for tooth extraction - forceps. |
| III week lectures | Tooth extraction. |
| III week exercises | Instruments for tooth extraction - levers. |
| IV week lectures | Complications during tooth extraction. |
| IV week exercises | Complications during tooth extraction - radiological and clinical examples in practice. |
| V week lectures | Wound healing after tooth extraction. |
| V week exercises | Wound healing after tooth extraction - radiological and clinical examples in practice. |
| VI week lectures | Procedures with oral surgery patients. |
| VI week exercises | Procedures with oral surgery patients - radiological and clinical examples in practice. |
| VII week lectures | Basic surgical principles. |
| VII week exercises | Demonstration of basic principles in oral surgery. |
| VIII week lectures | Impacted and supernumerary teeth. |
| VIII week exercises | Impacted and supernumerary teeth - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction. |
| IX week lectures | Impacted and supernumerary teeth. |
| IX week exercises | Impacted and supernumerary teeth - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction. |
| X week lectures | Chronic periapical lessions. |
| X week exercises | Chronic periapical lessions - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction. |
| XI week lectures | Chronic periapical lessions. |
| XI week exercises | Chronic periapical lessions - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction. |
| XII week lectures | Jaw cysts. |
| XII week exercises | Jaw cysts - radiological and clinical examples in practice. |
| XIII week lectures | Jaw cysts. |
| XIII week exercises | Jaw cysts - radiological and clinical examples in practice. |
| XIV week lectures | Acute dentogenic infections. |
| XIV week exercises | Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction. |
| XV week lectures | Acute dentogenic infections. |
| XV week exercises | Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction. |
| XVI week lectures | Bleeding and hemostasis. |
| XVI week exercises | Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction. |
| XVII week lectures | Bleeding and hemostasis. |
| XVII week exercises | Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction. |
| XVIII week lectures | Surgical procedures as part of orthodontic treatment. |
| XVIII week exercises | Surgical procedures as part of orthodontic treatment - tooth extraction. |
| XIX week lectures | Oroantral communications and fistulas. |
| XIX week exercises | Conservative treatment of oroantral communication after tooth extraction. |
| XX week lectures | Trauma of teeth and alveolar process. Replantation and transplantation. |
| XX week exercises | Radiological and clinical examples of dental injuries. |
| XXI week lectures | Preprosthetic surgery. |
| XXI week exercises | Radiological and clinical examples of pre-prosthetic interventions on soft tissues. |
| XXII week lectures | Preprosthetic surgery. |
| XXII week exercises | Radiological and clinical examples of pre-prosthetic interventions on bone tissues. |
| XXIII week lectures | Oral surgical aspects of facial pain. |
| XXIII week exercises | Diagnosis and treatment of painful conditions - tooth extraction. |
| XXIV week lectures | Oral surgical aspects of facial pain. |
| XXIV week exercises | Diagnosis and treatment of painful conditions - tooth extraction. |
| XXV week lectures | Benign tumors of soft and bone tissues of the orofacial region. |
| XXV week exercises | Radiological and clinical examples of benign tumors of the orofacial region. |
| XXVI week lectures | Oral surgical aspects of the risk patients. |
| XXVI week exercises | Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk. |
| XXVII week lectures | Oral surgical aspects of the risk patients. |
| XXVII week exercises | Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Intraoperative and postoperative complications. |
| XXVIII week exercises | Diagnosis and treatment of complications during and after tooth extraction. |
| XXIX week lectures | Prevention and treatment of emergency conditions in the orofacial region. |
| XXIX week exercises | Tooth extraction. |
| XXX week lectures | Vađenje zuba. |
| XXX week exercises | Tooth extraction. |
| Student workload | In the 1st semester: Teaching and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (teaching and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Teaching and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (teaching and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 7 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at theoretical and practical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Kafedžiska-Vračar V., Jurišić M. Oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2002. Marković A., Čolić S., Stojčev Stajčić Lj., Dražić R., Gačić B. Practice of oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2010 |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquiums = 2 x 15 points. Seminar work = 9 points. 1 control test from practical exercises = 10 points. Final exam = 51 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL SURGERY
| Course: | ORAL SURGERY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6826 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 12 | 2+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exams in dental anesthesiology and radiology |
| Aims | Training for independent review of the patient and taking all relevant data (anamnesis and clinical examination), so the implementation of necessary diagnostic procedures to diagnose the oral surgery diseases. Furthermore, to apply the terminal and block anesthesia in oral cavity, perform the simple extractions of erupted and partially erupted tooth and complicated tooth extraction (separation), carry out the treatment of the simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Oral Surgery, a dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.To be able to review independently the patient and take all relevant informations related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general anamnesis), as well as to implement the necessary diagnostic procedures to diagnose the oral surgery diseases. 2.To apply terminal and block anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to carry out the oral surgery procedures, diagnosis and treatment of orofacial pain, as so as treats the complications of local anesthesia. 3.To perform a simple extraction of erupted and partially erupted teeth and complicated teeth extraction (separation). 4.To prescribe medicines for preoperative and postoperative treatment of oral surgery patients and performs the treatment of simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextracional complications, including the diagnosis and conservative treatment of the oro-antral communication. 5.To diagnoses the pathological changes in the jaws (cysts, benign tumors, non-cancer lesions, periapical lesions, dental trauma) and sets the indications for surgical treatment methods. 6.To treat acute and chronic odontogenic infections and gives appropriate medicines. 7.To establish a local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. 8.To prevent and to conduct therapy of the most dental emergencies. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Asst. Professor Marija Antunović, DDS, PhD Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anatomy of orofacial region. |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| II week lectures | Tooth extraction. |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| III week lectures | Tooth extraction. |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| IV week lectures | Complications during tooth extraction. |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| V week lectures | Wound healing after tooth extraction. |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VI week lectures | Procedures with the oral surgery patient. |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VII week lectures | Basic surgical principles. |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. |
| VIII week lectures | Impacted and supernumerary teeth. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Impacted and supernumerary teeth. |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | Chronic periapical lesions. |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Chronic periapical lesions. |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Jaw cysts. |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Jaw cysts. |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Acute dentogenic infections. |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Acute dentogenic infections. |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | Bleeding and hemostasis. |
| XVI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | Bleeding and hemostasis. |
| XVII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | Surgical procedures as part of the orthodontic treatment. |
| XVIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIX week lectures | Oroantral communications and fistulas. |
| XIX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XX week lectures | Trauma of the teeth and alveolar process. |
| XX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | Preprosthetic surgery. |
| XXI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXII week lectures | Preprosthetic surgery. |
| XXII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | Oral surgical aspects of facial pain. |
| XXIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | Oral surgical aspects of facial pain. |
| XXIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | Benign tumors of soft and bone tissues of the orofacial region. |
| XXV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | Oral surgery aspects of the patients with medical risk. |
| XXVI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | Oral surgery aspects of the patients with medical risk. |
| XXVII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Intraoperative and postoperative complications. |
| XXVIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIX week lectures | Prevention and treatment of emergency conditions in the orofacial region. |
| XXIX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XXX week lectures | Vježbe prate predavanja.Klinički rad sa pacijentima. |
| XXX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| Student workload | Weekly 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 3 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 2 hours of independent work During the semester Teaching and the final exam (8h x16 =128h) Preparations for the start of the semester: 8hx2 = 16h Total load: 6 x 30 = 180h Aditional work: 36h Structure of the load: 128h+16h+36h=180h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Kafedžiska-Vračar V., Jurišić M. Oral Surgery, School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade 2002. (Serbian) Marković A.,Čolić S., Stojčev Stajčić Lj., Dražić R., Gačić B. Practicum of oral surgery, School of Dental Medici |
| Examination methods | The forms of knowledge testing and grading: 2 first tests = 2 x 15 points Seminar = 9 points 1 control test for practical exercises = 10 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets if the student gathers min 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY
| Course: | MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6828 | Obavezan | 7,8 | 13 | 1+5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Gnathology, Fantom- dental prosthetics , Dental materials |
| Aims | After completing the lectures and practicals in partial denture prosthodontic the student should understand the alterations of the hard and soft tissues within the orofacial system following the loss of the natural teeth. He should understand the significance of mouth preparation and tooth healing before denture planning and fabrication. He should recognise the types of partial dentures, the constructive elements of cobald chromium dentures, indications and contraindications for fabrication of various partial dentures. He should acquire knowledge of proper planning the partial dentures and be enabled to use the articulator and the paralellometer. He should understand the principles of partial denture retention and stabilization. During the practical training he should be enabled to performe all clinical procedures in partial denture fabrication : Planning the dentures, various modalities of partialy edentulous jaw-impressions, determination of jaw-relationsh |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester education from the matter Mobile dental prosthetics, dental student should possess the following outcomes: 1. Identify the types of removable dentures, indications and contraindications for their use, opportunities for retention, stabilization and making thereof, as well as functional, physiognomic and social significance of rehabilitation of patients. 2. He knows the possibilities and importance patient preparation for mobile dental prosthesis. 3. Is able to independently take a medical history, perform a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, to determine indications for making the appropriate prosthetic replacements and determine a treatment plan. 4. Equipped with skills to independently perform clinical phase in the making of removable dentures (total, partial and skeletal dentures): taking impressions (anatomical and functional), determination of the relationship between the forks, test models dentures, placement of the dentures, corrections and checks. 5. Able to apply the facial arches and articulator in the making dentures. 6. Has communication skills with patients, medical staff, knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 7. Has an awareness of the necessity of continuing education in order to acquire knowledge of new dental materials and techniques of their application. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology | Lectures, practical classes, colloquia, seminars |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Basic introductory notions concerning the partial dentures, their clinical significance, indications and contraindications for fabrication , types of partial dentures. The Biologic foundation of partial denture prosthodontic |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | The loss of the natural teeth and consequences within the orofacial system. Classification of partialy edentulousnes |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | Cnvencional acrylic partial dentures , first part |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Cnvencional acrylic partial dentures, second part |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | Using the parallelometer in planning and fabricating the cobalt-chromium removable partial dentures |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | The main constructive elements of cobalt-chromium partial dentures |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Planning the cobalt-chromium partial dentures- retention |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Planning the cobalt-chromium partial dentures- stabilisation |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | The complex partial dentures, partial dentures with prefabricated crowns |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | Partial dentures with attachments |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | The telescopic partial dentures |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Other forms of partial dentures, immediate, transitional, overdentures , sectional dentures, swing-loc |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Clinical procedures in fabricating the removable partial dentures |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Delivery of partial dentures and maintaining the therapeutic effects: control examinationions, corrections, repairing and relininig the partial dentures |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Removable prosthodontic- partial dentures |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | Weekly 6.5 credits x 40/30 equals 8.6 hours Structure: 1 cup of lectures and 5 hours of exercises 1.6 test including consultations 2-hour seminar per semester Teaching and the final exam (8,6h x 16 equals 137, 6h) Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 8,6h x 2 equals 17,2h Total load: 6.5 x 30 equals 195H additional work 40,2h structure opterećenja137.6h + 17,2h + 40.4h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 13 credits x 40/30=17 hours and 20 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 5 excercises 11 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =277 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =34 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 13 x 30=390 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 277 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 34 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | Krstić M., Petrović A., Stanišić-Sinobad D., Stošić Z., Klinička protetika-Totalna proteza „Velarta“ Beograd1998. Stamenković D: Stomatološka protetika-parcijalna proteza. Interprint, Beograd, 2006. |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 20 points 2 seminar papers by 2 points (total of 4 points) Attending classes 5 points Final exam 51 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MANAGEMENT IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | MANAGEMENT IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6833 | Obavezan | 8 | 1.75 | 1+0+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the general principles of management and health care management and to teach them adequately (both theoretically and practically) so that they can understand the concept of successful i.e. effective management. Specific objectives of the course are: to acquire adequate knowledge, appropriate skills and practical experience that will enable students to develop basic communication skills and motivation skills, to understand the importance and need for continuing education. In other words, students are taught to achieve set goals of their institution, service, programme, project and team in most efficient and effective manner |
| Learning outcomes | After completing one semester course in Management in dentistry, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess the principles of management in health care. 2. Possess the basic communication skills . 3. Possess the basic skills of organization, leadership and management program of dental care. 4. Analyzes dental programs and make timely decisions. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Snezana Matijevic DDS MSc PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, tests, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Definition, characteristics and development of management |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Management functions |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Management functions |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Management functions |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Communication |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Communication |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Communication |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Communication |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Public relations and communication |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Leadership |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | Successful (effective) manager |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Management and workplace motivation |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Collaboration and teamwork |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Decision making and problem solving |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Education for successful management |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | 1 hour of lecture per week |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 1.75 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 20 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =37 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =4 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 1.75 x 30=52.5 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 10 hour(s) i 30 minuts Workload structure: 37 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 4 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 10 hour(s) i 30 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Exercises are not included in the curriculum |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request |
| Literature | Prof. dr Mićović P., Zdravstveni menadžment - Menadžment zdravstvenog sistema i zdravstvenih ustanova, Beograd 2008. godina |
| Examination methods | 2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 9 points Final exam 51 points |
| Special remarks | Minimum passing score is 50 points |
| Comment | Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION IN DENTISTRY
| Course: | MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION IN DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11871 | Obavezan | 8 | 2 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There are no conditions |
| Aims | The aim of this course is to familiarize students with the general principles of management and healthcare management and to train them in the appropriate scope (theoretical and practical) with everything that will enable them to understand the concept of a successful, i.e. effective, manager. The specific goals of the course are the acquisition of adequate knowledge, appropriate skills and practical experience that will enable students to develop basic communication skills, develop the ability to motivate, and understand the importance and need for continuous education. In other words, students are trained to achieve the set goals of the institution, service, program, project, team, etc. in the most efficient and effective way. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the one-semester course in the subject Management in Dentistry, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the principles of management in health care. 2. Has basic communication skills. 3. Possesses the basic skills of organizing, leading and managing the dental care program. 4. Analyzes dental programs and makes timely decisions. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis Prof Snežana Matijević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Definition, characteristics and development of management |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Functions of management |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Functions of management |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Functions of management |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Communication |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Communication |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Communication |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Communication |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Public relations and communication |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Leadership |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | A successful (effective) manager |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Management and work motivation |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Collaboration and teamwork |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | Decision making and problem solving |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Education for successful management |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at theoretical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded. |
| Consultations | weekly |
| Literature | Prof. dr Mićović P., Zdravstveni menadžment - Menadžment zdravstvenog sistema i zdravstvenih ustanova, Beograd 2008. godina |
| Examination methods | Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) 2 colloquiums 20 points each Seminar work 10 points Final exam max up to 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL OROFACIAL GENETICS
| Course: | CLINICAL OROFACIAL GENETICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 11872 | Obavezan | 8 | 2 | 1+1+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the importance and basics of clinical genetics in dental medicine, the most common genetic abnormalities of teeth and orofacial structures, evaluation methods of people with genetic orofacial disorders and the possibilities of preventive action through genetic counseling. Craniofacial abnormalities require an interdisciplinary approach, therefore, through this course, future dentists will be trained to participate in the team for diagnosis, treatment and habilitation of people with genetic orofacial disorders and diseases. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the course in the subject, the student will be able to: 1. Explain the principles and specifics of genetic disorders and the importance of clinical genetics in dental medicine. 2. Explain the principles of inheritance of genomic orofacial disorders, their clinical characteristics, the method of taking a genetic history, including family tree drawing. 3. Recognizes and adequately interprets orofacial anomalies, refers the patient to appropriate consultations and diagnostics. 4. Presents the general principles of clinical genetics and genetic methods in the diagnosis of genetic abnormalities of the orofacial region. 5. Adequately assess the role of heredity in the disorder of dental and orofacial structures and participate in multidisciplinary diagnosis, treatment and habilitation of these patients. 6. Knows the basic principles and specifics of genetic counseling and providing genetic information and the basic bioethical principles of genetic data protection and nondirect counseling. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD and teaching associate Jelena Jovanović, MD |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, workshops, seminars, and consultations. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | An introduction to clinical orofacial genetics: History and impact of medical genetics to medical science. Definition and scope of clinical orofacial genetics in dentistry. |
| I week exercises | Introductory exercise – orientation on the principles of practical teaching |
| II week lectures | Cellular and molecular basis of inheritance. |
| II week exercises | Medical history of genomic burdens and diseases |
| III week lectures | Chromosomes and cell division. Developmental genetics. |
| III week exercises | Genomic risks recognition |
| IV week lectures | Models of inheritance |
| IV week exercises | Evaluation of phenotypic characteristics accompanying genomic diseases |
| V week lectures | Congenital anomalies and dysmorphic syndromes. Dysmorphic craniofacial structures. |
| V week exercises | Principles of Genealogy, Familly three, pedigree symbols and recognition of the models of inheritance |
| VI week lectures | Genetics of dental dimensions |
| VI week exercises | Dysmorphological examination of the orofacial region: Recognition and registration of minor and major anomalies |
| VII week lectures | Clinical application of DNA technologies and the human genome project. |
| VII week exercises | Introduction to the principles of laboratory diagnostics in genetics |
| VIII week lectures | Population genetics and epidemiology of craniofacial malformations. |
| VIII week exercises | Drawing family trees for different types of hereditary diseases |
| IX week lectures | Genetic anomalies of teeth. |
| IX week exercises | Presentation and analysis of examples of genetic dental anomalies |
| X week lectures | Genetic defects of enamel and dentin. |
| X week exercises | Presentation and analysis of examples of genetic anomalies of enamel and dentin |
| XI week lectures | Genetic disorders of periodontal and other oral structures. |
| XI week exercises | Presentation and analysis of examples of genetic disorders of periodontal structures |
| XII week lectures | Manifestations of chromosomal and dysmetabolic syndromes in craniofacial region. |
| XII week exercises | Presentation and analysis of craniofacial manifestations of chromosomal aberrations |
| XIII week lectures | Genetic basis of frequent dental diseases: Cleft lip and palate, caries. |
| XIII week exercises | Presentation and analysis of craniofacial manifestations of neurocutaneous syndromes |
| XIV week lectures | Genetic counseling in dentistry. Prenatal diagnostics |
| XIV week exercises | Presentation and analysis of craniofacial manifestations of genetic dysplastic syndromes |
| XV week lectures | Bioethical principles and dilemmas in clinical genetics. |
| XV week exercises | Repetitorium of the exercises |
| Student workload | Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32 hors Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attending classes, actively participating in exercises and seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group. |
| Consultations | After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant |
| Literature | Turnpenny P, Ellard S. Emerjevi osnovi medicinske genetike. 13. izdanje (prevod sa engleskog jezika). Datastatus, Beograd 2009. ili Turnpenny P, Ellard S. Emery`s Elements of Medical Genetics. 15th ed. Elsevier, 2017. Additional literature (selected chapters): Skrinjarić I. Orofacijalna genetika. Školska knjiga Zagreb, 2006. Nussbaum R.L, McInnes R.R, Willard H.E. Tompson & Tompson Genetics in medicine, Eight ed. Elsevier, 2016. |
| Examination methods | Class attendance: 10 points Seminar: 20 points Final exam: 70 points Grade: A B C D E F Points: : 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 < 50 Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points |
| Special remarks | None |
| Comment | None |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS
| Course: | PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6829 | Obavezan | 8 | 5 | 2+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exam Restorative Dentistry |
| Aims | After completion of theory and practical exercises, the student should: a challenge tehnbiku placing a rubber dam is to know basic anatomical and morphological characteristics of root canal system of teeth groups, to understand the importance of access cavity in endodontics treatment, to know about the different priests odontometrics, he knows the basic endodontic instruments, he knows the techniques and medications that are using irrigation and medication of root canals, he knows the different techniques reparations tooth roots, he knows all phases of endodontic procedures, and understanding of their importance to the final outcome of the treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the methods of endodontic treatment of affected teeth |
| Learning outcomes | Upon successful completion of the Preclinical Endodontics course, the student will be able to: 1.Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamental principles and methods of endodontic treatment. 2.Identify and describe the anatomical and morphological characteristics of the root canal system in all groups of teeth. 3.Explain and perform proper access cavity preparation, odontometrics, canal irrigation, intracanal medication, and obturation under simulated clinical conditions, including work on a phantom model. 4.Identify and properly apply basic endodontic instruments for the preparation of root canal systems in acrylic and extracted teeth of different morphological groups, within a simulated clinical environment using a phantom model. 5.Select and appropriately use materials commonly applied in endodontic procedures. 6.Safely and accurately replicate all learned procedures in a clinical setting, following preclinical training on a phantom model. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković |
| Methodology | Lectures, colloquia, exercises |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Anatomical and morphological characteristics of dental pulp space |
| I week exercises | Introduction to Endodontic Procedure Familiarization with the principles of endodontic tooth treatment Endodontic operatory setup Endodontic instruments (manual and rotary) and their application in the endodontic procedure |
| II week lectures | Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth, treatment plan and operational phases |
| II week exercises | Endodontic Treatment Plan Basic principles and stages of the endodontic procedure Analysis of root canal morphology (by morphological groups) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| III week lectures | Endodontic instruments for root canal tooth: manual, mechanical and ultrasonic |
| III week exercises | Principles of Access Cavity Preparation Access cavity preparation according to morphological groups of teeth (incisors, premolars) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| IV week lectures | Preparation of the access of the cavity depending on the morphological group of teeth |
| IV week exercises | Access Cavity Preparation in Molars (Maxillary and Mandibular) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| V week lectures | Testing of initial mobility channels, and extirpation odontometric |
| V week exercises | Introduction to the Design and Working Dynamics of Manual Endodontic Instruments (reamers, files) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| VI week lectures | Manual techniques and methods of preparation of the root canal tooth |
| VI week exercises | Odontometry Techniques for determining the working length of root canal preparation Radiographic imaging of the tooth with an instrument in the canal Electronic apex location (Electronic apex locator) Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| VII week lectures | Mechanical engineering preparation of root canal |
| VII week exercises | Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models Techniques and Methods of Root Canal Preparation Using Manual Instruments (STEP-BACK, CROWN-DOWN) on Acrylic Models (Single-rooted and Multi-rooted Teeth) |
| VIII week lectures | Irrigated root canal teeth - the means and method of administration |
| VIII week exercises | Techniques and Methods of Root Canal Preparation Using Rotary Mechanical Instruments (Acrylic Models). Demonstration of Preparation with Rotary Mechanical Instruments |
| IX week lectures | Medication root canal teeth - the means and method of administration |
| IX week exercises | Irrigation and Lubrication Agents for Root Canals (NaOCl, EDTA), Techniques and Importance of Irrigation in the Endodontic Procedure Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| X week lectures | Obturating root of the tooth - the means and method of administration |
| X week exercises | Intracanal Medications in Root Canal Treatment: Types and Application Methods Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models Medications for Root Canal Treatment and Their Application Methods in the Canal Ask ChatGPT Medications for Root Canal Treatment and Their Application Methods in the Canal Medications for Root Canal Treatment and Their Application Methods in the Canal Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| XI week lectures | Asepsis and antisepsis in endodontics |
| XI week exercises | Root Canal Obturation – Goals and Objectives Single Cone Obturation Technique Preclinical training using phantom models |
| XII week lectures | Pulp disease in apex periodontium: etiology, pathogenesis and symptomatology |
| XII week exercises | Lateral Condensation Techniques of Gutta-Percha Preclinical training using phantom models and acrylic teeth |
| XIII week lectures | Classification of pulp disease in apex periodontium |
| XIII week exercises | Biopulpectomy: Technique and Working Procedure Indications and Materials Preclinical Training Using Extracted Teeth and/or Phantom Models |
| XIV week lectures | Biopulpotomia, necropulpotomia-Indications and protocol work |
| XIV week exercises | Teeth reconstruction after root canal treatment. Application of liner and reconstructive materials and required accessories to restore a tooth after root canal treatment. Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| XV week lectures | Biopulpectomia, necropulpectomia-Indications and protocol work |
| XV week exercises | Teeth reconstruction after root canal treatment. Application of liner and reconstructive materials and required accessories to restore a tooth after root canal treatment. Preclinical training using extracted teeth and/or phantom models |
| Student workload | Students (weekly): 6.75 credits x 40/30 = 9Sat Structure: 1 hour lecture 5 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (9 hx 16 = 144h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 9h x 2 = 18 h Total load: 6.75 x 30 = 202,5h Additional work 40,5h The structure of the load 144 h + 18 h + 40.5 h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar and participation in discussions on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester |
| Literature | 1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković et al. Practice of endodontic therapy, Data Status, Belgrade,2017. 4.Jukić Krmek S. Preclinical Endodontics. Zagreb: Medicinska naklada; 2025. |
| Examination methods | 2 written tests – 10 points each 2 quizzes – 5 points each Practical work – 20 points Final exam – 50 points in total: Written part – 15 points Practical part – 20 points Oral part – 15 points To successfully pass the course, students must accumulate a minimum of 50 points in total. |
| Special remarks | Mandatory narrowly professional subject |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY
| Course: | OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13246 | Obavezan | 9 | 2 | 1+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Determinated by the Rules of Faculty |
| Aims | Acquisition of fundamental knowledge in the field of diagnosis and therapy of illnesses of ear, nose, throat, larynx, trachea, esophagus and head and neck. |
| Learning outcomes | After finishing one semestral course in Othorinolaringology,the student of medicine should possess the following learning outcomes : 1. Becomes able to independently examine the patient and take all relevant information related to his health and disease; 2. Learns about the most important diseases of the ear, nose and throat, from the point of recognizing clinical symptoms and treatment; 3. Integrates the acquired knowledge and skills in planning diagnostic procedures in the treatment of patients; 4. Resolves the emergencies in otorhinolaryngology; 5. Applies evidence based medicine principles in treatment; 6. Assesses the indications for certain surgical procedures. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. dr Elvir Zvrko, Dr. sc Mirko Popović |
| Methodology | Interactive theoretical and practical teaching, Small group work, Independent performance and demonstration of clinical skills, Seminar papers, Consultations |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to otorhinolaryngology . Diagnostics of otological diseases. |
| I week exercises | Introduction to practical otorhinolaryngology classes. Anamnesis. Examination of the ear. Otoscopy, |
| II week lectures | Diseases of outer ear. |
| II week exercises | Examination of the nose and sinuses, palpation of the nose and sinuses, anterior rhinoscopy, posterior rhinoscopy, mouth floor examination, oropharyngoscopy. |
| III week lectures | Diseases of middle ear. |
| III week exercises | Diagnosis in laryngology, indirect examination of the larynx, laryngeal endoscopy, neck palpation. |
| IV week lectures | Diseases of inner ear. |
| IV week exercises | Impedancemetry, audiometry, tuning fork tests (Weber, Rhinne, Schwabach, Gele). |
| V week lectures | Rehabilitation of damaged hearing, hearing amplifiers. |
| V week exercises | Assessment of balance organs, caloric vestibular tests, nystagmus, rotatory tests of the vestibular apparatus. |
| VI week lectures | Anatomy and physiology of the nose and paranasal cavities. Congenital and acquired malformations of the nose. Foreign body in the nose. Inflammation of the skin of the nose. Acute and chronic inflammation of nasal mucosa. Allergic rhinitis. Nasal polyps. Acute and chronic inflammation of the paranasal cavities. Complications associated with paranasal cavity inflammations. |
| VI week exercises | Foreign bodies of the external hearing canal and cerumen. Injuries of the ear. |
| VII week lectures | Injuries of the nose. Bleeding from the nose. Facial injuries. Rare diseases of the nose and paranasal cavities. Tumors of the nose and paranasal cavities |
| VII week exercises | Interventions in rhinology (extraction of foreign bodies of the nose, method of evacuation of secretions from the nose and sinuses according to Protz, Aerosol therapy of rhinosinusitis, application of nose drops). X-ray of the nose and paranasal cavities- the interpretation of the results. Reposition of nasal bones. |
| VIII week lectures | Diseases of oral cavity and pharynx. |
| VIII week exercises | Stopping the nose bleeding. |
| IX week lectures | Anatomy and physiology of the larynx. Diagnostic methods in laryngology and phoniatrics. Congenital malformations of the larynx. Laryngeal trauma |
| IX week exercises | Rhinomanometry, allergy testing of patients. |
| X week lectures | Acute and chronic inflammatory processes of the larynx. Benign tumors of the larynx. Pseudo tumors of the larynx. |
| X week exercises | Interventions in the oral cavity and pharynx, extraction of foreign bodies., incision of the peritonsillar abscess. |
| XI week lectures | Malignant tumors of the larynx. Basics of phoniatrics. |
| XI week exercises | Functional endonasal sinus surgery. |
| XII week lectures | Basics of phoniatrics. |
| XII week exercises | Laryngeal endoscopy, laryngomicroscopy. |
| XIII week lectures | Anatomy and patophysiology of the trachea and bronchus, diagnosis in tracheobronchology, corpora aliena tracheae. |
| XIII week exercises | Therapy, methods of providing patency of the airways, tracheotomy, canullas, patient care, indications, surgical techniques |
| XIV week lectures | Esophageal motility disorders. Dysphagia. Esophageal diverticulum. Injuries and foreign bodies of the esophagus. Esophageal tumors. |
| XIV week exercises | Tracheotomy, directoscopy, intubation, conicotomy, esophagoscopy. |
| XV week lectures | Congenital cysts and fistula in the neck. Lymphadenitis. Neck abscesses. Neck trauma. Neck lymph node metastases. |
| XV week exercises | Facial and neck injuries. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises -1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Probst R, Grebers G, Iro H. BASIC OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY. Thieme, 2006. |
| Examination methods | Pre-exam obligations : Attendance and activity at lectures and practice classes: 0 –18 points, Seminar paper: 0-12 points Final exam: Practical exam: 0 – 10 points, Oral exam: 0 – 60 points |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BASIS OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH WORK
| Course: | BASIS OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH WORK/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13249 | Obavezan | 9 | 2 | 2++0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | There are no requirements for registering and attending the course. |
| Aims | The main goal of the course Methodology of scientific research work is to train students to independently design research in health care, conduct research, write papers for scientific journals and to present the results of their scientific work. |
| Learning outcomes | 1. Understand the need for a systematic approach to scientific research work. 2. Accept the principles of scientific research work in medicine. 3. Get trained for independent conception of scientific research work. 4. Accept the principles of teamwork. 5. Acquire the necessary knowledge in the oral presentation of works. 6. Acquire the necessary knowledge in submitting papers to journals and the review process. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Dušan Mustur, Assist. Prof., MD, MSc, PhD |
| Methodology | Lectures, discussions, consultations and seminar papers. |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction. Science, scientific activity and research. General methodology of scientific research. |
| I week exercises | |
| II week lectures | Scientific methods. |
| II week exercises | |
| III week lectures | Technology of scientific research. |
| III week exercises | |
| IV week lectures | Identifying a scientific problem and a formulation of a scientific promblem. |
| IV week exercises | |
| V week lectures | Establishing a hypothesis that explains the phenomenon. |
| V week exercises | |
| VI week lectures | Types of scientific publications. Primary, secondary and tertiary publications. |
| VI week exercises | |
| VII week lectures | Collection, study and arrangement of literary materials and scientific information. The first colloquium. |
| VII week exercises | |
| VIII week lectures | Preparing the structure or composition of a scientific paper. |
| VIII week exercises | |
| IX week lectures | Methodology of scientific research work in medicine and dentistry. |
| IX week exercises | |
| X week lectures | Basics of the ethics of scientific and research work in medicine. |
| X week exercises | |
| XI week lectures | The multidisciplinary nature of research in medicine. |
| XI week exercises | |
| XII week lectures | Methodological aspects of experimental research in medicine and dentistry. |
| XII week exercises | |
| XIII week lectures | Methodological aspects of clinical research in medicine and dentistry. |
| XIII week exercises | |
| XIV week lectures | The relationship between research and practice in the medical sciences. The 2nd colloquium. |
| XIV week exercises | |
| XV week lectures | Evidence based medicine (EBM). Evidence based dentistry (EBD). |
| XV week exercises |
| Student workload | Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work). |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Lectures, discussions, consultations and seminar papers. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Polgar S, Thomas SA. Introduction to Research in the Health Sciences. Fifth Editon. Churchill Livingstone Elsevier. Philadelphia, 2008. Friedland, DF et all Evidence-Based Medicine and the Internet, In: Evidence-Based Medicine: A Framework for Clinical Practice. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1996. Shortliffe EH, Cimino JJ. Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2006. Dačić M. Metodologija izrade naučnostručnog rada u biomedicinskim istraživanjima. Viša medicinska škola-Zemun, Beograd. 2005. Lalatović Z. Metodologija naučno-istraživačkog rada sa osnovama statistike. Available from URL: http://www.fms-tivat.me/predavanja4god/Metodologija_naucno_istrazivackog_rada_ZL.pdf. Cucić V. Zdravstvena zaštita zasnovana na dokazima. Velarta, Beograd, 2001. |
| Examination methods | Regular class attendance 5 points, seminar work 5 points, two colloquiums 20 points each, final exam (test) 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are collected. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PERIODONTOLOGY II
| Course: | PERIODONTOLOGY II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7499 | Obavezan | 9 | 4 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Pass the exam Periodontology I |
| Aims | The objective of this course is for the student to acquire expert knowledge and practical skills for independent diagnosis, planning, and implementation of effective periodontal therapy, as well as for maintaining achieved therapeutic outcomes. The student will be equipped to recognize and appropriately manage emergency periodontal conditions, accurately handle periodontal instruments, and tailor the therapeutic approach according to the individual patient’s needs and possible disease recurrence. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the one-semester course in Periodontology II, the dental student will be able to: • Communicate effectively with patients and members of the healthcare team. • Independently collect relevant patient history, assess oral hygiene and periodontal status using appropriate indices, establish an accurate diagnosis of periodontal disease, and develop an evidence-based treatment plan. • Recognize indications and contraindications for basic surgical procedures aimed at eliminating periodontal pockets and correcting mucogingival anomalies. • Diagnose traumatic occlusion and apply methods for its elimination, including tooth adjustment. • Establish the etiological diagnosis of associated oral diseases and plan therapy for the elimination of oral infectious foci. • Develop a treatment plan to restore favorable occluso-articular relationships using prosthetic, restorative, surgical, and orthodontic methods, and carry out the maintenance phase of therapy. • Acquire basic knowledge of dental implantology. • Apply the principles of evidence-based dentistry in the diagnosis and treatment of periodontal diseases. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. dr Mirko Mikić dr Vesna Radišić dr Ognjen Kovačević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, colloquia |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Regenerative treatments of patients with periodontal disease |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| II week lectures | Innovative treatments of patients with periodontal disease |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| III week lectures | Mucogingival anomalies and their treatment |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Mucogingival anomalies and their treatment |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| V week lectures | Mucogingival anomalies and their treatment |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VI week lectures | The effect of forces on the periodontal tissue Occlusion disorder therapy |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Maintenance therapy results |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Periodontal treatment before prosthetic rehabilitation of the patient |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Basics of implantology |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| X week lectures | Basics of implantology |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Complex implant-periodontal treatment before prosthetic rehabilitation of the patient |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Periodontal medicine Manifestations of local and systemic diseases in the periodontium |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Risk patients in periodontology |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Primary and secundary prevention of periodontal disease |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Oral-systemic connection - systemic effects of periodontitis |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| Student workload | Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of seminars independent work, including consultations During the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 hx 16 = 84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6h Total workload: 4 x 30= 120h Additional work 24.6h Structure of workload 84.8h + 10.6h + 24.6h = 120h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is compulsory. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | 1. Dimitrijević B and a group of authors, CLINICAL PERIODONTOLOGY, Textbook Institute, Belgrade, 2019. 2. Classification of periodontal diseases 2017, Croatian translation available at http://www.sfzg.unizg.hr/zp, Consensus, 3. Lang NP, Berglundh T, Giannobile WV, Sanz M, urednici. Lindhe’s Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry. 7th ed. Hoboken (NJ): Wiley-Blackwell; 2021. 4. Newman and Carranza’s Clinical Periodontology and Implantology. 14th ed. St. Louis (MO): Elsevier; 2023. |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect a minimum of 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY II
| Course: | RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13242 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 5 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Restorative odontology I exam passed |
| Aims | The goal is to train the student to acquire all the necessary knowledge and skills necessary to independently diagnose and compensate damage to the crown of the tooth with adequate therapeutic procedures, materials and instruments of modern restorative odontology. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Restorative Odontology, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with patients and medical staff. 2. He is able to make a clinical diagnosis of the condition of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. 3. He is able to make a plan of the therapeutic procedure. 4. Has the skills to independently perform clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage. 5. He has the skills to independently perform the clinical phases of work with materials for direct and indirect fillings. 6. Knows, applies and possesses the skills to independently perform clinical techniques for whitening vital and non-vital teeth. 7. Knows possible mistakes and consequences of inadequate application of materials in clinical conditions.8.The student is competent to formulate a scientific question, search for appropriate evidence and guidelines, and critically appraise the available literature. 9.The student is competent to apply evidence-based methods and protocols in dental practice with patients. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Doc. Dr. Mirjana Đuričković Dr. Nina Marić Dr. Kemal Šahmanović |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Introduction to clinical practice. General Recommendations for Patients. Principles of Evidence-Based Restorative Dentistry. Anamnesis and Caries Diagnosis Interpretation of Orthopantomograms and Intraoral X-rays. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Preparation for restorative procedures: dry working field and anesthetizing teeth Preparation and restoration of single-surface and multi-surface cavities |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Preparation and restoration of Class III cavities with adhesive systems |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Preparation and Restoration of Complex Class III Cavities with Composite Restorations |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Preparation and Restoration of Complex Class IV Cavities with Composite Restorations |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Class V Cavity Restoration on Anterior and Posterior Teeth |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Preparation and Restoration of Single-Surface Cavities on Posterior Teeth with Composite Restorations |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Preparation and Restoration of Multi-Surface Cavities on Posterior Teeth Using Adhesive Systems, GIC Substrate (Open and Closed Sandwich Technique), and Composite Restorations |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restoration of Complex Cavities Using Adhesive Composite Systems |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative Procedures Using Glass Ionomer Cement (GIC) Restorations |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative Procedure for Deep Caries and Pulp Vitality Preservation by Indirect Pulp Capping: Monitoring Therapy Success |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative Procedure for Deep Caries and Pulp Vitality Preservation by Indirect Pulp Capping: Monitoring Therapy Success |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Bleaching of Vital Teeth |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Trauma therapy. |
| XVI week lectures | S-1. Principles of Evidence-Based Restorative Dentistry. |
| XVI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Anamnesis and Caries Diagnosis: Interpretation of Orthopantomograms and Intraoral X-Rays |
| XVII week lectures | S-2. Anamnesis, Patient Informed Consent, and Documentation Management |
| XVII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients.. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XVIII week lectures | S-3. Modern Materials and Instruments of Choice in Contemporary Dentistry |
| XVIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients.. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XIX week lectures | S-4. Minimally invasive dental procedures |
| XIX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients.. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XX week lectures | S-5. Non-carious cervical lesions of teeth: treatment techniques |
| XX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients.. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XXI week lectures | S-6. Marketing and economic profitability in dental medicine |
| XXI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients.. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XXII week lectures | S-7. Reconstruction of the dental crown in an endodontically treated tooth: a case report |
| XXII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative intervention-Preparation and restoration. |
| XXIII week lectures | S-8. Preparation and restoration of Class I cavity with amalgam: a case report |
| XXIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XXIV week lectures | S-9.Preparation and restoration of a Class II cavity :a case report |
| XXIV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients.. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XXV week lectures | S-10. Preparation and restoration of Class III and IV cavities for composite restoration: a case report |
| XXV week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XXVI week lectures | S-11.Legal Obligations and Rights of Dentists in Restorative Dentistry |
| XXVI week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative Procedure for Deep Caries and Pulp Vitality Preservation by Indirect Pulp Capping: Monitoring Therapy Success |
| XXVII week lectures | S-12. Indirect and Direct Pulp Capping |
| XXVII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative Procedure for Deep Caries and Pulp Vitality Preservation by Indirect Pulp Capping: Monitoring Therapy Success |
| XXVIII week lectures | S-13. Management of Uncomplicated Crown Trauma |
| XXVIII week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration |
| XXIX week lectures | S-14. Management of Complicated Crown Trauma |
| XXIX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Bleaching of Vital Teeth |
| XXX week lectures | Klinički rad sa pacijentima. Terapija trauma, izrada direktne kompozitne fasete |
| XXX week exercises | Supervised clinical practice with patients. Trauma therapy. |
| Student workload | In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. In all clinical exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm stipulated in the plan and program. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam. |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher |
| Literature | Živković S. Basics of restorative dentistry. DataStatus. Belgrade; 2019. Živković S, editor. Restoration of Teeth with Extensive Crown Damage. Belgrade: Data Status; 2023. [in Serbian] Mjor I. Pulp and dentin biology in restorative dentistry (translation). Data Status. Belgrade, 2008. Kidd E. Basics of dental caries. Datastatus. Belgrade; 2010. Fejerskov O, Nyvad B, editors. Dental Caries: The Disease and Its Clinical Management. 4th ed. Chichester (UK):Wiley‑Blackwell; 2024. Eden E, editor. Evidence‑Based Caries Prevention.2nd ed. Cham (Switzerland): Springer International Publishing; 2025. |
| Examination methods | By fulfilling pre-examination obligations (2 cloquiums of 10 points each is 20 points, practical teaching 25 points and seminar work 5 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test -10 points, practical exam 30 points and oral exam 10 points - total 50 points) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, whereby the pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | Strictly professional mandatory |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS II
| Course: | REMOVABLE PROSTHODONTICS II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13243 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 5 | +3.5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Passed exam Mobile dental prosthetics I |
| Aims | Training in planning and manufacturing of total and partial dental prostheses |
| Learning outcomes | The student learns in detail about the biological basis of toothlessness treatment. He learns about the changes in the tissues of the orofacial complex that are a consequence of the loss of natural teeth, processes and directions of resorption of alveolar ridges, types of toothlessness, biological and physical aspects of the load on the remaining oral tissues, the behavior of different oral tissues under load. He learns about the changes in the oral cavity after the loss of natural teeth, as well as the changes that occur in the basic functions of the orofacial system (chewing, swallowing, speech, physiognomy) that are related to edentulism. In the course of theoretical and practical classes, the student should master the basics of planning partial plate and partial skeletal prostheses, learn all the elements of these prostheses and their purpose, and then the methodology of their production. In practical classes, he works independently with patients and goes through all the clinical stages of making partial dental prostheses. He needs to acquire dexterity in communicating with patients, in using modern technologies |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis prof Biljana Milošević Dr Zorica Popović Dr Vesna Kisić |
| Methodology | practical exercises, colloquiums, exams |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| XXX week lectures | Klinički rad sa pacijentima; Izrada totalnih i parcijalnih proteza |
| XXX week exercises | Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 3 hour(s) i 10 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Regular attendance at exercises, attendance at the colloquium, exam |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher. |
| Literature | Stamenković D. Clinical prosthetics - Partial dentures, Interprint, Belgrade 2006. Carr AB, Brown DT. McCrackens Removable Partial Prosthodontics. 13th ed. St. Louis: Elsevier; 2015. Khan IA. Prosthodontics at a Glance. 2nd ed. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell; 2021. |
| Examination methods | colloquium, exams |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL SURGERY II
| Course: | ORAL SURGERY II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13245 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 5 | 1+2+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | passed exam in oral surgery I |
| Aims | Complete training for independent examination of the patient and taking all relevant data (anamnesis and clinical examination), and implementation of the necessary diagnostic procedure in order to establish a diagnosis and differential diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. Furthermore, to apply terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity, perform extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation), conduct treatment of intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications. The focus of the teaching is ambulatory clinical exercises as well as assisting in the performance of oral surgical procedures. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Oral Surgery II, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He is able to independently examine a patient and take all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and corresponding general history), and carry out the necessary diagnostic tests procedures aimed at diagnosis and differential diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. 2. Applies terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions, diagnosis and treatment of orofacial pain, as well as to treat complications of local anesthesia. 3. Perform extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation). 4. Prescribe medications for preoperative and postoperative treatment of oral surgery patients and carry out treatment of intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications, including diagnostics and conservative treatment of oroantral communication. 5. Diagnoses pathological changes in the jaws (cysts, benign tumors, non-tumor lesions, periapical lesions, tooth trauma) and sets indications for surgical treatment methods. 6. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections and prescribes appropriate medications. 7. Establish local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. 8. Prevents and implements the therapy of most emergency conditions in dentistry. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Associate professor Marija Antunović, DDS, PhD Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD |
| Methodology | clinical exercises, seminars, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | |
| I week exercises | Anamnesis and clinical examination in oral surgery. |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Differential diagnosis of pain in the oral cavity. |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Terminal and mandibular anesthesia. |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Tooth extraction. |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Control of bleeding from the alveolus and soft tissues of the oral cavity. |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Treatment of difficult eruption of wisdom teeth. Treatment of dolor post extractionem. |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Root separation of the upper and lower molars. |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Extraction of the lower wisdom tooth. |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Assistance within the surgical tooth extraction. |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Assistance within alveolotomy. |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Assistance within apicotomy. |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Diagnosis of oroantral communication. Non-surgical treatment of oroantral communication. |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Submucosal abscess. Incision and drainage of intraoral abscesses. |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Clinical and radiological diagnosis of jaw cysts. |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Clinical and radiological diagnosis of dental injuries. |
| XVI week lectures | S - Tooth extraction - principles, indications and contraindications. |
| XVI week exercises | Tooth extraction. |
| XVII week lectures | S - Tooth extraction techniques. Complicated extraction. |
| XVII week exercises | Complicated tooth extraction. |
| XVIII week lectures | S - Complications during and after tooth extraction. |
| XVIII week exercises | Diagnosis and treatment of complications during and after tooth extraction. |
| XIX week lectures | S - Hemostasis in oral surgery. |
| XIX week exercises | Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction. |
| XX week lectures | S - Hemorrhagic diseases in dental practice. |
| XX week exercises | Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction. |
| XXI week lectures | S - Impacted and supernumerary teeth. |
| XXI week exercises | Radiological and clinical examples of tooth impaction. Tooth extraction. |
| XXII week lectures | S - Risk patients in dental practice. |
| XXII week exercises | Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk. |
| XXIII week lectures | S - Risk patients in dental practice. |
| XXIII week exercises | Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk. |
| XXIV week lectures | S - Dentogenic infections. |
| XXIV week exercises | Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction. |
| XXV week lectures | S - Chronic periapical lesions. |
| XXV week exercises | Radiological and clinical manifestation of chronic periapical lesions. Tooth extraction. |
| XXVI week lectures | S - Jaw cysts. |
| XXVI week exercises | Radiological and clinical manifestations of jaw cysts. Tooth extraction. |
| XXVII week lectures | S – Diseases of the maxillary sinus. |
| XXVII week exercises | Conservative and surgical treatment of oroantral communication after tooth extraction. |
| XXVIII week lectures | S – Dentogenic infections. |
| XXVIII week exercises | Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction. |
| XXIX week lectures | S – Orthodontic-surgical procedures. |
| XXIX week exercises | Tooth extraction as part of the orthodontic treatment. |
| XXX week lectures | Radiološka i klinička manifestacija i terapija benignih tumora orofacijalne regije. |
| XXX week exercises | Radiological and clinical manifestation and therapy of benign tumors of the orofacial region. |
| Student workload | In the semester: Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) In the 1st semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 3 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance of clinical exercises and active participation of the student is mandatory. |
| Consultations | |
| Literature | Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Kafedžiska-Vračar V., Jurišić M. Oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2002. Marković A., Čolić S., Stojčev Stajčić Lj., Dražić R., Gačić B. Practice of oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2010. Hupp JR, Ellis III E, Tucker MR. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Mosby-Elsevier. St. Louis; 2008. Malamed S. Handbook of Local Anesthesia. Mosby. St. Louis; 2004. |
| Examination methods | 2 practical colloquiums = 20 points. 2 oral colloquiums = 20 points. Seminar work = 9 points. Final exam = 51 points. A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated. |
| Special remarks | |
| Comment |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED PROSTHODONTICS II
| Course: | FIXED PROSTHODONTICS II/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13244 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 6 | +3.5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Dental prosthetics-mobile and fixed pre-clinic, Gnatology, Stomatol. materials |
| Aims | master the implementation of the clinical phases in making a fixed restoration (diagnosis and plan of the trape, tooth preparation, impression taking, trial of the metal substructure and trial of the ceramic part of the fixed restoration and cementation of the restoration for the supporting teeth). |
| Learning outcomes | 1. Knows the types of fixed prosthetic restorations, indications and contraindications for their use, materials and basic principles for making them. 2. Knows the possibilities and importance of pre-prosthetic preparation for fixed prosthetic restorations and is able to use the cheek bow and articulator in planning and making fixed restorations. 3. He is capable of independently taking an anamnesis, performing a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, setting an indication (for making an appropriate prosthetic replacement), and determining a therapy plan. 4. Possesses the skills to independently perform clinical phases in the preparation of fixed restorations. 5. Possesses communication skills with patients, medical staff and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. He is aware of the necessity of continuous education in order to gain knowledge about new stomata. materials and work techniques and the possibilities of their application in dental prosthetics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis prof Biljana Milošević dr Zorica Popović dr Vesna Kisić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, method of practical student activities |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Clinical work with the patient. Everything that was theoretically and practically mastered in the VII and VIII semesters is applied. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| I week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| II week lectures | |
| II week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| III week lectures | |
| III week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| IV week lectures | |
| IV week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| V week lectures | |
| V week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| VI week lectures | |
| VI week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| VII week lectures | |
| VII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| VIII week lectures | |
| VIII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| IX week lectures | |
| IX week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| X week lectures | |
| X week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XI week lectures | |
| XI week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XII week lectures | |
| XII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XIII week lectures | |
| XIII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XIV week lectures | |
| XIV week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XV week lectures | |
| XV week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| XXX week lectures | nema predavanja |
| XXX week exercises | Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations. |
| Student workload | |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts
0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 4 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | regular attendance of classes and exercises, practical test, colloquiums, exams |
| Consultations | In agreement with the subject teacher |
| Literature | 1. D. Vujošević Lj: Fixed compensations, first part, ECPD, Belgrade, 1998. 2. Radlović-Pantelić S: Dental prosthetics-fixed restorations, second part, University of Belgrade, 1998. 3. Rosenstiel SF, Land MF, Walter R, editors. Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics. 6th ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2022. 4. Jakovac M, Marcutti N, Temperani M, Vražić D, Šnjarić D, Kutleša Oroši I, Radović S, editors. Protocol: Standardisation in Fixed Prosthodontics. 1st ed. London: Quintessence Publishing; 2024. |
| Examination methods | 2 colloquiums of 5 points each (10 points in total) Seminar paper 10 points Attendance at theoretical classes 10 points Practical teaching (fulfilment of the program 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparation 5 points) total 20 points Final exam 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected |
| Special remarks | no |
| Comment | no |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL ENDODONTICS I
| Course: | CLINICAL ENDODONTICS I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6830 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 8 | 1+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Exam in Restorative odontology and Endodontics Preclinical |
| Aims | After completion of theoretical lectures and practical exercises the student should: be individually and precisely to take a detailed medical history (general and dental) that properly implemented clinical examination, to adequately apply additional tests necessary for final diagnosis, he knew the indications and contraindications for taking endodontic treatment, it may propose an orientation plan endodontic treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the tools, materials and medications used in endodontics, he knows the basic principles of endodontic treatment in teeth with inflamed and infected teeth with pulp, he knows the basic dental treatment, and expands with periapical lesions, that has mastered the basic techniques of preparation and channels that they can be applied in clinical Praxis to be properly applied to different root canal obturation tejnike in practice and knows the side effects medikations used in endodontics |
| Learning outcomes | vrijednost_ili_NULL(vrijednost_ili_NULL(After completing one semester course in Clinical endodontics I, Dental student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Posseses communication skills with the patient and the Medical staff. 2. Has the ability to independently examine the patient and takes all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis. 3. Knows the proper use of endodontic instruments. 4. Knows and properly applies materials in endodontic procedures. 5. Possess the skills to independently perform clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. 6. Knows the side effects of medications used in endodontics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Prof. dr Barnislav Karadžić, dr Aleksandra Žuža |
| Methodology | Lectures,exercises, consultations, colloquiums |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | Diseases of the dental pulp, etiology and pathogenesis |
| II week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | Diseases puple teeth - diagnosis and clinical examination |
| III week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Apical periodontal disease - etiology and pathogenesis |
| IV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | Clinical diagnosis of diseases of the dental pulp |
| V week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | Clinical diagnosis of apical periodontal disease |
| VI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Endoparodontalne lesion - etiology and classification |
| VII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Endodontic symptomatology - pain in endodontics |
| VIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Treatment of teeth with vital pulp |
| IX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | Therapy non-vital teeth |
| X week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Endodontic treatment of teeth with large periapical lesions |
| XI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Endodontic surgical treatment of diseased teeth |
| XII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Endodontic treatment of tooth root resorption |
| XIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Emergency endodontic treatment |
| XIV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Repeat |
| XV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | Errors and complications during endodontic therapy |
| XVI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | Errors and complications during endodontic therapy |
| XVII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | Again endodontic treatment - indications and mode |
| XVIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XIX week lectures | Again endodontic treatment - indications and mode |
| XIX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XX week lectures | Endodontic of treated tooth- whitening |
| XX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | Restoration of endodontic treated teeth |
| XXI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXII week lectures | Restoration of endodontic treated teeth. Systems channel retention |
| XXII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | The pace and flow of reparation of damaged periapical tissues after endodontic therapy |
| XXIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | Rtg diagnosis of periapical inflammation. Differential diagnosis |
| XXIV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | Prognosis of success of endodontic treatment |
| XXV week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | Specifics channel morphology top tooth root |
| XXVI week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | Therapy endoperiodontal lesions |
| XXVII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Therapy endoperiodontal lesions |
| XXVIII week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXIX week lectures | Emergencies in endodontics |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| XXX week lectures | Klinički rad sa pacijentima. |
| XXX week exercises | Clinical work with patients. |
| Student workload | vrijednost_ili_NULL(Students (Weekly): 4.5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 3 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations 1 hour test Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6 hx 16 = 96h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 6h x 2 = 12 h Total load: 4.5 x 30 = 135h Additional work 27h The structure of the load 96 h + 12 h + 27 h) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | 1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković i sar.Praktikum endodontske terapije, Datastatus, Be |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL MEDICINE
| Course: | ORAL MEDICINE/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 6827 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 9 | 1.5+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | - |
| Aims | To equip the student, through the acquisition of knowledge, with the ability to develop a comprehensive and interdisciplinary approach to the diagnosis, treatment planning, and implementation of therapy for patients with conditions managed within the field of oral medicine. |
| Learning outcomes | After completed two-semester classes from subject Oral medicine , student of Dentistry should own next outcomes learning : 1. He owns communication skills with patient and medical staff 2. able to independently reviews the patient and take all relevant data related to his health and disease ( dental and appropriate general anamnesis ), and implemented necessary supplementary diagnostic tests in order of placement diagnosis 3. able to independently suggest treatment orientation plan 4. It integrates adopted knowledge and performance skills clinical dental procedure ( treatment patient ) 5. It prevents and implements therapy urgent conditions in oral medicine 6. Apply the principles of evidence-based dentistry in the diagnosis and treatment of oral disease |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić dr Vesna Radišić dr Ognjen Kovačević |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, tests |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Introduction to Oral Medicine: Anatomical and Functional Characteristics of Normal Oral Mucosa |
| I week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| II week lectures | Factors of defense of the oral cavity: nonspecific and specific protection (normal anatomical barrier and components of specific immunity). |
| II week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| III week lectures | Diagnostic methods in oral medicine : etiological factors , pathological changes and clinical manifestations |
| III week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| IV week lectures | Pathogenesis diseases soft oral tissues : etiological factors , pathological changes , histological changes and clinical manifestations |
| IV week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| V week lectures | Criteria for classification oral diseases |
| V week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| VI week lectures | Prevention of Oral Mucosal Diseases: General, Functional, and Local Preventive Measures. |
| VI week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| VII week lectures | Principles of Therapy in Oral Medicine: Development of a Therapeutic Plan and Therapeutic Methods. |
| VII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| VIII week lectures | Medications in Oral Medicine: Commonly Used Drugs, Indications, Contraindications, Side Effects, and Dosages. |
| VIII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| IX week lectures | Non-specific bacterial infections : clinical presentation , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy |
| IX week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| X week lectures | Gingivitis : etiology , pathogenesis , clinical presentation , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy |
| X week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XI week lectures | Oral manifestations specific infection : clinical presentation , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy |
| XI week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XII week lectures | Oral Diseases as a Consequence of Sexual Contact: Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy |
| XII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XIII week lectures | Oral manifestations fungal infection : clinical presentation , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy |
| XIII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XIV week lectures | Oral manifestations viral infection : Herpes virus I and II, VZV, EBV, CoA, clinical presentation , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy |
| XIV week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XV week lectures | Oral manifestations of HIV/AIDS: clinical presentation , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy |
| XV week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XVI week lectures | Diseases of the lips: etiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Diseases of the tongue: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, |
| XVI week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XVII week lectures | Saliva and Disorders of Salivary Gland Secretion Diseases of the Salivary Glands – Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, and Differential Diagnosis |
| XVII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XVIII week lectures | Lymph nodes of the head and neck: diseases of the lymph nodes, clinical presentation, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Facial swelling: basic characteristics, clinical presentation, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy |
| XVIII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XIX week lectures | Oral Mucosal Injuries Induced by Physical, Chemical, Thermal, and Radiation Agents, as Well as Harmful Habits: Etiology, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy Oral Manifestations Induced by Adverse Drug Reactions: Etiology, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy |
| XIX week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XX week lectures | Classification of oral immune disorders Oral manifestations of allergic reactions Oral manifestations of immunodeficiency Oral manifestations of systemic autoimmune diseases. Recurrent Aphthous Stomatitis |
| XX week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXI week lectures | Mucocutaneous Blistering Dermatoses: Pemphigus, Pemphigoid, and Epidermolysis Bullosa – Etiology, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy |
| XXI week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXII week lectures | Mucocutaneous Blistering Dermatoses: Erythema Exudativum Multiforme (Erythema Multiforme), Perioral Dermatitis, Lupus Erythematosus, Scleroderma (Systemic Sclerosis), Dermatitis Herpetiformis, Linear IgA Bullous Dermatosis - Etiology, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy Lichen planus - Etiology, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy |
| XXII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXIII week lectures | Patients at Risk in Oral Medicine: Most Common High-Risk Patients, Protective Measures for Patients and Healthcare Personnel, Specificity of Therapy. |
| XXIII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXIV week lectures | Manifestations of blood diseases on the oral mucosa Disorders of the function of erythrocytes, leukocytes and platelets Oral manifestations of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases |
| XXIV week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXV week lectures | Oral manifestations of endocrine and metabolic disorders Oral manifestations of neurological and psychiatric diseases |
| XXV week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXVI week lectures | Oral manifestations of gastrointestinal diseases, liver diseases and vitamin deficiency Oral manifestations of kidney diseases |
| XXVI week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXVII week lectures | Geriatric stomatology: oral manifestations, subjective complaints, prevention and therapy Oral medicine in hospital practice and transplant medicine |
| XXVII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXVIII week lectures | White and red lesions of the oral mucosa: etiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Inflammatory hyperplasias, non-specific granulomas and benign tumors : : etiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Precancerous conditions (premalignant lesions) and neoplasms : etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy |
| XXVIII week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXIX week lectures | Orofacial Pain, Neuralgias, and Temporomandibular Joint Disorders: Glossodynia and Glossopyrosis, Burning Mouth Syndrome, Subjective Xerostomia, and Idiopathic Dysgeusia: Etiology, Clinical Presentation, Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Therapy Urgent Conditions in Oral Medicine |
| XXIX week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| XXX week lectures | Inovativne metode u oralnoj medicini. |
| XXX week exercises | Practical exercises accompany the lectures and include supervised clinical work on patients, case presentations, and the application of principles and protocols of evidence-based dental practice. |
| Student workload | Structure: 1 hour lecture 2 hours of exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (4 hx 16 = 64h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 4h x 2 = 8 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120h Additional work 48h The structure of the load 64 + h 8 h + 48 h) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 7 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is compulsory |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | 1. Lj Janković, Oral Medicine, Institute for Textbooks, Belgrade, 2011 2. Laskaris G. Color Atlas of Oral Diseases. 4th ed. New York: Thieme Stuttgard; 2017 3.Đukanović D, Đajić D, Kojović D – Bolesti usta – oralna medicina, Grafopan, Beograd, 2015 4.Greenberg MS, Glick M. Burkets oral medicine: diagnosis and treatment. 1. Croatian edition, Medicinska naklada Zagreb, 2006. 5. Challacombe SJ, Carey B, Setterfield J. Scully’s oral and maxillofacial medicine: The basis of diagnosis and treatment. 4th ed. London: Elsevier; 2023. |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points |
| Special remarks | - |
| Comment | - |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY
| Course: | PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7495 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 10 | 2+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | No prerequisites required |
| Aims | The aim of the course is to acquaint students with specifics of treatment of children, primary and permanent dentition, specifics of caries in different dentitions, personality types of children, specificity of cavity preparation in primary and permanent teeth in children, treatment of children, pain control, dental materials used in pediatric dentistry, root canal treatment, basic oral surgical procedures in children, application of the basic principles in the treatment of dental injuries, diagnosis and treatment of periodontal disease, diagnosis and treatment of viral, bacterial and other diseases of the mouth in children, the principles of emergency conditions treatment |
| Learning outcomes | Upon completion of two-semester course and passing the pediatric dentistry exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Have knowledge of growth and development of orofacial system, anatomical , histological and morphological characteristics of deciduous and permanent teeth, chronology of primary and permanent teeth eruption 2. Have knowledge of diseases of soft tissue in children and their treatment, oral manifestations of infectious diseases and systemic diseases in children as well as types and treatment of injuries in primary and permanent dentition 3. Have knowledge of child personality types, principles of dental treatment planning for children and have communication skill to work with children, parents and medical staff 4. Can examine children independently and take all relevant information related to their health and disease (dental and general medical anamnesis) from parents or accompanying person as well as to conduct necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to make a diagnosis 5. Have knowledge and adequately apply preventive and prophylactic methods in primary, mixed and permanent dentition 6. Can perform independently restorative and endodontic procedure in primary, mixed and permanent dentition 7. Prevent and perform emergency treatment in pediatric dentistry |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Snezana Matijevic DDS MSc PhD Djurickovic Mirjana Asst. Prof. |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Diseases of pulp and periodontal tissue and their diagnosis |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | Diagnosis of diseases of pulp and periodontal tissue and treatment of diseases of pulp of primary dentition |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | Treatment of diseases of pulp of permanent teeth and endodontic treatment of teeth with immature roots |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Treatment of disease of periodontal tissues of deciduous and permanent teeth in children |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | Diseases of oral soft tissues in children |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | Diseases of lips in children |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Periodontal diseases in children |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Oral manifestations of infectious diseases in children |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Oral manifestations of systemic diseases in children |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | Injuries of deciduous and permanent teeth in children. Treatment of dental injuries |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Injuries of the hard tissue of deciduous and permanent teeth. Injuries of periodontal tissues of deciduous and permanent teeth. Complication of dental injuries |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Procedural treatment in children and youth |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Oral surgical intervention in children |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Emergency conditions in pediatric dentistry |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Modern trends in pediatric dentistry |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | 2 hours of lecture per week 3 hours of exercise per week 1 hour of self-study per week including consultations |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | he presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with patients. Otherwise the exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work w |
| Consultations | Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request |
| Literature | Glavni urednik Belojica D., Dječija stomatologija, Beograd 2006. Glavni urednik Belojica D. Dječja stomatologija – praktikum, Beograd 2006. |
| Examination methods | 2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 9 points Final exam 51 points Minimum passing score is 50 points |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY I
| Course: | PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY I/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 13247 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 10 | 2+3+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Regulated by the rules of studying at the Faculty of Medicine |
| Aims | Getting to know the specifics of dental work in children and adolescent patients, as well as the peculiarities of treatment in the period of deciduous, mixed and young permanent dentition. |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester course in Paediatric Dentistry I, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the growth and development of the orofacial system, anatomical, histological and morphological characteristics of deciduous and permanent teeth, the chronology of eruption of deciduous and permanent teeth. 2. Knows diseases and therapy of soft tissues in children, oral manifestations of infectious diseases and systemic diseases in children, as well as types and therapy of injuries in primary and permanent dentition. 3. Knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. 4. He is able to independently examine the child and take all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conduct the necessary supplementary diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. 5. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods for deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. 6. Has the skills to independently perform restorative and endodontic procedures in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. 7. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in paediatric dentistry.8.The student is competent to formulate a scientific question, search for appropriate evidence and guidelines, and critically appraise the available literature. 9.The student is competent to apply evidence-based methods and protocols in dental practice with children. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | Assis. Prof. Snežana Matijević Prof.dr Mirjana Đuričković Dr Danijela Subotić |
| Methodology | Lectures, exercises, consultations, colloquiums,exam |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Basics of paediatric dentistry. General Recommendations for Patients in Pediatric Dentistry. Principles of Evidence-Based Dental Practice in Pediatric Dentistry. |
| I week exercises | Introductory exercise. Introducing students to the basics and rules of work and behavior. Familiarizing students with the specifics of work, reception and behavior with children. Recognizing and working with different psychological types of children. Removal of soft deposits. Carton and other documentation. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| II week lectures | Dental work with children |
| II week exercises | Dental examination of the child. Extraoral examination. Intraoral examination. Morphological and anatomical differences between deciduous and permanent teeth. Diagnostics of caries, gingivitis and orthodontic irregularities. Planning dental work in childrens mouths: orders, priorities, dentition. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| III week lectures | Diagnostic methods in pediatric dentistry |
| III week exercises | Basics of cavity preparation: Deviation from the principles of preparation for deciduous and permanent teeth. Minimal preparations. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Dental examination of children. |
| IV week exercises | Dental materials and means in childrens dentistry. Substrates, fillings for temporary closures, matrices, instruments. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| V week lectures | Planning dental work with children |
| V week exercises | Therapy of deep caries of milk teeth. Working principles, medications and materials. Indirect covering of the pulp. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VI week lectures | Specifics of cavity preparation on primary teeth |
| VI week exercises | Treatment of pulp diseases of primary teeth. Differences in therapeutic procedures. Work methods, pain control, techniques, means, medications. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Growth and development of the orofacial system. Dentition. Stages of teething. Germination mechanism. Resorption |
| VII week exercises | Therapy of pulp diseases of permanent teeth. Indirect and direct covering, medications, means, techniques. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Irregularities of development |
| VIII week exercises | Therapy of diseases of the pulp of permanent teeth in children. Vital and mortal extirpation, irrigants, inter-session drug therapy, means for filling and obturation of root canals. Apexogenesis and apexification. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Therapy of structural anomalies |
| IX week exercises | Therapy of pulp disease of permanent teeth with incomplete root growth in children Therapy of permanent teeth with incomplete root canal growth: direct covering, vital amputation, vital extirpation, work technique. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| X week lectures | Minimally invasive therapy |
| X week exercises | Therapy of complications of the pulp disease of primary teeth: Periodontitis. Indications and contraindications for treatment. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Pain control in pediatric dentistry |
| XI week exercises | Therapy of complications of pulp disease of permanent teeth in children: Periodontitis. Indications and contraindications for therapy. Work techniques. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Therapy of circular caries |
| XII week exercises | Oral surgical interventions in children. Extractions of primary teeth. Indications and contraindications. Anesthesia, work technique instruments.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Diseases of hard dental tissues in children and youth |
| XIII week exercises | Oral surgical interventions in children. Oral surgical interventions in children. Specifics. Patient preparation. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Diseases of the soft tissues of the oral cavity in children |
| XIV week exercises | Therapy of diseases of soft oral tissues, lips and tongue in children. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Viral manifestations of oral diseases in children |
| XV week exercises | Therapy of viral infections in childrens mouths. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | Diagnostics of pulp diseases of deciduous and permanent teeth |
| XVI week exercises | Treatment of dental injuries in children. Mouth and teeth injuries in children. Procedure in the first visit. Protocol for caring for children with injuries. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVII week lectures | Treatment of primary teeth diseases |
| XVII week exercises | Injuries of primary teeth. Therapy of luxation of primary teeth. Therapy of fractures of the hard tissues of primary teeth. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XVIII week lectures | Therapy of diseases of young permanent teeth |
| XVIII week exercises | Injuries to permanent teeth. Therapy of uncomplicated enamel and dentin fractures. Fracture surface protection. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XIX week lectures | Oral manifestations of systemic diseases in children |
| XIX week exercises | Injuries to permanent teeth. Treatment of complicated enamel and dentin fractures with open pulp with and without completed root growth of permanent teeth. Indications for direct pulp coverage, endodontic procedures (vital amputation, high vital amputation, vital extirpation), temporary and permanent fillings. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XX week lectures | Oral Soft Tissue Injuries.Injuries to the Periodontal Tissues. |
| XX week exercises | Aesthetic management of tooth crown fractures. Restorations with aesthetic materials with and without retention in the root canal. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXI week lectures | Traumatic Injuries of the Hard Dental Tissues in Children. The Dental Trauma Guide: An evidence-based treatment guide. |
| XXI week exercises | Root fracture therapy of deciduous and permanent teeth. Indications and contraindications. Immobilization, endodontic and surgical treatment, transdental implants. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXII week lectures | Complications Resulting from Dental Injuries |
| XXII week exercises | Therapy of luxation of permanent teeth.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIII week lectures | Oral surgical interventions in children |
| XXIII week exercises | Treatment of avulsed permanent teeth in children. Indications and contraindications. Replantation, immobilization, antibiotics, anti-tetanus protection, endodontic treatment.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXIV week lectures | Tumors and cysts with children |
| XXIV week exercises | Prosthetic treatment of children. Prosthetic care in primary dentition (ready-made metal crowns, cast crowns, partial dentures. Specifics in the work). Prosthetic treatment of children with permanent teeth (aesthetic crowns, minimal prosthetic replacements, removable prosthetic works). Materials and work techniques. Treatment of avulsed permanent teeth in children.Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXV week lectures | Diseases of the periodontium in children |
| XXV week exercises | Aesthetic management of structural anomalies of permanent teeth. Methods, techniques, means. Practical work with patients. Teeth whitening in children. Methods and means. Whitening of vital teeth. Whitening of vital teeth. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVI week lectures | Care of children with medical conditions |
| XXVI week exercises | Therapy of soft tissue diseases in children. Therapy of bacterial, viral, fungal infections. Practical work with patients. |
| XXVII week lectures | Antibiotics in pediatric dentistry |
| XXVII week exercises | Therapy of periodontal diseases in children. Supervised clinical practice with patients. |
| XXVIII week lectures | Emergency Conditions in Paediatric Dentistry |
| XXVIII week exercises | Procedures for emergency conditions in children: management of anaphylactic shock, foreign body aspiration, syncope, collapse, and allergic reactions.Simulation room – practical exercises on mannequins. |
| XXIX week lectures | Prosthetic treatment of children and youth. |
| XXIX week exercises | Clinical practice involving supervised dental treatment of children with disabilities. |
| XXX week lectures | Rad sa djecom ometenom u psihofizičkom razvoju. Rad u ambulantnim uslovima sa različitim vrstama hendikepa (slijepi, gluvi, nijemi) Praktični rad sa pacijentima. Rad u opštoj anesteziji. |
| XXX week exercises | Clinical practice involving supervised dental treatment of children with disabilities. |
| Student workload | In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts
2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. In all clinical exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm stipulated in the plan and program. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam. |
| Consultations | By agreement with the subject teacher |
| Literature | Beloica D, editor. Pediatric Dentistry. Belgrade: Draslar Partner; 2005. Beloica D, Vulićević ZR, editors. Pediatric Dentistry: Practical Manual. 2nd rev. ed. Belgrade: School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade; 2010. Vulićević ZR, Radović I, editors. Endodontic Treatment of Young Permanent Teeth: Practical Manual. Belgrade: School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade; 2019. Vulićević ZR, editor. Clinical Application of Materials in Pediatric Dentistry. Belgrade: Beobook; 2010. Kobašliya S, et al. Minimally Invasive Therapy. Sarajevo: Dobra Knjiga; 2012. Marković D, editor. Dental Trauma: A Guide for Daily Clinical Practice. Belgrade: School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade; 2012. Poulsen S, Espelid I, Koch G, Haubek D, editors. Pediatric Dentistry: A Clinical Approach. 3rd ed. Chichester (UK): Wiley‑Blackwell; 2017. Dean JA, editor. McDonald and Avery’s Dentistry for the Child and Adolescent. 11th ed. St. Louis: Elsevier; 2021. Andreasen JO, Andersson L, Day P, Heithersay G, Trope M, DiAngelis AJ. Dental Trauma Guide: A Practical Guide to the Treatment of Traumatic Dental Injuries. Copenhagen: Dental Trauma Guide; 2023. Available from: https://www.dentaltraumaguide.org Duggal MS, Nazzal H, Robertson AJ, editors. Restorative Techniques in Paediatric Dentistry: An Illustrated Guide to Conventional and Contemporary Approaches. 3rd ed. Boca Raton: CRC Press; 2024. Nowak AJ, Christensen JR, Mabry TR, Townsend JA, Wells MH. Pediatric Dentistry: Infancy through Adolescence. 6th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier Health; 2024. |
| Examination methods | By fulfilling the pre-examination requirements (activity in lectures 5 points, 2 cloquiums 10 points each is 20 points, practical teaching 25 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test - 10 points, practical exam 20 points and oral exam 20 points - total 50 points ) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, whereby pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. |
| Special remarks | Mandatory, clinical, narrowly professional; Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students. |
| Comment | Clinical work with patients on all exercises |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS
| Course: | FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS/ |
| Course ID | Course status | Semester | ECTS credits | Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory) |
| 7497 | Obavezan | 9,10 | 14 | 1+5+0 |
| Programs | STOMATOLOGY |
| Prerequisites | Gnathology, Dental prosthetics- before clinic and Dental materials |
| Aims | After attended lectures the student acquires knowledge of indications and contraindications for making fixed restorations and before prosthetic preparation. Students gain knowledge about the biological principles of tooth preparation, about making restorations to the teeth without pulp , making temporary fixed restorations. Students gain knowledge about the dental bridges, about special fixed restorations, about the stability of fixed restorations. Acquire theoretical knowledge of the clinical phases of making fixed restorations (casted construction, metal-ceramic fixed partial dentures, ceramic fixed partial dentures, whole molten crowns, veneered and partial crowns). Students learn to realization clinical phase in making fixed dental restorations (diagnosis and plan of work, preparation of teeth, imprint teeth, testing the metal substructure and ceramic fixed partial dentures and cementing compensation for pillar teeth). |
| Learning outcomes | After completing the two-semester lectures in Fixed Prosthodontics, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows types of fixed prosthetic appliances, indications and contraindications for their use, the materials and the basic principles for making the same. 2. Knows possibilities and importance preparation for fixed prosthodontics treatment and is capable of applying articulator and face arch in the design and development of fixed restorations. 3. Capable of independently take a medical history, perform a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, set indication (to create the appropriate prosthetic replacements), and determine a treatment plan. 4. Equipped with skills to independently perform clinical phase in making of fixed restorations. 5. Has communication skills with patients, medical staff and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. Has the awareness of the necessity of continuing education in order to acquire knowledge of new dental materials and techniques and their potential application in dental prosthetics. |
| Lecturer / Teaching assistant | |
| Methodology | Lectures, practical classes, colloquia, seminars |
| Plan and program of work | |
| Preparing week | Preparation and registration of the semester |
| I week lectures | Metal ceramic fixed prosthetic restorations , part II |
| I week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| II week lectures | Ceramic fees, part I |
| II week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| III week lectures | Ceramic fees, part II |
| III week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IV week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part I |
| IV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| V week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part II |
| V week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VI week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part III |
| VI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VII week lectures | Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part IV |
| VII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| VIII week lectures | Bridges Part II: Planning span bridges. Display and interpretation of particular solutions in therapy edentulousness bridge constructions. |
| VIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| IX week lectures | Fixed compensation for non-parallel Abutment dental bridges. |
| IX week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| X week lectures | Dedicated fixed compensation, part I |
| X week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XI week lectures | Dedicated fixed compensation, part II |
| XI week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XII week lectures | Persistence fixed restorations, part I |
| XII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIII week lectures | Persistence fixed restorations, part II |
| XIII week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XIV week lectures | Binding of fixed restorations for abutment teeth, part II |
| XIV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XV week lectures | Binding of fixed restorations for abutment teeth, part II |
| XV week exercises | Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients. |
| XVI week lectures | |
| XVI week exercises | |
| XVII week lectures | |
| XVII week exercises | |
| XVIII week lectures | |
| XVIII week exercises | |
| XIX week lectures | |
| XIX week exercises | |
| XX week lectures | |
| XX week exercises | |
| XXI week lectures | |
| XXI week exercises | |
| XXII week lectures | |
| XXII week exercises | |
| XXIII week lectures | |
| XXIII week exercises | |
| XXIV week lectures | |
| XXIV week exercises | |
| XXV week lectures | |
| XXV week exercises | |
| XXVI week lectures | |
| XXVI week exercises | |
| XXVII week lectures | |
| XXVII week exercises | |
| XXVIII week lectures | |
| XXVIII week exercises | |
| XXIX week lectures | |
| XXIX week exercises | |
| XXX week lectures | Klinički rad sa pacijentom; Izrada fiksnih stomatoprotetskih nadoknada. |
| XXX week exercises |
| Student workload | Weekly 6.5 credits x 40/30 equals 8.6 hours Structure: 1 cup of lectures and 5 hours of exercises 1.6 test including consultations 2-hour seminar per semester Teaching and the final exam (8,6h x 16 equals 137, 6h) Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 8,6h x 2 equals 17,2h Total load: 6.5 x 30 equals 195H additional work 40,2h structure opterećenja137.6h + 17,2h + 40.4h |
| Per week | Per semester |
| 14 credits x 40/30=18 hours and 40 minuts
1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 5 excercises 12 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations |
Classes and final exam:
18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =298 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =37 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 14 x 30=420 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 298 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 37 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work) |
| Student obligations | The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed. |
| Consultations | The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester. |
| Literature | D. Trifunovic, Vujosevic Lj: Fixed compensation, the first part, ECPD, Belgrade, in 1998. Radlović-Pantelic S: Prosthodontics-fixed compensation, the second part, the University of Belgrade in 1998. |
| Examination methods | 2 test carries 5 points (10 points total) Seminar 9 points The presence of theoretical teaching 10 points Practical classes (fulfillment of program 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparedness of 5 points) a total of 20 points Final |
| Special remarks | No |
| Comment | No |
| Grade: | F | E | D | C | B | A |
| Number of points | less than 50 points | greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points | greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points | greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points | greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points | greater than or equal to 90 points |
